NZX Limited/Announcement
NZX Limited logo

NZX Full Year 2025 Results & Annual Report Published

Full Year Results25 February 2026NZXFinancials

Proudly backing
New Zealand

2025

Annual Report

As New Zealand’s
Exchange, a leading

investment funds manager,

and a technology funds

platform, we are guided

by our commitment to

helping Kiwi companies,

investors and New Zealand

get ahead with confidence.

For businesses

we provide the capital pathways

and market expertise – from listing

planning, connecting with investors,

to ongoing management and

compliance – they need to grow.

NZX Annual Report 2025

2

For investors
we offer access to many of

New Zealand’s largest and most

innovative companies, enabling them

to build and protect their wealth,

invest for retirement and contribute

to the success of the industries

powering our economy.

And for NZ

we play a central role in

strengthening the capital markets

that underpin economic growth.

We work closely with Government

and industry to unlock investment,

improve market liquidity and remove

barriers to growth.

NZX Annual Report 2025

3

Nā tō rourou,
nā taku rourou

ka ora ai te iwi

With your food basket and my food

basket, the people will thrive

About this report

Welcome to the NZX 2025 Annual Report:

Proudly backing New Zealand.

The report outlines the work the NZX Group has

done this year to deliver sustainable wealth, value and

opportunities for all.

The report’s theme demonstrates:

• NZX’s progress in delivering to our strategy of growing

a more integrated financial markets infrastructure and

services business;

• The strong New Zealand market links between the

component businesses in the NZX Group;

• How NZX is creating value to our shareholders and

New Zealanders; and

• The successful actions we are undertaking with

government and industry on capital market reform to

boost market activity and New Zealand’s productivity.

The report includes our full Financial Statements (and

Notes to the Financial Statements) for the year ended

31 December 2025, along with commentary on the

Company’s financial results and operational performance.

The Business Year (How We Performed and Who We

Are) and the NZX Group Overview (How We Deliver

Value) provide information on our key performance

and organisational metrics as well as our Purpose,

Vision and Strategy.

Stakeholders, customers and investors can also read

our performance in Operating Responsibly that covers

our environmental social and governance (ESG) matters.

It is broken down into three sections (Our People,

Our Environment, and Our Markets and Economic

Performance).

Our Remuneration section aligns with the voluntary

NZX Remuneration Reporting Template for Listed Issuers.

The Governance section of the report describes how

we set the objectives and direction for the business,

and the framework for identifying and managing risks is

outlined in the Risk Report.

Our corporate governance policies are available

online at https://www.nzx.com/about-nzx/investor-

centre/governance/policies

NZX Limited is registered with the New Zealand

Companies Office and our New Zealand Business

Number (NZBN) is 9429036186358.

This report is dated 25 February 2026 and is signed

on behalf of the Board of NZX Limited by John McMahon

(Chair), and Lindsay Wright (Chair of the Audit and

Risk Committee).

NZX Annual Report 2025

4

Contents
1. Business Year

How we performed 6

Who we are 8

Year in review 202510

2. NZX Group Overview

How we deliver value 30

Strategic priorities 32

Our Board 34

Our Leadership Team36

3. Operating Responsibly

Overview40

Our people 42

Our environment 46

Our markets & economic performance48

4. Corporate Governance

52

5. Remuneration

63

6. Risk Reporting

73

7. Financial Statements

82

8. Independent Auditor’s Report

123

9. Statutory Information

130

10. Appendices

137

NZX 2025 Climate Report 138

GRI Content Index 151

Getting in touch

155

P. 6

P. 3 0

P. 4 0

P. 5 2

NZX Annual Report 2025

5

Still to do
How we

performed

Funds Under Management

$15.8b

17.6%

Total Value Traded

$41. 2b

0.9 %

Information Services Revenue

$20.2m

1.5%

Dairy Derivatives Lots traded

815, 494

22.2%

Funds Under Administration

$19.9b

23.1%

NZX Annual Report 2025

6

Still to do
Data highlighted on pages 6 and 7 is “for the financial year ended 31 December

2025” or “as at 31 December 2025” (as applicable). Percentage changes represent

the movement from 2024 to 2025, except Funds Under Management and Funds

Under Administration which are the movement in balances at 31 December 2024

to 31 December 2025.

* Operating earnings are before net finance expense, income tax, depreciation,

amortisation, loss on disposal of assets, gain on lease modification, change in fair

value contingent consideration, impairment loss on goodwill and share of profit of

associate. Operating earnings is not a defined performance measure in NZ IFRS.

The Group’s definition of operating earnings may not be comparable with similarly

titled performance measures and disclosures by other entities.

Excludes one-off integration and restructure costs of $1.8 million in 2025

(2024: $1.3 million). Operating earnings including one-off integration and

restructure costs increased 11.0% to $51.7 million.

** “Like-for-like” net profit after tax excludes the 2024 accounting adjustments

to the fair value of the QuayStreet earnout provision, offset by a partial write

down in the value of the energy contracts with the Electricity Authority. The 2024

financial information has also been restated for a change in accounting policy

(refer to Financial Statements Note 8). “Like-for-like” net profit after tax for 2024 was

$17.9 million, with 2025 NPAT up 20.2% year-on-year.

6.3¢

Capital Listed & Raised (billions)

0

5

10

15

20

25

20252024202320222021202020192018201720162015

Prior 5 Years Rolling Average (FY)

Capital RaisedFCG

Total Capital Listed and Raised

$21.5b

(New + secondary)

35.9%

Dividend (Fully imputed)

cents per share

Operating Earnings

*

$53.5m

11.6%

Net Profit After Tax

**

$21.5m

14.2% 20.2% on like-for-like NPAT

Total capital listed and raised was $14.4 billion for the period,

excluding Fonterra Co-operative Group’s transfer to the NZX Main Board.

NZX Annual Report 2025

7

NZX operates New Zealand’s equity, debt, funds,
derivatives and energy markets. To support the growth of

our markets, we provide trading, clearing, settlement,

depository, and information services for our customers.

NZX also owns Smart, New Zealand issuer of

listed Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs); KiwiSaver,

investment, superannuation and insurance provider

SuperLife; and diversified fund manager QuayStreet

Asset Management.

NZX Wealth Technologies is a 100%-owned subsidiary

delivering comprehensive online platform functionality

to enable New Zealand investment advisors and providers

to efficiently manage, trade and administer their

clients’ assets.

NZX is responsible for monitoring and enforcing the

rules under which NZX's markets operate. This applies

directly to issuers, market participants and indirectly

(through market participants) to investors. This function is

undertaken by NZ RegCo, an independently

governed entity.

Learn more about us at: www.nzx.com

Total Market Capitalisation

$247b

Listed equity, debt and funds

4.7%

Issuer relationships

323

Total listed equity, debt, funds and other securities

2.4%

Secondary Markets

10.5m

Trades in 2025, with a total value of $41.2b

13.3%

Information Services

6 ,14 6

Professional data terminals

0.5%

Smart

160,686

Members across KiwiSaver, investment,

superannuation, and insurance solutions

2.1%

NZX Wealth Technologies

59, 4 31

Investor portfolios, with total Funds Under

Administration of $19.9b.

9.0%

Who we are

NZX Annual Report 2025

8

New Zealand
NZX Operations

(Wellington and Auckland)

Head Offices of NZX-listed

Companies

Global affiliations

ASX – Sydney

HKEX – Hong Kong

LSE – London

NASDAQ – New York

SGX – Singapore

TMX – Toronto

SPSE – Suva

SSE – Shanghai

WFE – World Federation of Exchanges

SSE – Sustainable Stock Exchanges Initiative

EEX – European Energy Exchange

Full-time equivalent employees

(excluding contractors & consultants)

356.3

Employees (FTE) by

Business Unit

71.0

80.2

109.3

15.1

80.7

Employees by

Age Group

26.0%

21.9%

24.1%

19.2%

3.9%

4.9%

Gender Diversity

All Employees

34.0%

15.3%

8.8%

41.1%

0.8%

Capital MarketsNZ RegCo

Corporate

Services

SMART

Wealth Tech

<30 years30–39 years

40-49 years50-59 years

≥60 yearsNot declared

49%

4%

3%

2%

1%

28%

13%

Ethnic diversity of NZX

European/Pākehā

Asian

Undisclosed

MELAA

Other Ethnicity

Māori

Pacific Peoples

Female ManagersFemale Employees

Male ManagersMale Employees

Other

Gender Diversity of Board & Officers

4

4

3

8

Female Officers

Male Officers

Female Directors

Male Directors

Note: In 2025, ‘Capital Markets’ has been split into Capital Markets and Corporate Services Business Units.

New Zealand presence connecting a world of investments to NZ businesses

2024: 4 female Officers,

7 male Officers, 4 female

Directors, 3 male Directors

NZX Annual Report 2025

9

NZX exists to connect people, businesses and capital.
For 160 years we have helped with capital formation,

allowing companies to meet their growth aspirations.

Public markets continue to provide the best and most

transparent way to do this.

The 2025 results of NZX Group (“NZX” or “the Company”

or “Group”) demonstrated our triple strength as a market

operator, funds manager and funds technology platform.

The Group produced a strong operating financial result

despite another volatile year for the local market. The result

included operating earnings (EBITDA)

1

(excluding one-off

integration and restructure costs) of $53.5 million, towards

the upper end of the guidance range. Net Profit after Tax

(“NPAT”) was $21.5 million. On a like-for-like comparison,

this is up 20.2% from $17.9 million in 2024

2

.

As outlined in our 2025 half-year results, the Company

lifted operating earnings in H1 2025 despite a mixed

performance for the first six months of the year. A strong

first quarter was offset by a weaker second quarter due to

increased market uncertainty and economic volatility

caused by mounting geopolitical and trade tensions.

This created market uncertainty and affected asset prices.

Mark Peterson

CEO

John McMahon

Chair

Proudly backing

New Zealand

Year in review

NZX Annual Report 2025

10

H2 2025 saw New Zealand’s short-term interest rates
continue to fall, a drop in international trade concerns,

and a boost in market activity. The level of new issuance,

alongside three companies listing in the last quarter of

the year, demonstrated the value of being NZX-listed in

a capital constrained environment. More companies are

showing interest in coming to market and this bodes well

for 2026.

At the same time, our funds manager Smart and our

funds administration platform provider NZX Wealth

Technologies (NZXWT), continue to go from strength to

strength and are key components of the Group’s growth

strategy. NZX has exposure to long-term structural tail

winds from equity market growth, increases in the use of

exchange-traded funds (ETFs), and significant future

growth in KiwiSaver fund contributions. At the end of 2025,

New Zealand's estimated KiwiSaver funds under

management totalled $130 billion. It is estimated this will

increase more than five times that amount by 2050.

As New Zealand’s Exchange, NZX continued to invest

in the necessary technology infrastructure and products

in 2025 that support the growth and effective running of

New Zealand’s capital markets, and the country’s economic

prosperity. In addition, we maintain positive relationships

with Government, regulators and stakeholders to ensure

New Zealand’s rules, regulations and settings are fit for

purpose, balancing investment and growth opportunities

with costs and appropriate protections. NZX is well

positioned for the future.

Results overview & key highlights

NZX lifted operating earnings and operating leverage,

highlighting the resilience of the Company through

market cycles.

The Company generated 2025 operating earnings

(EBITDA) of $51.7 million – up 11.0%. Normalised operating

earnings (EBITDA), excluding one-off integration and

restructure costs, increased 11.6% to $53.5 million, with:

• operating revenue increasing 7.3% to $129.0 million;

and

• operating expenses, excluding one-off integration and

restructure costs, increasing 4.5% to $75.5 million.

1 Operating earnings (EBITDA) is before net finance expense, income

tax, depreciation, amortisation, loss on disposal of assets, gain on lease

modification, impairment loss on goodwill, change in fair value of contingent

consideration and share of profit of associate. Operating earnings is not

a defined performance measure in NZ IFRS. The Group's definition of

operating earnings may not be comparable with similarly titled performance

measures and disclosures by other entities.

NZX produced a net profit after tax (NPAT) of

$21.5 million for the year. This was up from $17.9 million

in 2024, or 20.2% on a like-for-like basis.

Earnings per share (EPS) increased (from 5.5 to 6.5 cents

per share on a like-for-like basis) in line with the strong

uplift in normalised NPAT, demonstrating the benefits of

operating leverage across the business. Free cash flow

also strengthened over the year, reflecting the earnings

growth and normalised capex levels. This improvement

enhances NZX’s capacity to continue investing in strategic

initiatives while sustaining a reliable dividend profile

for shareholders.

2 “Like-for-like” comparisons exclude the impact of 2024 accounting

adjustments to the fair value of the QuayStreet Asset Management

(QuayStreet) earnout provision (change in fair value of contingent

consideration), and partial write down in the value of the energy contracts

with the Electricity Authority (impairment loss on goodwill). The 2024 financial

information has been restated for a change in accounting policy (refer to

Financial Statements Note 8). Initial and subsequent listing fees are now

recognised evenly over five and three years respectively. Previously initial

and subsequent listing fees were recognised when the listing or subsequent

capital raising event had taken place. Like-for-like NPAT for 2024 has reduced

from $18.3 million to $17.9 million as a result.

Operating Earnings (EBITDA)

1

11. 6

%

2025 $53.5m

2025 total dividends

6.3¢

2024 6 .1¢

NZX Annual Report 2025

11

1. Business Year

Dividend
The Directors have declared a fully-imputed final dividend

of 3.3 cents per share (2024: 3.1 cents) to be paid on 2 April

2026 to shareholders registered as at the record date of

19 March 2026. Total dividends for the 2025 Financial Year

are 6.3 cents per share fully imputed (2024: 6.1 cents).

How we performed – the Group’s key performance

measures

In 2025 the Company demonstrated clear momentum

towards achieving its strategic goals. Healthy

performances came from:

• Capital listed and raised – reached $22 billion, an

increase of 35.9%. This was primarily driven by listing

activity in equities and retail debt. It also includes the

move of Fonterra from its own private market to the

NZX Main Board

• Market activity – value traded finished the year totalling

$41.2 billion.

• Dairy market derivatives partnership with Singapore

Exchange (SGX) – saw continued volume growth for lots

traded, increasing 22.2% to 815,494. In December we

achieved a record for the number of lots traded (103,903)

in a month

• Smart finished 2025 with $15.8 billion in funds under

management – up 17.6% from 2024

• NZXWT onboarded 13 clients onto its platform bringing

the total number of clients to 45. In December, NZXWT

announced it would be extending the services it provides

to Craigs Investment Partners to include their custody

and private wealth business. NZXWT has funds under

administration of $19.9 billion – up 23.1% from 2024.

NZX Group 2025 AR Year in Review tables

Performance Indicators

Performance indicatorsFY25 Target2025 Actual2024 Actual% Change

Operating earnings (EBITDA) pre integration &

restructure costs ($ million)

1

49.0 - 54.053.547.9

2

11.6%

Capital listed & raised ($ billion)16.021.5

3

15.835.9%

Total value traded ($ billion)41.541.241.5(0.9%)

Dairy derivatives lots traded (k)780 - 930815.5667.522.2%

Information Services (excl. one-off revenue)

($ million)

Grow 2.0%20.218.87.7%

Smart funds under management ($ billion)Grow 10.8%15.813.517.6%

Wealth Technologies annual recurring revenue

($ million)

13.210.822.2%

1Operating earnings (EBITDA) are before net finance expense, income tax, depreciation, amortisation, loss on disposal of assets, gain on lease modification, change in fair

value of contingent consideration, impairment loss on goodwill and share of profit of associate. Operating earnings is not a defined performance measure in NZ IFRS. The

Group's definition of operating earnings may not be comparable with similarly titled performance measures and disclosures by other entities. EBITDA including integration &

restructure costs was $51.7 million.

2Restated. Refer to the Financial Statements Note 8.

3Total capital listed and raised was $14.4 billion for the year, excluding Fonterra Co-operative Group’s transfer to the NZX Main Board.

1

NZX Annual Report 2025

12

NZX Group 2025 AR Year in Review tables
Summary Financial Performance

Summary Financial Performance ($ million)20252024

1

% Change

Revenue

Markets60.862.5(2.7%)

Funds Management (Smart)51.843.917.8%

Wealth Technologies12.59.926.2%

Corporate Services1.30.781.2%

Regulation4.04.00.6%

Inter-segment elimination(1.4)(0.9)57.6%

Total operating revenue129.0120.17.3%

Personnel costs(48.4)(46.3)(4.5%)

Information technology costs(16.2)(15.2)(6.6%)

Other costs(10.9)(10.7)(1.6%)

Total operating expenses excl. integration & restructure costs(75.5)(72.2)(4.5%)

Operating earnings (EBITDA) pre integration & restructure costs

2

53.547.911.6%

EBITDA Margin (%)41.5%39.9%4.0%

Integration & restructure costs(1.8)(1.4)(31.7%)

Operating earnings (EBITDA)

2

51.746.511.0%

Depreciation & amortisation

- Wealth Technologies(8.6)(6.9)(24.3%)

- Acquired management rights(3.4)(3.3)(1.8%)

- Other(7.3)(7.8)5.5%

Change in fair value of contingent consideration-10.9n/a

Impairment loss on goodwill-(3.7)n/a

Investment in associate and other gains0.30.6(42.8%)

EBIT32.736.3(9.9%)

Net finance expenses(3.4)(3.6)3.9%

Net profit before tax29.332.7(10.5%)

Tax expense(7.8)(7.7)(1.4%)

Net profit after tax21.525.0(14.2%)

1Restated. Refer to the Financial Statements Note 8.

2Operating earnings (EBITDA) are before net finance expense, income tax, depreciation, amortisation, loss on disposal of assets, gain on lease modification, change in fair

value of contingent consideration, impairment loss on goodwill and share of profit of associate. Operating earnings is not a defined performance measure in NZ IFRS. The

Group's definition of operating earnings may not be comparable with similarly titled performance measures and disclosures by other entities.

2

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

At a Group level, operating revenue increased by 7.3% to

$129.0 million. This was mainly driven by revenue growth

from Smart and NZXWT, partially offset by the impacts

of i) the Fonterra contract ceasing on its move to the

NZX Main Board, and ii) there being no one-off audit and

back dated revenue (one-off audit revenue in FY2024 was

around $1.2 million).

NZX Annual Report 2025

13

1. Business Year

NZX Group 2025 AR Year in Review tables
Markets Performance

Markets performance ($ million)20252024

1

% Change

Capital Markets Origination16.716.60.6%

Secondary Markets23.926.0(8.0%)

Information Services20.219.91.5%

Markets revenue60.862.5(2.7%)

Markets EBITDA excl. restructure costs38.941.1(5.4%)

EBITDA Margin excl. restructure costs63.9%65.7%(2.8%)

Key Operating Metrics

Equity Market capitalisation (ending, $ billion)182.3167.39.0%

Equity listed & raised ($ billion)14.2

2

5.5158.2%

Debt listed & raised ($ billion)5.18.4(39.3%)

Funds listed & raised ($ billion)2.21.915.8%

Total value traded ($ billion)41.241.5(0.9%)

Dairy lots traded (k)815.5667.522.2%

1Restated. Refer to the Financial Statements Note 8.

2Equity listed and raised was $7.1 billion for the year, excluding Fonterra Co-operative Group’s transfer to the NZX Main Board.

3

CAPITAL MARKETS

Group operating expenses, excluding integration and

restructure costs, were $75.5 million – up 4.5% on the same

period last year.

Staff remuneration is NZX’s single largest cost. While

restructures partly offset the annual pay increase and lower

capitalisation levels, overall staff remuneration has risen

due to increased headcount. This reflects the continued

investment in Smart’s capability to support operational

delivery and strategic priorities. Information technology

costs were impacted by increased infrastructure services

and data feeds, inflation and foreign exchange rates.

Professional fees have seen the increased use of legal

advice, financial and other consulting services. NZX

continues to maintain a strong focus on cost management.

Group operating earnings (EBITDA) for 2025 were

$51.7 million – up 11.0.%. Normalising, by excluding

integration and restructure costs, Group operating

earnings (EBITDA) were $53.5 million – up 11.6%.

Integration and restructure costs in 2025 relate to

ongoing QuayStreet integration, activities to mature and

generate efficiencies in Smart operations, and

restructuring within the corporate functions.

Depreciation and amortisation increases were mainly

due to the transitioning of new clients onto NZXWT’s

platform in 2024 and 2025. The transition cost is

capitalised and then amortised over five years.

2024 included one-off accounting adjustments to the

fair value of the QuayStreet Asset Management

(QuayStreet) earnout provision (change in fair value of

contingent consideration), and partial write down in the

value of the energy contracts with the Electricity Authority

(impairment loss on goodwill).

The net profit after tax (NPAT) of $21.5 million increased

20.2% on 2024 on a like-for-like basis (excluding one off

accounting adjustments).

NZX Annual Report 2025

14

Even through ongoing economic uncertainty, the market
was able to support companies raising equity and debt

capital with capital listed and raised reaching $21.5 billion.

This includes Fonterra Co-operative Group’s (FCG) transfer

to the NZX Main Board.

NZX’s total market capitalisation of $247 billion is made

up of approximately $182 billion in equity, $56 billion in

debt and $9 billion in investment funds, which represents

about 56% of GDP. Developed economies and markets

across the globe would typically have market

capitalisations in excess of 100% of GDP, indicating the

opportunity for NZX here in New Zealand.

Large capital raises and placements were facilitated

throughout 2025. These include:

• Contact Energy equity capital raise – $1.5 billion;

• Ryman Healthcare placement and accelerated

non-renounceable entitlement offer – $ 1 billion; and

• ASB Group debt listing – $1.2 billion.

Primary listing and secondary issuance revenue is now

recognised over five and three years respectively. For the

mix of capital raised in 2025 (i.e. across equity, debt and

funds excluding FCG), each $1 billion issued or raised is

approximately $360,000 of fees to NZX recognised over

the following three to five years.

Origination & support for listed issuers

NZX’s Capital Markets Origination (CMO) team continues

to actively engage with prospective companies looking to

list and with listed issuers seeking to use the market to

further their growth aspirations (see case study on the

team on page 50).

Our strategy is to focus more deliberately on outbound

engagement — actively connecting with a wider range of

companies and deepening our relationships across

investment banks, law firms, accounting firms, private

equity, and sponsor networks to grow our future listings

pipeline. While NZX’s primary focus remains on domestic

opportunities, we are also investing in strengthening

relationships across the Australian market, with the

objective of supporting future dual listing activity into

New Zealand.

The team has also been advocating for appropriate and

workable capital market regulatory settings. This included

NZX and friends of New Zealand’s capital markets

successfully persuading Government for prospective

financial information for initial public offers to become

optional, and changes to climate-related disclosures.

In 2025 NZX was pleased to welcome three new listings

to the market. Two of these, Australian-based Uvre Limited

(now Mineral Exploration) and Manuka Resources are

looking to receive the benefits of listed company status

through a foreign exempt listing. The third company,

Locate Technologies, moved its listing from ASX to NZX

in December. All the new companies that listed noted the

high-quality support and engagement they had received

from the CMO team.

NZX Annual Report 2025

15

1. Business Year

Co-operative companies are a predominant feature of
New Zealand’s economy, with the top 30 co-operatives

employing around 48,000 people and generating

approximately $52 billion in revenue

1

. Many co-operatives

are capital constrained and cannot easily raise growth

capital from existing members. In 2025 NZX engaged with

many of these potential issuers and published guidance to

illustrate the regulatory flexibility that may be available to

support a pathway to listing.

In addition, it was positive to note that “asset recycling”

– an approach for New Zealand that NZX has been strongly

advocating for some years – entered public discussion in

2025 following comments made by the Prime Minister.

Asset recycling is where existing public assets – such as

central government-owned companies or local government

ones, such as ports, airports, and lines companies – are

monetised to release capital and that money is recycled to

use on other public infrastructure. As our CMO team has

noted to local authorities it has engaged with, listing or

partially listing those assets on the NZX provides a practical

option to raise capital that can go into other higher priority

public assets that need investment. It is transparent,

democratic and, as we have seen with Napier Port, can be

hugely successful for all.

Finally, our liquidity growth strategy also has a strong

focus on growing our participant pipeline, by onboarding

and supporting participants in a manner that is designed

to grow the investor base for NZX’s markets. This includes

strategic initiatives set up for 2026 designed to support

proprietary trading, low latency high frequency trading and

enhancing the retail investor base.

Likewise, our CMO team continues to support issuers

and their investor relations activity through high-quality

communication and engagement opportunities. In 2025

we provided podcasts, spotlight videos, virtual investor

events, education workshops and social media support

enabling issuers to connect to a broader investment

community.

Our high-tech ticker on the exterior of the NZX Capital

Markets Centre building in Auckland’s Queen Street –

along with the ticker in Wellington – gives us a great

opportunity to effectively promote achievements and

milestones of New Zealand’s listed companies and the

capital markets community to a broader audience.

1 2025 New Zealand Cooperative Economy Report published by Co-operative

Business New Zealand

NZX Annual Report 2025

16

Secondary markets – Cash Equities and Debt
Trading and clearing value was $41.2 billion – just slightly

behind 2024 levels. Trading revenue was positively

impacted by a reduction in the uncharged value (caused

by large index rebalance trading days where fees on value

traded exceeds the fee cap) (2025: 9.2%; 2024: 13.6%).

Secondary Markets – Dairy derivatives and

Global Dairy Trade

Dairy markets are an area of significant growth for NZX

and we remain well positioned across both the physical

and futures markets. NZX holds a 33.3% stake in

GlobalDairyTrade (GDT) alongside Fonterra and the

European Energy Exchange.

Alongside this, the expected significant growth from

the SGX strategic partnership in dairy derivatives is being

achieved. This demonstrates the value of NZX driving

strategic international partnerships.

Dairy derivatives highlights include:

• 22.2% growth, including a new record for lots traded

in a month in December (103,903);

• Five new financial (liquidity provider) firms signed on to

support the development of liquidity in these important

contracts; and

• NZX and SGX jointly hosted a record 190 delegates

at the annual Global Dairy Seminar in Singapore in

October 2025.

Dairy derivatives’ growth momentum continues, with a

broader range of participants entering the market, including

more speculators, an increase in commercial hedgers,

further sophistication in option structure trading, and a

growing number of banks/brokers offering structured

products that boost liquidity. This evolution positions the

market to scale significantly from 0.34 times the underlying

physical volume, to reach one to two times this as

speculator and commercial hedger participation expands.

GDT completed an auction platform upgrade in H1 2025

and has brought the system in-house. This has improved

business agility and is more cost effective. This impacted

GDT’s profitability in 2025. However, we expect our share

of associate profit to revert to past levels in 2026.

In August Lloyd Cartwright was appointed as GDT’s new

Chief Executive. Lloyd has more than 30 years’ experience

in global financial services both in New Zealand and

internationally. He will be driving GDT’s next phase of

innovation and growth.

Information Services

Information Services revenue increased 7.7% excluding audit

and back-dated revenue (2025: $nil; 2024: $1.2 million),

which is dependent on the timing of audit completions.

The royalties from terminals revenue increased by 6.7%

relating to price increases (effective January 2025) offset by

the mix of average terminal numbers being lower for

professional terminals and higher for retail terminals.

Subscriptions and licenses revenue relate to the provision

of markets data to other participants in the capital markets.

Subscriptions and licences revenue increased 9.7%,

reflecting increased license numbers and price increases,

partially offset by a decrease in direct data subscriptions.

Indices revenue is generated in partnership with S&P

and is driven by licensing to the fund management sector.

Market opportunities update

Our strategy for capital markets has for the last few years

focused on accelerating our product innovation to unlock

new markets and sources of liquidity to meet local and

global demand.

This includes:

• NZX Dark – our anonymous mid-point trading venue

has completed its first full calendar year after launching

in June 2024. Highlights from 2025 include:

—$1.7 billion of value traded delivering $4.6 million

of price improvement back to the market;

—Mid-point execution occurring in 126 distinct

securities; and

—6.63% of on-market value traded, well above our

two-year target of 4%.

• S&P/NZX 20 Futures – New Zealand has not had an active

equity futures product since the New Zealand Futures and

Options Exchange was sold to the Sydney Futures Exchange

in 1991 (SFE subsequently closed it down). It has been a

significant product gap in the New Zealand market. In 2025

NZX accomplished key milestones in relation to the launch

of the S&P/NZX 20 Index Futures Contract. This included the

completion of testing of the connectivity of our systems with

12 participants who will trade the product. We have the

backing of global banks to provide risk capital for market

making and are confident we will deliver the product in H1

2026. A liquid equity derivatives market will help drive

growth in the broader capital markets through additional

cash market trading, participation and data revenues.

NZX Annual Report 2025

17

1. Business Year

In addition, we have also been considering ways in
which the market arrangements in New Zealand could be

enhanced to create efficiencies for our participants and

investors. In late 2025 we commissioned independent

analysis in relation to the benefits of enhancing

New Zealand’s arrangements for depositories which form

part of the infrastructure of the financial markets system.

In particular we are interested in exploring the benefits

of a single set of clearing, settlement and depository

infrastructure as opposed to the dual model where NZ

Clear (owned and operated by the Reserve Bank of

New Zealand) operates a separate depository to NZX

Clearing. This is highly inefficient, costly on investors and

makes New Zealand an international outlier. Having a

single clearer would reduce the cost of capital in

New Zealand and encourage greater investment. We

consider this proposition could be highly beneficial,

enabling more efficient and cost-effective outcomes for

the New Zealand markets.

Achieving success: government market reforms being

delivered to encourage investment

Alongside the Company’s initiatives to grow New Zealand’s

capital markets, NZX – and representatives of the

New Zealand capital markets community – have continued

to engage with the financial markets sector, Government

Ministers and officials, and regulatory agencies on a broad

reform package to reduce the costs and barriers faced by

companies listed or listing in New Zealand.

This year we achieved significant success with the

Government for changes we have been advocating for.

On 12 June prospective financial information (PFI) for initial

public offers in disclosure documents was made optional.

NZX understands the cost of providing PFI ranges from

around $150,000 to $500,000 and is a major factor that

causes New Zealand advisers to recommend companies

list elsewhere where PFI isn’t mandatory.

In October the New Zealand Government announced

it would make changes to climate-related disclosures for

NZX-listed companies, lifting the market cap reporting

threshold from $60 million to $1 billion, removing deemed

director liability for directors, and removing managed

investment schemes (such as Smart) from all reporting.

These adjustments are practical and sensible, and

were strongly welcomed by the New Zealand issuers

and companies looking to list. NZX wishes to acknowledge

the Government and Commerce Minister Scott Simpson

in particular, for listening to, and acting on, the concerns

raised.

NZX continues to engage with the Government on

removing regulatory roadblocks that are hindering

investment and access to capital for New Zealand

companies and projects. These align with initiatives

outlined in the Growing New Zealand’s Capital Markets

2029 report released in 2019. This includes specific

changes to disclosure documents and tax reforms

that would remove distortions and encourage greater

investment.

As a package, all these capital market reforms and

initiatives will materially improve the viability for

companies wanting to meet their growth aspirations

via the listed market.

As part of Budget 2025, the Government announced

it will increase default employee and employer KiwiSaver

contributions from 3% to 3.5% from 1 April 2026, rising to

4% by 1 April 2028. In addition, the National Party – part of

the Government coalition – stated that if elected in the

2026 Election, it will bring in annual 0.5% increases from

1 April 2029 to 1 April 2032, reaching a combined 12%

employee-employer contribution rate.

This would have a significant savings effect and is likely

to be mirrored by the other main political parties. It would

boost investment creating a deeper pool of capital for

New Zealand’s economy, and align contribution levels with

Australia’s superannuation system. From an NZX Group

perspective, it would also provide significant, long-term

structural growth opportunities for Smart and NZXWT.

Smart has a huge structural growth opportunity ahead

with the KiwiSaver pool of funds expected to grow to

around five times its present size by 2050.

NZX continues to engage with the

Government on removing regulatory

roadblocks that are hindering investment

and access to capital for New Zealand

companies and projects.

NZX Annual Report 2025

18

NZX Group 2025 AR Year in Review tables
Smart Performance

Smart performance ($ million)20252024% Change

FUM based fees48.640.519.7%

Member based fees2.52.43.8%

Other0.71.0(24.6%)

Funds revenue51.843.917.8%

Funds EBITDA excl. integration costs29.322.430.9%

EBITDA margin excl. integration costs56.6%51.0%11.1%

Funds EBITDA27.421.328.6%

Key Operating Metrics

Opening FUM ($ billion)13.511.022.6%

FUM effect from market movement ($ billion)1.41.7(14.2%)

FUM effect from net cash flows ($ billion)0.90.816.2%

Closing FUM ($ billion)15.813.517.6%

Number of NZX listed Smart funds4444-

4

SMART – BUILDING INVESTORS’ WEALTH & FINANCIAL SUCCESS

Smart, rebranded from Smartshares in 2024, is a key

component of NZX’s growth strategy. As a wholly-owned

NZX subsidiary, Smart is New Zealand’s leading passive

funds management business. Its investment solutions

include the SuperLife superannuation and KiwiSaver

products, exchange traded funds (ETFs), SuperLife

Superannuation Master Trust and active investment

manager, QuayStreet Asset Management. Smart

appointed Lisa Turnbull as its new Chief Executive

in October 2025. Lisa was previously CEO of NZX

Wealth Technologies.

Smart had a solid year of growth, closing 2025 with

$15.8 billion of funds under management (FUM). In the last

seven years FUM has grown $12.9 billion from $2.9 billion

at 31 December 2018 (including acquisitions of $3.4 billion,

cash flow increases of $4.9 billion, and positive market

returns of $4.6 billion). FUM compound annual growth rate

(CAGR) since December 2018 is 27.4%.

NZX Annual Report 2025

19

1. Business Year

Our market analysis indicates $15-$20 billion of FUM is
the point where operating cost bases are at their most

efficient for New Zealand fund managers. Smart is

targeting at least $20 billion of FUM by the end of 2029

subject to market movements.

Smart and SuperLife funds continue to have an

impressive long-term track record, with our diversified

funds maintaining a top quartile ranking (net of fees)

among peers over the past five years. Additionally, our

index-tracking exchange-traded funds (ETFs) continue to

offer a broad spectrum of cost-effective and tax-efficient

market exposures, all with minimal tracking errors.

Through Smart’s 44 ETFs, New Zealanders can diversify

their portfolios with access to global, high-performing and

special interest markets. NZX has a strategic alliance with

iShares (by BlackRock, the global ETF powerhouse) making

it easy and cost-effective for Kiwi investors to invest in local

or international markets.

Growing customer numbers remains a key priority and

we are improving our tools and services to enhance the

customer experience. This includes self-service options,

clear communications and utilising AI to assist with

customer enquiries. Highlighting our product range and

competitive pricing will be a significant focus in 2026 and

the creation of a new Smart executive role of Chief Sales

and Marketing Officer, aligns with our approach of growing

our customer base.

Alongside this, we continue to mature Smart’s

operations, including fund structure rationalisation,

client portal and registry replacements in partnership with

NZXWT, and are focused on consolidating the component

parts of the Smart business under the new brand. All this

is about creating efficiencies and strengthening the

experience our customers have.

Rationalisation saw the sale of the SuperLife UK Pension

transfer scheme (FUM of $143 million) in October to

Lifetime Asset Management Group. This decision reflects

Smart’s focus on streamlining its business and

concentrating on its core offerings, while also fostering

a valuable institutional relationship with Lifetime.

In March, Smart’s investment manager QuayStreet won

the Morningstar® Award for Fund Manager of the Year

– KiwiSaver New Zealand for the second year running, and

in May picked up the Chapman Tripp Diversified Growth

Fund Manager of the Year at the 2025 INFINZ Awards.

The awards recognise the expertise and care QuayStreet

brings to managing investors’ savings and the strength and

capability of its investment team. They follow a period of

significant growth for QuayStreet as it continues to expand

its KiwiSaver and investment fund offerings, all

underpinned by an active management approach and a

focus on robust, long-term investing.

We continue to mature Smart’s operations and embed

our growth initiatives. Once completed, these initiatives

will unlock further synergies of scale, improve operating

leverage and position us more strongly to take advantage

of structural tailwinds from increasing KiwiSaver member

numbers and contribution rate.

Growing customer numbers remains

a key priority and we are improving

our tools and services to improve the

customer experience.

NZX Annual Report 2025

20

NZX Group 2025 AR Year in Review tables
Wealth Technologies Performance

Wealth Technologies performance ($ million)20252024% Change

Wealth Technologies revenue12.59.926.2%

Wealth Technologies EBITDA excl. restructure costs6.34.831.1%

EBITDA Margin excl. restructure costs50.1%48.2%3.9%

Key Operating Metrics

Opening FUA ($ billion)16.211.540.4%

FUA effect from market movement ($ billion)1.41.8(21.2%)

FUA effect from net cash flows, including new clients ($ billion)2.32.9(19.1%)

Closing FUA ($ billion)19.916.223.1%

Annual recurring revenue (ARR) on closing FUA ($ million)13.210.822.2%

Total clients on platform453240.6%

Capitalised costs for platform development & client onboarding9.49.22.6%

5

NZX WEALTH TECHNOLOGIES – LEADING THE WAY IN NZ

ADMINISTRATION PLATFORM INFRASTRUCTURE

NZXWT develops, administers and operates an online

custodial investment management platform that enables

both large-scale and small-scale financial adviser groups

to efficiently manage their business, and administer their

clients’ investments.

NZXWT’s platform technology, collaborative business

partnership, service quality, and growing reputation for

delivery are being well received in the market. As we

continue to build our market presence, our clients and

their advocacy for NZXWT as a key service provider to

their business, are hugely beneficial to our momentum

and future growth opportunities.

The platform is built and maintained on a single code

base with two offerings. A large number of independent

financial advice firms reside on the multi-tenant platform,

ranging from start-ups through to established advice

businesses managing several billion in FUA. Our larger,

institutional clients operate our platform as a SaaS

(software as a service) solution, using the same code base,

but utilising their own custodian and investment

operations teams.

NZXWT is:

• New Zealand focused – no global distractions. We

ensure our technology empowers advisers to operate

efficiently within the New Zealand financial advice sector.

• Proudly unique – our platform can comprehensively

administer a wide range of investment management

solutions, including conventional WRAP portfolios

(non-scheme), KiwiSaver, NZ Super, QROPS, and direct

investor offerings all in one unified solution.

• Best-in-class technology – we provide the most

functionally comprehensive, flexible and modern

cloud-based investment platform technology in the

New Zealand market.

• A collaborative partner – alongside our modern

technology, we take a client-centric view to

communication, service, and software development.

We are a key part of more than 40 advice businesses

within New Zealand, and we remain in-touch with growing

technology and client service expectations as the

market evolves.

In late 2025, Robbie Douglas was appointed the NZXWT

Chief Executive, replacing Lisa Turnbull who was appointed

Smart Chief Executive. Robbie previously headed NZX’s IT

operations and has a strong background in technology,

payments and financial infrastructure systems.

NZX Annual Report 2025

21

1. Business Year

NZXWT had another outstanding year, delivering 13
new onboarding and migration projects. The year began

with three key migration projects: Private Wealth Advisers,

Fortitude Financial, and Moneyworks. Two of these

migrations were from FNZ-based platforms.

QuayStreet KiwiSaver and funds were also migrated

onto the platform, supported by a significant project to

develop new platform functionality to manage their

direct-to-client investment offering.

On 19 December 2025, NZXWT and Craigs Investment

Partners (Craigs) announced an agreement to extend the

services NZXWT provides Craigs to include Craigs’

custody and private wealth business. NZXWT has

administered Craigs’ clients investing in mySTART, Craigs

KiwiSaver and Craigs Superannuation on the platform

since 2018. This is a significant growth project for NZXWT

and Craigs is expected to fully onboard by mid-2027.

Having grown FUA by $3.7 billion during 2025, NZXWT

is on track to maintain this momentum, with another client

onboarding migration scheduled for Q1 2026. The

business has a very healthy pipeline of engaged adviser

businesses who are nearing contracting phase, which

presents the opportunity to onboard more than $2.4 billion

of FUA throughout 2026. These opportunities are separate

to those underway with Smart and Craigs.

FUA has grown to $19.9 billion at 31 December 2025

driven by both positive cashflows (including new clients) of

$2.3 billion and market movements of $1.4 billion. Annual

recurring revenue is now $13.2 million – up $2.4 million

from 31 December 2024.

Capitalised labour and overheads remains at historical

highs, predominantly reflecting the robust level of new

client migration activity. This level of capitalisation is

expected to increase to enable the Craigs’ onboarding

and continue the onboarding of additional FUA from new

clients. While capitalisation (and the subsequent flow

through into amortisation that affects NZX’s reported net

profit) remains high, this is a strong indicator of ongoing

growth in NZXWT’s value.

FUA

2 3 .1%

2025: $19.9b 2024: $16. 2b

NZX Annual Report 2025

22

NZX Group 2025 AR Year in Review tables
Balance Sheet, Liquidity & Debt

Balance Sheet and Cashflow Figures ($ million)20252024

1

% Change

Net debt (excludes restricted cash)(29.6)(32.6)9.3%

Restricted cash20.020.0-

Goodwill46.946.9-

Other intangible assets91.295.9(5.0%)

Other non-current assets42.444.1(3.9%)

Net other liabilities(48.7)(54.6)10.9%

Net assets / equity122.2119.72.1%

Operating activities cashflow42.036.515.1%

Working capital movements(2.5)(0.6)(320.5%)

Cash inflow from operations39.535.910.0%

Payments for acquisitions(3.2)-n/a

Payments for PPE & other intangible assets(11.6)(13.4)13.3%

Cash outflow for investment(14.8)(13.4)(10.5%)

Dividends and other(21.4)(18.3)(17.0%)

Cash outflow for financing(21.4)(18.3)(17.0%)

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents3.24.2(22.3%)

1Restated. Refer to the Financial Statements Note 8.

6

BALANCE SHEET, LIQUIDITY & DEBT

NZX closed the year with net debt of $29.6 million

(excluding Clearing House risk capital of $20 million in

cash which is not available for general use) including:

• subordinated notes ($39.2 million net of capitalised

borrowing costs) – the interest rate was set at 6.8% in

June 2023 and will apply until the next election date on

20 June 2028;

• term loan and working capital facility ($22.5 million),

used to fund the QuayStreet acquisition (including earn

out payments); and

• cash and cash equivalents of $32.1 million which

includes $3.4 million of cash to meet the regulatory

requirements of the Clearing House and Smart.

The 2024 financial information has been restated for

a change in accounting policy (refer to the Financial

Statements Note 8). Initial and subsequent listing fees

are now recognised evenly over five and three years

respectively. Previously, initial and subsequent listing

fees were recognised when the listing or subsequent

capital raising event occurred. The impact on the balance

sheet at 31 December 2024 is a decrease in net assets of

$7.3 million with a corresponding decrease in retained

earnings (i.e. equity). The restatement of the 2024

operating earnings is immaterial.

Operating cash flows in future periods are expected to

increase at a faster rate than the growth in net profit. This is

due to NZXWT’s ‘amortisation bubble’ that arises when

capitalisation levels start to decrease as client migrations

are completed, although amortisation levels remain high

(the effect of capitalising past client migrations).

Investment activities’ cash flows include capital

expenditure relating to NZXWT’s software development,

office fit outs and other technology upgrades and

enhancements.

Financing activities largely reflect cash dividend

payments.

NZX Annual Report 2025

23

1. Business Year

NZX’S GROWTH STRATEGY – GROWING,
CONNECTING, ADDING VALUE

NZX is an integrated and resilient financial markets

infrastructure and services business with a platform for

strong growth prospects. We expect this to create further

value to our shareholders over time. The Company is well

positioned for the future through the growth strategy it

has been implementing over the last seven years. This

has involved focusing on our core markets business, plus

refinement and alignment around regulation, pricing and

market infrastructure, along with significant investment

to expand our funds management (Smart) and funds

administration (NZXWT) businesses.

NZX has exposure to long-term structural growth tail

winds from general equity market growth, increase in ETF

market share and the significant expected growth in

KiwiSaver fund contributions.

Since implementing our revised strategy in 2018,

we have come a long way despite the various economic

cycles.

• Operating earnings have increased from $28.6 million

to $53.5 million.

• Smart FUM has increased from $2.7 billion to

$15.8 billion.

• NZXWT FUA has grown from $1.2 billion to $19.9 billion.

• We now partner with SGX in offering our global Dairy

Derivatives market and have grown activity from

312,000 lots traded per annum, to 815,494 lots.

NZXWT has required significant capital investment to

reach the stage where it is cashflow positive on external

client activity. As outlined at the investor day in November

2024, the Group’s cashflow will rise more quickly than the

growth in NPAT or EPS. This is due to the significant rise in

the amortisation charge as a result of the capital that has

been invested in the business. The strong pipeline of client

wins and onboarding supports the increasing value this

business brings to the Group.

Since 2018 we have not only grown our revenue line –

the revenue mix has changed as Smart and NZXWT have

expanded faster than NZX’s core markets business.

As the market activity increases, the Company’s new

products are launched and mature (including the first of

our equity derivatives products to launch in H1 2026), and

our Smart and NZXWT businesses continue to grow, our

earnings mix will change further. NZX is now a stronger,

more resilient business with fantastic growth opportunities

in front of it.

Looking out to 2028 the strategy is to:

• expand our product offering in Capital Markets (equity

derivatives, drive greater scale in clearing, and continue

to build liquidity in our new mid-point order book);

• leverage the global connections and partnerships we

have made and build further market reach; and

• drive scale, efficiencies and operating leverage across

the businesses – including Smart and NZXWT.

We remain very conscious of cost control and ensuring

improved return on investment, and will always look at

strategic opportunities that may add value.

NZX Annual Report 2025

24

TECHNOLOGY
– DELIVERING SUPPORT & RESILIENCE

A critical role for NZX is to operate our technology

platforms efficiently and effectively. 2025 is the fourth

consecutive year NZX has maintained 100% uptime for

its critical applications with no market outages to the

operating platform. With more than 800 changes

completed during the year, this is a credit to the

operational management of the technology team. It also

highlights the focus on increased resilience, capability,

and capacity of our systems.

Alongside maintaining a stable market, NZX continues

to invest in efficient operations, new products and

features. In 2025, NZX embedded the full-stack technical

refresh of the BaNCS platform including turning on the

straight-through-processing of payment bookings within

the Clearing House, completing a full-stack upgrade of the

Trading System and fanatically driving down the

outstanding backlog, migrating digital products into the

Cloud and providing new data APIs, upgrading our market

data feeds, introducing new data products, and refreshing

our payments infrastructure and overall

cybersecurity posture.

NZX remains committed to engaging and working

with our customers to enhance the market technology

ecosystem, with market-wide testing completed for

disaster recovery scenarios, the S&P/NZX 20 street-wide

testing, and crisis simulations. Our progress in this area

continues to be positively noted by the FMA and through

the industry Technology Working Group. We want to thank

our key technology stakeholders and the broader financial

markets ecosystem for their constructive relationships.

OPERATING RESPONSIBLY

NZX’s focus is to create value while delivering a positive

impact on society and the environment. We play a dual role

as both the operator of New Zealand’s capital markets and

as a listed company. Sustainable economic growth is a

priority for NZX.

In 2025 NZX achieved net carbon zero certification

from Toitū Envirocare for the fifth year in a row. Public

markets will continue to play an important role in

facilitating the flow of capital towards decarbonising

the New Zealand economy.

While government changes to market cap thresholds

announced this year means NZX will no longer be required

to produce a mandatory climate statement under the

mandatory climate-related disclosures framework, we will

continue to provide a voluntary statement (containing

governance, strategy, risk management, and metrics and

targets). That statement is an appendix in this

Annual Report.

At NZX we are committed to connecting people,

businesses and capital every day. That is our Purpose.

As such, NZX recognises the important role we play in

supporting the success of New Zealand businesses,

communities, and charities. This includes collaborating

in the Shares for Good initiative and being the primary

sponsor of the New Zealand Financial Markets (NZFM)

Charity Golf Classic – an annual event that fundraises for

charity (case study on page 45).

NZX also provides our employees a paid day’s leave

each year to volunteer our communities and is supportive

of events that help those in need. That includes collecting

for the Cancer Society on Daffodil Day and using our

electronic tickers to promote and support

charitable causes.

2025 is the fourth consecutive year NZX

has maintained 100% uptime for its critical

applications with no market outages to the

operating platform.

NZX Annual Report 2025

25

1. Business Year

POLICY & REGULATION
(INCLUDING NZ REGCO)

During 2025, NZX completed the review of its business

continuity plan requirements for market participants

that are contained in its market rules. We also undertook

a number of market integrity projects to ensure our

regulatory policy remains fit for purpose in the context

of evolving market conditions and technological changes.

We continue to maintain an open and constructive

relationship with the FMA, which regulates our market

operator compliance. In the latest FMA annual review

of NZX’s compliance with those obligations, the

FMA noted the maturity of our technology and risk

management resources, and the significant project

milestones that were reached (including in relation to

S&P/NZX 20 Futures).

The Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013 requires the

FMA to carry out an annual review and report on how well

NZX is meeting its licensed market operator obligations.

One of the key objectives of this review is to ensure

potential conflicts between regulatory and commercial

functions of NZX, as a self-regulating organisation, are

appropriately managed.

The FMA’s overall conclusion in 2025 was that NZX

complied with its licensed market operator obligations

during the review period.

The NZX Corporate Governance Institute (NZX CGI) has

continued to provide a valuable part of our engagement

with the capital markets eco-system. In 2025 the NZX CGI

assisted NZX with the delivery of a bespoke Guidance

Note for co-operative issuers which provided a valuable

engagement opportunity with this important sector of

New Zealand’s economy.

We continued to play a pivotal part in supporting

broader capital markets reform initiatives, across

disclosure settings and climate reporting in particular, in

support of our investor, issuer and participant community.

It was pleasing to see changes in these areas which will be

critical in ensuring New Zealand’s capital markets are well

positioned for the future.

NZX’s regulatory functions are performed by a separate,

independently governed entity, NZ RegCo. NZ RegCo

monitors and enforces compliance by listed issuers and

accredited market participants with NZX’s market rules.

NZX would like to thank the NZ RegCo Board, led by

Chair Trevor Janes and NZ RegCo management under

Chief Executive Joost van Amelsfort.

MANAGEMENT & GOVERNANCE UPDATE

As was noted in the NZX Interim Report, NZX Chief

Executive Mark Peterson is to depart in April 2026

following the annual general meeting.

Mark was appointed as NZX Chief Executive in April

2017. Prior to that he was NZX Acting-Chief Executive from

January 2017, after joining in late 2015 as Head of Markets.

When the Board extended Mark’s term in August 2023,

the focus was on delivering key initiatives that further

developed our business. These included launching our

anonymous mid-point trading venue, NZX Dark, and the

S&P/NZX 20 Index equity futures, alongside growing the

Smart and NZX Wealth Technologies businesses. By April

2026 all these initiatives are expected to have been

achieved.

Mark has been an exceptional leader of NZX and will

leave a strong legacy. Mark has built strong relationships in

New Zealand and internationally, in particular the business

partnerships we have with the Singapore Stock Exchange

and the European Energy Exchange.

The NZX Board is in the process of conducting a search

for a new chief executive to deliver to NZX’s growth

strategy.

Other NZX Group management changes in 2025:

• In October NZXWT Chief Executive Lisa Turnbull was

appointed Smart Chief Executive. Lisa is a seasoned

executive with a proven record for delivering growth

and high-quality customer service. A chartered

accountant with a background in funds management,

finance, strategic development, and investment

platforms, Lisa is the ideal person to lead Smart into

the next growth phase.

• In December NZX Chief Information Officer Robbie

Douglas was appointed Chief Executive of NZXWT.

He had been acting in the role since October. Robbie

is a vastly experienced executive, with around 30 years’

experience in financial services, and a proven record of

leading teams that provide quality service.

NZX Annual Report 2025

26

• In December NZX’s Head of Capital Markets & Digital
Technology Daniel Juchnowicz was appointed NZX

Chief Information Officer. He had been acting in the

role since October.

• Earlier in the year Sophia van Zijl was appointed to the

new created position of Chief People Officer. Sophia is

an experienced executive with a background spanning

human resources, finance, strategy, and transformation.

She has a background in financial services across New

Zealand, Australia and the United Kingdom.

With these appointments made from internal NZX

employees, it demonstrates the high-calibre of senior

leadership capability the Group has.

John McMahon

Chair

Mark Peterson

CEO

In August the NZX Board was pleased to announce the

appointment of Laura Manson as its next Future Director.

NZX is a strong supporter of the Institute of Directors’

Future Director Programme, ensuring New Zealand

develops a greater pool of governance talent to draw from.

Laura is a Partner at Altered Capital, a New Zealand-

based venture capital and private equity firm. She has

more than 10 years’ experience in the finance sector and

brings a strong track record of working with boards,

executives and investors to support growth and strategic

execution in both private and public market settings.

NZX thanks Sophie Spedding, who was the Future Director

for 2024, for her valuable contribution.

In December NZ RegCo announced the appointment

of NZ RegCo board member David Hunt as its new Chair,

replacing the retiring Trevor Janes.

David Hunt has extensive executive, advisory and

governance experience. He is deputy Chair of the Accident

Compensation Corporation, a director of Northpower,

Dairy NZ and WEL Networks. Previous roles have included

serving as Contact Energy CEO and director of

Christchurch City Holdings Limited.

Trevor was initially appointed in 2020, as a member of

the NZ RegCo Establishment Board. His retirement comes

at the end of his appointed term.

Trevor was instrumental in shaping NZ RegCo’s

approach to governance, assurance oversight and

strategic direction as a regulatory agency. The Boards of

NZX and NZ RegCo thank him for his outstanding service.

2026 EARNINGS GUIDANCE

NZX expects full year 2026 operating earnings to be in the

range of $53.0 million to $58.5 million.

The guidance is subject to market outcomes,

particularly with respect to market capitalisation, total

capital listed and raised, secondary market value and

derivatives volumes traded, funds under management and

administration growth, acquisition related integration

costs and technology costs.

Additionally, this guidance assumes there is no material

decline in the macro-economic environment and market

conditions, and there are no significant one-off expenses,

major accounting adjustments, other unforeseeable

circumstances, or future acquisitions or divestments.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

NZX is New Zealand’s Exchange. We exist so New Zealand

companies, and others that list on our market can achieve

their growth ambitions. We believe a vibrant capital market

assists New Zealand to grow and prosper.

Our funds management and funds administration

businesses support this growth by providing the necessary

products and infrastructure so customers can achieve their

financial goals. NZX is proud to back New Zealand.

Thank you to all our stakeholders who work alongside

us in delivering services. It is in partnership and

cooperation with NZX that investors, issuers, participants

and all our customers are able to receive reliable, effective,

and efficient services.

Finally, we would like to extend a sincere thank you to

NZX’s directors and staff for the high-quality work and

dedication they demonstrate every day. It is much

appreciated.

NZX Annual Report 2025

27

1. Business Year

NZX Annual Report 2025
28

NZX Group
Overview

NZX Annual Report 2025

29

For 160 years we have been creating and delivering
opportunities for Kiwis to grow their personal wealth and

helping businesses prosper. As New Zealand’s Exchange,

we are proud of our record in supporting and fuelling the

growth and global ambitions of local companies and the

New Zealanders who are keen to invest in them.

NZX is an integral part of the New Zealand economy

and its future productivity. By operating efficient,

effective, transparent and resilient public markets, we

help provide the capital for businesses to grow, innovate,

invest in much-needed infrastructure, and create more

and better paying jobs for New Zealanders.

We support New Zealand’s sovereign interests

and priorities, providing important economic building

blocks and wealth creation.

We know, care for and understand New Zealand

companies, and provide a personal touch through

ongoing support that sets us apart from others.

Our Purpose or mission, lies at the heart of why

we exist. We are New Zealand’s Exchange, an integrated

financial services business, and a frontline market

regulator.

We utilise our expertise and connections here and

overseas to bring together all the ingredients required

for economic prosperity. We are people helping people.

Customer service is in NZX’s DNA and in the people

we employ. We want to make a positive impact on

people’s lives.

Our Vision is our goal or aspiration of what we want

NZX to achieve. We want to ensure we grow our business

– and the businesses and individuals we serve – in a way

that is sustainable and profitable; helping our country,

and the citizens who live in it, succeed.

Our Values are the behaviours our people demonstrate

that underpin our Purpose and achieve our Vision.

Our Strategy is the guiderail for our decision making.

We are growing a more integrated financial markets

infrastructure and services business, building on NZX’s

core strengths and continuing to explore growth

opportunities across our businesses to create further value

to our shareholders over time. Successful execution will

benefit consumers of capital, investors, our shareholders –

and ultimately New Zealand’s economy and the standard

of living of all New Zealanders.

The Operating Responsibly section in this report

outlines how and where NZX delivers value.

Committed to

connecting people,

businesses &

capital every day

Our

Purpose

O

u

r


S

t

r

a

t

e

g

y

G

r

o

w

i

n

g

,


c

o

n

n

e

c

t

in

g

,


c

r

e

a

t

i

n

g


v

a

l

u

e

O

u

r


V

i

s

i

o

n

A


t

r

u

s

t

e

d


N

e

w


Z

e

a

l

a

n

d


b

u

s

i

n

e

s

s

,


d

e

l

i

v

e

r

i

n

g


s

u

s

t

a

i

n

a

b

l

e



w

e

a

l

t

h

,


v

a

l

u

e


&


o

p

p

o

r

t

u

n

i

t

i

e

s


f

o

r


a

l

l

O

u

r


V

a

l

u

e

s

W

e


D

e

l

i

v

e

r

C

r

e

a

t

i

v

e

O

p

e

n

R

e

s

i

l

i

e

n

t

I

n

t

e

g

r

i

t

y

How we

deliver value

“New Zealand companies – and the

New Zealand Government – require

access to capital for growth. Using the

public markets that NZX provides is a fast,

transparent and effective way to do it.”

John McMahon

NZX Chair

NZX Annual Report 2025

30

Committed to
connecting people,

businesses &

capital every day

Our

Purpose

O

u

r


S

t

r

a

t

e

g

y

G

r

o

w

i

n

g

,


c

o

n

n

e

c

t

in

g

,


c

r

e

a

t

i

n

g


v

a

l

u

e

O

u

r


V

i

s

i

o

n

A


t

r

u

s

t

e

d


N

e

w


Z

e

a

l

a

n

d


b

u

s

i

n

e

s

s

,


d

e

l

i

v

e

r

i

n

g


s

u

s

t

a

i

n

a

b

l

e



w

e

a

l

t

h

,


v

a

l

u

e


&


o

p

p

o

r

t

u

n

i

t

i

e

s


f

o

r


a

l

l

O

u

r


V

a

l

u

e

s

W

e


D

e

l

i

v

e

r

C

r

e

a

t

i

v

e

O

p

e

n

R

e

s

i

l

i

e

n

t

I

n

t

e

g

r

i

t

y

NZX Annual Report 2025

31

Developing our strategy to late 2027
Strategic

priorities

STRATEGY

VISION

OPERATING

RESPONSIBLY

STRATEGIC

THEMES

VALUES

We operate under a strategic framework with

interconnected businesses driving scale and

operating leverage for shareholders to help

New Zealand grow.


Assist NZ to grow and improve

its productivity


Three connected and

complimentary businesses


Capital Markets – round

out our product offering,

build scale in clearing and

settlement and capitalise on

the operating leverage as

markets recover


Smart – continue the organic

growth, invest in our brand,

product, client service

automation and operating

platform


NZXWT – continue to

transition the client demand

and capitalise on the

competitive position


Leverage the NZXWT

capabilities for Smart


Operate a well-managed,

scalable, secure operations

and technology environment.

CAPITAL

MARKETS

SMART

NZ X WE ALTH


TECHNOLOGIES

Scale

Listed securities and

volume

Scale

Funds Under

Management

Scale

Annual Recurring

Revenue & Funds

Under Administration

InterconnectivityInterconnectivity

Growing, Connecting, Creating Value

“A trusted New Zealand business, delivering sustainable wealth, value & opportunities for all”

Planet | People | Principles of Governance | Prosperity

Stable/Secure Platform – Well Managed Risk; Healthy Culture

Client Requirements/

Product Expansion

S&P/NZX 20 Index Futures,


Clearing/Settlement Scale

Operational

Leverage

Operational

Leverage

Operational

Leverage

Client Requirements/

Product Expansion

Platform functionality

Client Requirements/

Product Expansion

Enhanced Passive

range

NZX Annual Report 2025

32

NZX Annual Report 2025
33

2. NZX Group Overview

Our
Board

John McMahon – Chair

John re-joined the NZX Board on

10 May 2023. He has extensive

industry experience in the finance

sector, including a background

in technology, company

turnarounds and transformation,

and entrepreneurial small cap

governance. He has spent more than

30 years in the Australasian equity

markets, predominantly as an equity

analyst (covering a broad range of

industries), and was Head of Equities

at ABN AMRO. John has worked

for CS First Boston, BZW, Morgan

Stanley, ABN AMRO, and Walker

Capital, and was Managing Director

of ASB Securities for three years. He

now manages his own investment

portfolio. John is a director of several

small cap NZX-listed companies:

Solution Dynamics (Chair) and AoFrio

(Chair of Audit Committee). He has

a Bachelor of Commerce (Honours),

an MBA and is a CFA (Chartered

Financial Analyst) charterholder.

Dame Paula Rebstock –

Deputy Chair

Dame Paula joined the NZX Board

in February 2023. She is a leading

Auckland-based economist and

company director, who was made a

Dame Companion of the New Zealand

Order of Merit in 2015 for services to

the State. Dame Paula has extensive

professional experience in corporate

and public services governance. She

is a Director of NZX-listed Vector,

Bluecurrent Australia and Bluecurrent

New Zealand, and also serves on

unlisted entities including AIA

Sovereign Insurance New Zealand,

Auckland One Rail, Chair of Asia

Pacific Healthcare Group, and

Sealink New Zealand, among others.

Dame Paula is a former Chair of the

New Zealand Commerce Commission,

and the Accident Compensation

Corporation (ACC); was a Deputy

Chair of KiwiRail, and a Director of

Auckland Transport. She is a member

of the Clearing, Nominations and

Human Resources and Remuneration

committees.

Lindsay Wright –

Independent Director

Lindsay was appointed as a director

in February 2018 and is Chair of the

Audit and Risk Committee. She has

more than 35 years’ financial services

and funds management experience

locally and globally. She has held

a range of senior roles in the funds

management sector both globally and

regionally (APAC) for Matthews Asia,

BNY Mellon Investment Management,

Frank Aldridge –

Independent Director

Frank was appointed as a director

in May 2017. Frank has an extensive

understanding of New Zealand’s capital

markets having spent more than two

decades working for Craigs Investments

Partners where he led the business for

16 years as Managing Director through

a period of significant growth and

expansion between 2005 and March

2021. During this period, he was also

Chair of Australian-based Wilsons

Advisory and Stockbroking, former

member and Chair of New Zealand

Securities Association, and sat on several

of Craigs Investment Partners’ subsidiary

Boards. Frank is an accredited NZX

Adviser, Financial Adviser (FA), and a

Chartered Member of the Institute of

Directors. Frank is a Director of Avion

Private advising corporates, trusts and

individuals.

Invesco Hong Kong, Harvest Funds

and Deutsche Asset Management.

Lindsay started her career with

Bankers Trust, becoming CFO/COO

before moving to Deutsche Asset

Management. Lindsay also brings

extensive governance experience

spanning 14 years, serving on

boards of both listed and private

companies. Lindsay is a director

of ASX-listed Navigator Global

Investments, and Spark and Milford

Asset Management (where she is

Chair of both companies’ Audit and

Risk Committees). Her previous board

appointments include Kiwibank and

the Guardians of the NZ Super Fund,

where she was Deputy Board Chair

and Audit and Risk Committee Chair.

Lindsay has a Bachelor of Commerce

from the University of Auckland and is

a Fellow of the Hong Kong Institute of

Directors.

NZX Annual Report 2025

34

Elaine Campbell –
Independent Director

Elaine was appointed as a director in

February 2019. She has more than 20

years’ executive experience, primarily

in financial and capital markets, and the

IT and telecommunications industry.

Elaine is the Chief Legal, Governance

and External Relations Officer at NZX-

listed SkyCity Entertainment Group.

She was previously the Executive

General Manager of Fibre Access at

Chorus. During her time on the NZX

executive team from 2002 to 2008,

Elaine led the demutualisation and

listing of NZX and was responsible for

the insourcing of regulatory functions,

along with chairing Smart. Elaine spent

five years at the Financial Markets

Authority as Director of Compliance

before joining AMP as an executive

director and General Counsel. She has

previously worked in the UK and USA

for multinational Sun Microsystems.

Rachel Walsh –

Independent Director

Rachel was appointed as a director in

October 2022. She is an independent

director on the Boards of IAG New

Zealand, Asteron Life (Chairing the

Board Audit and Risk Committee), and

Chartered Accountants ANZ (Chairing

the People and Remuneration

Committee), and a member of the

External Reporting Advisory Panel

(XRAP). A Fellow of Chartered

Accountants ANZ and Chartered

Member of the Institute of Directors,

she holds a Bachelor of Commerce

from the University of Auckland.

Rachel’s executive career includes

Group CFO of Datacom Group and

Abano Healthcare, with senior finance

roles in Rank Group, and PwC. She

has extensive experience across

financial services, technology, health

care, private equity, and professional

services, and is among a select group

of women who have served as CFOs

of NZX-listed entities.

Peter Jessup –

Independent Director

Peter joined the NZX Board in January

2022, following his appointment to

the Technology Committee in April

2021. He brings more than 35 years’

financial markets IT experience

– including trading, surveillance,

clearing, depository and settlement

systems. Peter is a capital markets

consultant with Accenture, and

previous roles include leading the

Market Infrastructure Business

Development team at LSEG and was

Senior Vice President at Nasdaq’s

Global Technology Services group.

In Peter’s earlier career he worked

for NZSE (New Zealand Stock

Exchange), where he played a key

role in automation of the exchange,

including the implementation of

electronic settlement and automated

trading technology.

NZX Annual Report 2025

35

2. NZX Group Overview

Mark Peterson – Chief Executive
Mark joined NZX in May 2015 and

became Chief Executive in April 2017.

He has 30 years’ experience in

financial services covering the capital

markets, private wealth, institutional

and retail banking, and insurance.

Mark previously worked as the

Managing Principal of ANZ Securities,

and before that held senior

management roles with First NZ

Capital, ANZ and The National Bank

of NZ.

Jeremy Anderson –

General Manager, Listings,

Information Services &

Environmental Markets

Jeremy joined NZX in March 2017.

He has significant experience working

in the agribusiness, technology

and financial service sectors across

Australia and New Zealand. Prior

to joining NZX, Jeremy led and

executed Vodafone New Zealand’s

agribusiness strategy. Since working

for NZX, and prior to his current role,

he has led the NZX Agri business,

established and led the Information

Services business and Capital Markets

Development business. His areas of

expertise include leadership, strategy

development, sales management

and innovation.

Graham Law – Chief Financial

& Corporate Officer

Graham joined NZX in November

2017. He has considerable experience

working across the financial and

professional service sectors in

New Zealand and the United Kingdom.

Graham previously worked as Head of

Finance at ACC, and prior to this was

Managing Director and Chief Financial

Officer at AMP Capital Limited.

Graham brings expertise in strategic

leadership, corporate governance,

and risk and financial management.

Our

Leadership

Tea m

Kristin Brandon – Head of Policy

& Regulatory Affairs

Kristin joined NZX in 2007 and is

responsible for leading the

development of NZX’s market rules,

and managing NZX’s regulatory

relationships. Kristin has extensive

experience in financial services law,

having previously worked in legal

roles in corporate and commercial,

and financial services teams at DLA

Piper and Chapman Tripp in

New Zealand, and Dechert LLP in

London. Kristin holds an LLB(Hons)

and BCA (accounting major) from

Victoria University in Wellington.

Daniel Juchnowicz –

Chief Information Officer

Daniel was appointed Chief

Information Officer in December 2025

after acting in the role from October.

Daniel brings more than a decade of

experience in the Capital Markets

Technology group. This includes

leading high-performing IT teams in

Trading, Clearing & Settlement,

Payments, and Integrations. In

addition to these responsibilities,

Daniel has led the Digital team,

driving the modernisation of NZX’s

digital products. With a proven

delivery record, he is recognised for

his strategic leadership, strong

stakeholder and vendor engagement,

effective incident management, and

commitment to operational

excellence.

Felicity Gibson –

General Manager, Market Operations

Felicity joined NZX in March 2014 and

leads the Market Operations team,

covering the capital and energy

markets' clearing businesses. Before

joining NZX, Felicity held capital

markets legal and regulatory roles in

New Zealand and the United

Kingdom, including with the FMA in

New Zealand and FCA in the United

Kingdom. Felicity holds an LLB and

BA (Geography major) from the

University of Otago.

NZX Annual Report 2025

36

Nick Morris – General Manager,
Cash & Derivatives Markets

Nick joined NZX in February 2016 and

leads the cash and derivatives

markets. Nick has extensive financial

markets experience both in exchange

traded and over the counter

products. Before joining NZX, Nick

held markets-based roles at Bank of

New Zealand, and at Medley Global

Advisers in central bank policy

research. Nick holds a BCom

(accounting and tax major) from the

University of Canterbury.

Lisa Turnbull – CEO, Smart

Lisa joined NZX in November 2016.

Lisa was appointed Chief Executive of

Smart in 2025, after nine years

leading NZX Wealth Technologies.

She has more than 25 years’

experience in financial services

covering funds management,

investments, insurance and banking.

Lisa previously worked for the ASB

Bank and Sovereign Insurance

holding leadership roles across

finance, investments, distribution and

operations. Lisa is a Chartered

Accountant.

Ronald Redpath –

Chief Risk Officer

Ronnie joined NZX in August 2021.

He has 20 years’ experience in

financial services, covering capital

markets, and banking in the United

Kingdom, Australia and New Zealand.

Ronnie has an extensive risk

management background, with

expertise in operational risk, controls

management and assurance. Prior to

joining NZX, he held various

management roles for Barclays in the

United Kingdom and has previously

worked for ASB in New Zealand.

Sophia van Zijl –

Chief People Officer

Sophia joined NZX in 2024 and

leads culture, talent and workforce

strategy at NZX. Sophia has

extensive experience in financial

services with a background

spanning human resources, capital

markets, and strategic

transformation across NZ, Australia,

and the UK. This includes time as

Chief People Officer at JBWere,

Head of Colleague Strategy at

National Australia Bank, and

Assistant Treasurer at NAB Wealth &

MLC. Sophia holds degrees in Law

and Commerce (majors in

Accounting, Money & Finance).

Robert Douglas – CEO,

NZX Wealth Technologies

Robert was appointed Chief Executive

of NZX Wealth Technologies in

December 2025 after acting in the role

from October. He joined NZX as the

Chief Information Officer in February

2021 and has more than 27 years’

experience in financial services. Prior to

joining NZX, Robert was the Chief

Operating Officer at Verifone NZ and

has held previous roles as Head of

Operations, Institutional, Corporate

and Commercial at ANZ Bank, the Head

of Technology at First NZ Capital and

the Chief Information Officer of Markets

Business Technology for ANZ Bank

based in Australia. Throughout his

career he has also managed several

large change programs. Robert has

expertise in leading large teams in

real-time technology environments and

is passionate about quality and delivery.

Joost van Amelsfort –

CEO, NZ RegCo

With the establishment and structural

separation of NZX’s new regulatory

agency NZ RegCo on 10 December

2020, Joost, formerly Head of Market

Supervision became Chief Executive of

NZ RegCo. Joost has 20 years’ legal

experience advising capital markets

Participants, including roles with

Simpson Grierson and Linklaters LLP,

London and Dubai. Joost’s particular

areas of expertise include corporate

governance, equity and debt capital

markets, and mergers and acquisitions.

NZX Annual Report 2025

37

2. NZX Group Overview

NZX Annual Report 2025
38

Operating
Responsibly

NZX Annual Report 2025

39

NZX’s focus is to create value while
delivering a positive impact on New Zealand

society and the environment.

NZX, as both a listed company and

market operator, interacts with a

broad range of internal and external

stakeholders, on a diverse range of

matters. The views of stakeholders

are important in helping us to define

topics that are most relevant to them,

and material to NZX’s core strategy

and long-term value creation. These

range from important and emerging

risks, such as climate change, through

to the economic and social impacts

and opportunities of doing business.

It is important stakeholders

consider both the financial and

non-financial measures of our

performance in how we deliver

sustainable long-term value. The four

“Ps” – Planet, People, Prosperity and

Principles of Governance – are the

core pillars of NZX’s environmental,

social and governance (ESG)

approach

1

. We call our approach

“Operating Responsibly”.

NZX’s ESG performance for 2025

has been prepared in accordance

with the Global Reporting Initiative

(GRI) Standards. It provides

comprehensive disclosure of our

performance against key metrics we

track. The GRI Content Index can be

found on page 151 of this report.

Public markets will continue to play

an important role in facilitating the

flow of capital towards decarbonising

the New Zealand economy and

empowering sustainable finance.

In 2025 NZX set new emissions

reduction targets that align with our

organisational purpose, vision and

strategy, and with New Zealand’s

long-term sustainability goals and

international commitments.

Changes to New Zealand’s climate-

reporting framework and reporting

thresholds in 2025 means NZX is

unlikely to be a mandatory climate-

reporting entity. We will continue

to voluntarily disclose material

information and this is included as an

appendix in this annual report.

NZX is a signatory of the United

Nations Sustainable Stock Exchanges

(SSE Initiative). We want to align with

international best practice for stock

exchanges.

Robust governance, such as

the Corporate Governance Code,

is paramount to the role that NZX

plays in overseeing the integrity of

New Zealand’s public markets.

Continuing to have a strong

focus on advancing our position on

diversity and inclusion in the NZX

Group workforce remains essential

to our business success and to better

reflect the customers, businesses and

country we serve. NZX is focused on

attracting more female managers,

executives and in governance and

providing them with leadership

development to make a positive

difference.

1 2020 World Economic Forum report – Measuring Stakeholder Capitalism: Towards Common Metrics

and Consistent Reporting of Sustainable Value Creation.

Overview

Continuing to have a strong

focus on advancing our position

on diversity and inclusion in the

NZX Group workforce remains

essential to our business

success and to better reflect

the customers, businesses and

country we serve.

NZX Annual Report 2025

40

NZX Annual Report 2025
41

3. Operating Responsibly

Our people
Our people are at the heart of NZX’s ability to

back New Zealand. In 2025, we invested further

by creating a People and Culture team that

was not only strong on HR administration, but

could drive the delivery of NZX’s Workforce and

Culture Strategy.

A full restructure of the team and the creation of

a Chief People Officer role marked a significant

step towards this objective. These changes

reflect our commitment to building a strong

business where talent thrives and people have

the right skills, experience and environment to

deliver for our customers and New Zealand.

NZX Annual Report 2025

42

Navigating leadership transitions
The year ahead will also bring

significant governance and leadership

changes. These changes represent

pivotal moments for NZX and require

careful planning. Our approach will

be focused on continuity for our

people and customers, clarity of

direction, and cultural alignment.

We will reinforce NZX’s purpose and

values as anchors for decision making,

and maintain engagement and trust

through communication – ensuring

the organisation remains resilient and

future-focused.

Culture and engagement

Our biannual engagement surveys

continue to provide valuable insight

into NZX’s culture. In 2025, NZX

achieved two of its highest recorded

scores, with our most recent score in

October placing us above 70% of

organisations globally in Gallup’s

database. These results reflect the

strength of our culture as well as our

people’s commitment to NZX’s

Purpose and Vision. Insights from

the surveys have shaped our people

strategies and informed priorities

such as leadership development,

remuneration practices, and the

refresh of employee benefits.

Community and volunteering

In 2025, we placed strong emphasis

on connection, bringing our people

together and a renewed commitment

to community engagement. In 2025,

53 people took volunteering leave to

support a wide range of initiatives,

including conservation and

maintenance support at Zealandia,

cooking meals for cancer patients

and their families at Margaret Stewart

House, supporting City Mission

providing presents and food for

children at Christmas, and

participating in several staff-led

causes such as fundraising for

Movember and Pink Ribbon

Breast Cancer.

Enhancing the foundations

During 2025 we set the stage for

future progress. We reset our plans

for the team and established a

Workforce and Culture Strategy and

a People and Culture Transformation

Strategy. These strategies will ensure

the Group has the capability and

culture it needs to serve our

businesses and New Zealand’s

markets.

In 2026 we will deliver on the high

priority items that lay the foundation

for this transformation. This includes

introducing a leadership programme

to grow capability, as well as

refreshing our remuneration

framework and employee benefits so

to ensure NZX remains a competitive

employer. Together, these initiatives

will create the foundations for a more

future-ready organisation.

3.97

3.98

4.08

4.09

4.15

4.16

4.11

4.09

4.26

4.25

4.27

4.30

4.22

4.36

4.37

4.36

4.28

Sep-17

Apr-18

Oct-18

May-19

Oct-19

May-20

Nov-20

Apr-21

Oct-21

May-22

Oct-22

May-23

Oct-23

May-24

Oct-24

May-25

Oct-25

Employee Engagement

NZX Annual Report 2025

43

3. Operating Responsibly

NZX, together with the wider
capital markets community, also

continued its support of a children’s

charity. After many years of

supporting the wonderful work of

the Little Miracles Trust, in 2025 we

chose Variety – The Children’s

Charity to support for the next few

years (see case study on page 45).

These efforts reflect not only the

commitment of NZX, but that of the

wider New Zealand capital markets

community to backing New Zealand

beyond the markets.

Inclusion and belonging

Diversity is central to how we drive

innovation, collaboration and

long-term value for New Zealand.

Our focus is on creating an inclusive

culture where everyone feels they

belong and has equitable access to

opportunities, regardless of

background, identity or experience.

In 2026, we will continue to

sharpen our focus on building a

gender-diverse leadership pipeline,

particularly at the Management level,

which is critical to closing the gender

pay gap and strengthening

representation across NZX. Our

organisational gender pay gap now

sits at 13.6% based on average base

salaries, a great improvement from

16.6% at the end of 2024.

Age and Gender Diversity of NZX Board


Males (%)Females(%)

Over 50 years old 343%457%

Tot al343%457%

Age and Gender Diversity of NZX Workforce*

Males (%)Females(%)

Under 30 years old5062.5%3037.5%

30 – 50 years old10255.7%8144.3%

Over 50 years old4857.1%3642.9%

Not Declared640.0%960.0%

Tot al20656.9%1564 3 .1%

Role and Gender Diversity of NZX Workforce*

Males%Females%

Group CEO1100%––

Executive Team (excl. Group CEO)960.0%640.0%

Management4663.9%2636.1%

Workforce15054.7%12445.3%

Tot al20656.9%1564 3 .1%

* Excludes members of NZX Workforce where gender undisclosed.

Note: NZX Board figures do not included Future Director Laura Manson. All figures are at 31 December 2025.

Gender pay gap

13. 6%

An improvement from 16.6% in 2024

NZX Annual Report 2025

44

NZX is a proud Kiwi company,
committed to supporting the success

of businesses, our communities and

country. Every year in partnership

with S&P we have a dedicated team of

people that plan, host and operate a

golf tournament in Taupo in

September – the NZX/S&P DJI Charity

Golf Classic. This event brings New

Zealand’s capital markets together to

support children’s charities. It has

been running for 35 years and has

supported 13 charities raising more

than $1 million.

In 2025 we partnered with Variety

New Zealand – the Children’s Charity

– who do incredible work supporting

some of the country’s most vulnerable

children. Variety focuses on improving

the health, education and wellbeing

of children experiencing financial

CASE STUDY

Driving more

than capital

markets

hardship, sickness and disability.

It works alongside schools,

community agencies, social workers,

and healthcare professionals to

identify Kiwi kids in need. With

Variety came an ambitious

fundraising goal of raising $60,000

over the weekend that would support

children and their whanau.

While fundraising was the main

focus of the weekend, including a

black-tie dinner and charity auction,

it was not the only priority. The golf

tournament itself is a key part of the

experience, bringing together

participants with a wide range of skill

levels and plenty of enthusiasm and

competition. Many players will admit

they are more familiar with the woods

than they are with Tiger. However,

this didn’t stop the fierce competition

that happened at the stunning

Wairakei Golf & Sanctuary.

Speaking at the dinner, Variety

New Zealand Chief Executive

Susan Glasgow outlined how

important this day was and the

work Variety does. The charity has

more than 3000 New Zealand

children on its waiting list and

every dollar raised that evening

would directly impact the number

of children that could be

sponsored. Susan’s message

resonated strongly and the target

was broken reaching $65,000 – a

new annual record.

The result means around 100

children living in poverty will be

sponsored for a whole year with

clothing, bedding and other items

that help them and their families.

NZX Chief Executive Mark

Peterson summed up the aim of

the weekend in his address to

participants: “We have the markets

in the room, we compete and

challenge each other every day,

and we’ll continue to do that. But

what makes this event so special is

that we put our differences aside

and come together to support a

charitable cause.”

This was more than just a

successful event; it was a powerful

example of what can be achieved

when people come together with

shared intent and energy.

NZX Annual Report 2025

45

3. Operating Responsibly

Increasing transparency and strengthening climate
disclosures

NZX’s climate report containing sections on climate-

related governance, strategy, risk management, and

metrics and targets is provided on page 138 of this

annual report.

In 2025, NZX scored an A- (Fast Follower) in Forsyth

Barr’s C&ESG ratings, an improvement on our last year’s

rating score of B. It is also consistent with other broader

ESG ratings we have received in 2025.

Understanding how we impact the climate

In 2025, we again achieved Toitū Envirocare net carbonzero

certification. This year represents the fifth consecutive year

of NZX’s net carbonzero certification, applied across our

Scope 1, Scope 2, and relevant Scope 3 emissions. This

includes the assessment of emissions from various sources

such as vehicles, business travel, fuel and electricity usage,

paper consumption, and waste generation. Toitū Envirocare

verified our entire reported inventory, including Scope 3

emissions, to a ‘reasonable’ level of assurance in accordance

with ISO 14064-1:2018.

In 2025, our total market-based GHG emissions were 641

tCO

2

e. Excluding the employee commuting, working from

home, and data centre emissions, NZX's total market-based

GHG emissions for 2025 are 391.7 tCO

2

e – 22% lower than

the baseline year emissions from 2019. Intensity metrics are

provided in our climate report on page 146.

Our

environment

NZX Annual Report 2025

46

NZX Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions
ScopeScope 3 CategoryEmissions sources CO

2

-e2019

Tonne s

2023

Tonne s

2024

Tonne s

2025

Tonne s

% difference

YoY

Scope 1Direct Emissions (diesel)1.92.60.00.00.0

Scope 2

(location-based)

Electricity (office space + ticker)48.126.536.852.141.6

Electricity (data centre)N/AN/A17.723.231.1

Scope 2

(market-based)

Electricity (office space + ticker)48.126.531.445.745.5

Electricity (data centre)N/AN/A17.925.844.1

Scope 3

1

3. Fuel- and

energy- related

activities (not

included in scope

1 and scope 2)

Transmission & Distribution

losses for purchased electricity

4.33 .12.24.081.8

Transmission & Distribution

losses for purchased electricity

(data centre)

N/AN/A1.31.838.5

5. Waste

generated in

operations

Office Waste2.328.45.04.6-8.0

Recycling1.80.10.10.10.0

6. Business travelAir Travel

Domestic

Short haul international

Long haul international

212.1

33.6

174.9

94.5

25.3

142.0


96.5

37.9

186.6

100.5

34.1

159.8


4.1

-10.0

-14.4

Accommodation8.012.214.313.6-4.9

Fuel Emissions (rental and

other cars)

10.68.64.33.9-9.3

7. Employee

commuting

Employee CommutingN/A173.8173.8208.820.1

Working From HomeN/A8.89.012.842.2

9. Transportation

and distribution of

sold products

Freight4.222.320.825.623.1

Total (2019 inventory – location-based)501.9365.5404.4398 .1-1. 6

Total (2019 inventory – market-based)501.9365.5399.0391.7-1.8

Total (location-based)501.9548.2606.2644.76.4

Total (market-based)501.9548.2601.0641.06.7

1 Categories 4, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 were not included, as they are not applicable to NZX Group’s business operations.

N/A – Data was not measured in that year

Setting new goals

With 2025 GHG emissions being 22% below 2019 levels

(excluding employee commuting, WFH, and data centre

emissions, which were added to the inventory

subsequently), the NZX Group has successfully achieved

its 2025 emissions reduction target. The NZX Group

targeted a 21% reduction in certain absolute Scope 1, 2,

and 3 emissions from the 2019 baseline, applying an

absolute contraction approach to sources included in our

2019 inventory. This emissions reduction target did not rely

on offsets.

Building on this progress, in 2025 the NZX Group set

new science-aligned medium- and long-term goals using a

new 2024 base year. The goal-setting process involved an

engagement with an external expert and a workshop with

the Senior Leadership Team to gather feedback. The

recommended goals were then submitted to the Board for

approval.

Based on this process, the NZX Group set the following

emissions reduction goals:

• We aim to achieve net zero in absolute Scope 1 and

Scope 2 emissions by 2030.

• We have an ambition to reach net zero in Scope 3

emissions by 2050.

These goals are designed to align with a 1.5° pathway

and reflect NZX’s long-term commitment to reducing its

climate impact. As with the 2025 target, these goals are

informed by Science-Based Targets initiative (SBTi)

guidance and do not rely on carbon offsets. However, NZX

continues to purchase carbon credit offsets corresponding

to its remaining emissions.

NZX Annual Report 2025

47

3. Operating Responsibly

As New Zealand’s Exchange we are
passionate about working with our customers

and stakeholders to grow the markets NZX

operates, which generate wealth integral to

Kiwis’ standard of living, and New Zealand

companies getting ahead.

Our markets

& economic

performance

NZX Annual Report 2025

48

To support the growth and
development of our core markets

business, and to ensure we are well

connected to New Zealand investors,

NZX owns Smart, a New Zealand

issuer of listed Exchange Traded

Funds, KiwiSaver provider SuperLife

and funds manager QuayStreet Asset

Management.

NZX provides wealth management

services for New Zealand advisers via

NZX Wealth Technologies.

NZX is also responsible for

developing, consulting on, and

enhancing the market rules, practices

and policies under which NZX's

markets operate.

NZX makes a significant

contribution to New Zealand’s

economy, both directly and indirectly

via companies that are listed on the

public markets. More than three

million New Zealanders are investors

through their KiwiSaver accounts and

many more though online platforms

such as Sharesies.

The value that NZX has added

to the New Zealand economy since

2018 (when NZX enacted its growth

strategy) has been substantial when

compared to our gross revenue.

Similarly, constituents of the S&P/NZX

50 index contribute significant value

to the New Zealand economy.

The NZX Main Board covers

171 listed issuers with a market

capitalisation of $191.3 billion.

The NZX Debt Market supports

47 listed issuers with $55.6 billion

outstanding on the market. There

are 145 financial instruments listed

on the NZX Debt Market.

NZX’s economic contribution

In 2025, NZX directly contributed

$251 million to the New Zealand

economy, up 4.6% from $240 million

(restated) in 2024.

Despite challenging market

conditions, NZX’s share of value

added to gross revenue has dropped

slightly, to 66%. This means that for

every dollar of revenue generated, in

2025 NZX contributed 66% directly to

the New Zealand economy in the form

of labour (wages or salaries), capital

or taxes.

Internally we have a workforce

of 356.3 full time equivalents –

adding 18.3 FTEs in 2025 to support

business growth and paid a total of

$55.8 million in salaries.

Creating value

Along with providing investors

with ready access to world-leading

companies, the markets operated by

NZX enable New Zealand companies

and other organisations to raise

capital that directly leads to value

creation for businesses, society and

our environment. As well as capital

raising to strengthen balance sheets,

funds are raised via NZX-operated

markets to provide for a range of

wellbeing initiatives such as social

housing, and environmental and

climate change-focused projects.

NZX's direct contribution to the

New Zealand economy

4.6%

Up from $240 million in 2024

NZX Annual Report 2025

49

3. Operating Responsibly

CASE STUDY
New Zealand has proven time and again we have

the talent, technology, and tenacity to compete

and succeed internationally.

Helping companies

grow and succeed

At NZX, we’re focused on connecting

people, businesses, and capital,

ensuring innovative companies have

access to the right capital pathways

to achieve their growth ambitions.

NZX provides a world-class

exchange platform for companies to

access capital and engage investors

in their company’s business growth

stor y.

For many companies, listing on

the NZX is the ultimate milestone.

It provides access to a great pool

of investors, capital and liquidity

to fund growth, and establishes a

framework for ongoing engagement

with the market. Behind the scenes,

the NZX Capital Markets Origination

(CMO) team actively works with

companies who want to achieve this

goal, demonstrating the benefits of

being listed.

NZX Annual Report 2025

50

New Zealand investors are always
looking to support quality companies

and help them meet their growth

aspirations. In 2025 three new

companies joined the NZX, Uvre

Limited (now Minerals Exploration

Limited), Manuka Resources and

Locate Technologies.

“Public markets remain the most

effective and transparent way for

companies to achieve growth,” says

Jeremy Anderson, NZX’s General

Manager Listings, Information

Services & Environmental Markets.

“Alongside supporting and guiding

companies by providing a range of

listing options from an IPO, direct

listing to foreign exempt or dual

listings, NZX’s CMO team is hands

on working closely with companies

to help tell their story to reach the

broadest range of investors.”

This commitment was recently

highlighted by Brett Mitchell,

Executive Director of Minerals

Exploration Limited. Having

navigated dual listings on various

global exchanges, Brett noted the

NZX listing experience stood apart.

“I’ve been involved with dual

listings all around the world, and this

was by far the best experience I have

had,” he said.

Beyond the listing process, the

team’s role extends to helping

companies succeed once listed.

This includes additional capital

raising activity. Throughout 2025, the

team delivered educational sessions

covering investor relations strategy,

listing support, sustainability and

climate reporting, and long-term

growth planning. This included

targeted masterclasses designed to

help issuers better understand index

inclusion and the role of S&P indices

in the market.

The team remains focused

on supporting issuers by raising

their profile with the investment

community. The "Opening Bell"

podcast and ongoing video

“Spotlight” series continue to serve

as vital channels for articulating issuer

stories, allowing business leaders to

offer insights into their companies,

explain their strategy and growth

ambitions, and pitch directly to the

wider investment community.

Advocacy was another key focus in

2025. NZX worked closely with issuers

and regulators to support changes

to the New Zealand’s climate-

related disclosure thresholds. For

many companies, particularly in

the small to mid-cap segment, the

previous settings were seen as a

compliance burden and a barrier

to remaining listed. The changes

by the Government will help

restore confidence for issuers

considering their long-term place

in the market.

Looking ahead, the NZX

CMO team remains focused

on being a trusted partner for

listed companies. With a strong

pipeline of potential listings in

2026 and continued engagement

across the market, the team’s

priority is supporting issuers

to access capital, strengthen

investor engagement, and

deepen connections.

The team’s contact details are

available at www.nzx.com.

At NZX, we’re focused

on connecting people,

businesses, and capital,

ensuring innovative

companies have access

to the right capital

pathways to achieve their

growth ambitions.

NZX Annual Report 2025

51

3. Operating Responsibly

Corporate
Governance

NZX Annual Report 2025

52

NZX Annual Report 2025
Corporate

Governance

For the purpose of this section of the annual report, the

term 'NZX' and 'Company' means NZX Limited.

NZX’s shares are quoted on the NZX Main Board.

NZX also has a subordinated note quoted on the NZX

Debt Market.

In this part of the annual report, we disclose the extent

to which we have followed the recommendations set out in

the NZX Corporate Governance Code 2025 (NZX Code).

The information in this section is current as at 31 December

2025 and has been approved by the board of directors

of NZX.

NZX’s Board is committed to maintaining the highest

standards of governance by implementing a framework

of structures, practices and processes that it considers

reflect best practice. NZX’s corporate governance policies

and procedures, and its Board and Committee charters,

document the framework and have been approved by

the Board.

The framework has been guided by the

recommendations set out in the NZX Code and the

requirements set out in the NZX Listing Rules (Listing

Rules). The Board’s view is that NZX’s corporate governance

framework has followed these recommendations and

requirements in the year to 31 December 2025

(reporting period).

The corporate governance framework is regularly

reviewed by the Board against the corporate governance

standards set by NZX, any regulatory changes, and

developments in corporate governance practices.

The key corporate governance documents referred to

in this section are available from NZX's investor centre

(nzx.com/about-nzx/investor-centre).

The following diagram summarises the NZX corporate

governance framework.

NZX corporate governance framework

REGULATORSSHAREHOLDERS

NZX BOARD OF DIRECTORS

NZ REGCO CHIEF

EXECUTIVE OFFICER

NZX CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

NZX EMPLOYEES

NZ REGCO EMPLOYEES

NZ REGCO BOARD

OF DIRECTORS

AUDIT AND

RISK COMMITTEE

TECHNOLOGY

COMMITTEE

HUMAN

RESOURCES &

REMUNERATION

COMMITTEE

NOMINATION

COMMITTEE

CLEARING

COMMITTEE

53

4. Corporate Governance

NZX Annual Report 2025
NZX Regulation Limited

NZX’s regulatory functions are performed by NZX

Regulation Limited (NZ RegCo), a separate, independently

governed entity. All regulatory decision-making has

been delegated to the NZ RegCo Board and NZ

RegCo management.

NZ RegCo does not regulate NZX as a listed issuer,

or any related entities of NZX that are subject to NZX’s

market rules. This means NZ RegCo also does not

regulate Smartshares Limited (as the listed issuer of the

Smartshares ETFs) or NZX Wealth Technologies Limited (as

an accredited NZX Participant). NZX and its related entities

are regulated by the Special Division of the NZ Markets

Disciplinary Tribunal.

NZ RegCo's functions in relation to regulation of NZX’s

markets operations include:

•monitoring and enforcing compliance with NZX’s market

rules by issuers listed on NZX’s markets;

•monitoring and enforcing compliance with the NZX

Participant Rules and the NZX Derivatives Market Rules

by participants operating on NZX’s markets, such as NZX

Firms, NZX Advisors and Trading Participants; and

•working with the FMA as a co-regulator under the

Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013 (FMCA) in relation

to continuous disclosure, market manipulation and

insider trading.

NZ RegCo is subject to a charter, which sets out the

objectives, responsibilities and framework for the operation

of NZ RegCo management and the NZ RegCo Board. 

NZX CODE

Principle 1 – ethical standards

Directors should set high standards of ethical

behaviour, model this behaviour and hold

management accountable for these standards being

followed throughout the organisation.

Code of Conduct

NZX’s Code of Conduct sets out the standards of conduct

expected of directors (including members of committees)

and employees (including secondees, contractors and

consultants). The purpose of the code is to underpin and

support NZX’s values, legal obligations and policies that

govern and guide our individual and collective behaviour.

Training on the code is included as part of the induction

process for new directors and employees.

The code requires directors and employees to promptly

report material breaches of the code and sets out the

procedure for doing so. The code refers to the NZX

Protected Disclosures Policy, which includes reference

to NZX’s processes around whistleblowing and includes

details of a confidential third party agency for employees

to contact for whistleblowing reporting purposes.

The code is reviewed at least every two years and

was last reviewed in February 2025. Amendments to the

code following a review are summarised and detailed to

NZX employees via NZX’s intranet. NZX’s Board Charter

notes that directors should set high standards of ethical

behaviour, model this behaviour and hold management

accountable for these standards being followed throughout

the organisation.

Financial Products Trading Policy

NZX’s Financial Products Trading Policy sets out NZX’s

restrictions on its directors and employees buying or selling

financial products. In particular:

•apart from certain listed exemptions, directors and

employees may not buy or sell NZX’s shares in the

“blackout” periods set out in the policy (these periods

occur prior to the release of NZX’s financial results to

the market);

•outside of a blackout period, directors and employees

must obtain consent to buy or sell NZX’s shares; and

•directors and employees involved in trading financial

products for a managed investment scheme managed

by Smartshares Limited are prohibited from trading in

financial products on their own behalf or on behalf of

related persons, before trading in those products for the

managed investment scheme in order to avoid gaining a

price advantage.

Because NZX is a licensed market operator, NZX’s senior

managers and employees with access to market sensitive

information must obtain consent to buy or sell financial

products quoted on a market operated by NZX.

Training on the policy is included as part of the induction

process for new directors and employees, with annual

refresher training provided to all employees.

The policy is reviewed at least annually and was last

reviewed in September 2025.

54

NZX Annual Report 2025
Principle 2 – board composition

and performance

To ensure an effective board, there should be

a balance of independence, skills, knowledge,

experience and perspectives.

Board Composition as at 31 December 2025

Board

Structure

Number of

DirectorsGender Diversity

Average Director

TenureAverage Director AgeDiversity Characteristics

Single tier73 men, 4 women5 years, 2 months60 years, 6 monthsEducation qualifications,

professional experience,

personal achievements,

geography, gender

Board charter

NZX’s Board operates under a written charter, which sets

out the responsibilities and framework for the operation of

the Board.

The charter is reviewed at least every two years and was

last reviewed in February 2024.

Management of NZX on a day-to-day basis is undertaken

by the Chief Executive Officer and senior managers through

a set of delegated authorities that clearly define the Chief

Executive Officer’s and senior managers’ responsibilities

and those retained by the Board. The delegated authorities

are set out in NZX’s Delegated Authority Policy. The policy

is reviewed at least annually and was last reviewed in

June 2025.

The Board meets its responsibilities by receiving reports

and plans from management and through its annual

work programme. The Board uses committees to address

issues that require detailed consideration. Committee-work

is undertaken by directors. However, the Board retains

ultimate responsibility for the functions of its committees

and determines their responsibilities.

Nomination and appointment of directors

NZX has a Nomination Committee, which is responsible for

reviewing candidates for appointment and re-election to

the Board and committees, and making recommendations

to the Board. An independent recruitment consultant may

provide assistance in preparing a list of candidates for

the Committee’s consideration. The Committee meets with

preferred candidates before making a recommendation to

the Board. Checks are done on candidates in accordance

with NZX’s Fit and Proper Policy. Key information about

candidates is provided to shareholders in the notice of

annual meeting.

At each annual meeting, current directors retire by

rotation at least every three years as required by the

Listing Rules and are eligible for re-election. Any directors

appointed since the previous annual meeting must also

retire and are eligible for re-election.

NZX uses a skills matrix when selecting candidates for

appointment and re-election to the Board. The skills matrix

outlines the ideal mix of skills, experience and diversity

needed to ensure the Board is equipped to provide the

high standard of corporate governance required to lead

NZX. If the Board determines that new or additional skills

are required, training is completed or a formal recruitment

process is undertaken.

The matrix assesses directors against a number of criteria

including both general corporate governance capability

as well as domain knowledge of matters specific to the

business. A summary of the skills assessment of the current

Board is contained overleaf. This matrix does not include

the skills of the independent directors of NZ RegCo, Smart

or the NZX Limited future director, each of whom bring

additional skills and expertise to the NZX Group.

Based on these criteria, the Board considers that its

members currently have the balance of independence,

skills, knowledge, experience and perspectives necessary

to lead NZX.

55

4. Corporate Governance

High
BOARD STRENGTH

Med-HighLow-MedLow

Board Skills Matrix

CATEGORYDESCRIPTIONBOARD STRENGTH

Corporate governanceKnowledge and experience of governance including

oversight of governance frameworks and ESG/

sustainability.

133

StrategyExperience in defining strategic objectives and

constructively challenging strategic plans.

52

Risk managementCapability in identifying understanding risks and risk

mitigation strategies. Ability to understand the

effectiveness of risk management frameworks and

practices.

412

Business & Digital

Transformation

Knowledge or experience of restructured or new

business resources and models, technology and

capabilities, (incl digital technology).

151

Financial fluencyExperience or background in accounting, corporate

finance and financial reporting, with capability to

assess financial controls and reporting.

52

Policy/Regulatory advocacy

and engagement

Relationships with senior people at FMA and RBNZ,

and relevant politicians.

241

Listed CompanyBoard member, CEO or senior executive of listed

companies (or to equivalent standard in govt or

unlisted).

61

Culture and peopleExperience overseeing CEO and senior management,

including capability assessment, remuneration

frameworks, along with promoting an appropriate

workplace culture aligned with corporate values.

61

Stock exchangeExperience with financial products and licensed

financial markets including market infrastructure,

derivatives and data.

331

Funds managementExperience as Board member, portfolio manager,

senior executive or with investment committee, with a

fund manager.

2311

Custody & AdministrationUnderstanding of Custodial and Administration

platforms.

412

Clearing House & SettlementsUnderstanding of pre- and post-trade settlement

systems.

142

Technology (markets)Experience in governance of critical technology

infrastructure, technology strategies and cyber

security, with emphasis on financial markets-related

technologies.

124

Equity & Debt capital marketsDegree of involvement with debt/equity issuance

(primary and secondary) from either broker, fund

manager, or Listed Issuer side.

331

Regulatory: FMCA, Listing

Rules, & Public Policy

Degree of familiarity with LR and FMCA issues such as

materiality and continuous disclosure and

understanding of how policy settings operate and are

influenced.

322

Capital markets relationshipsExtent of relationships with brokers, institutional

investors in NZ and Australia, investment banking, and

private equity.

124

NZX Annual Report 2025

56

NZX Annual Report 2025
Written agreement

NZX provides a letter of appointment to each newly

appointed director setting out the terms of their

appointment. The letter includes information regarding

expected time commitments, the Board’s responsibilities,

remuneration, independence requirements, disclosure

requirements, confidentiality obligations, indemnity and

insurance provisions, intellectual property rights and

cessation of appointment.

Director information

The Board currently comprises seven directors with

diverse backgrounds, skills, knowledge, experience

and perspectives. All directors are non-executive

and independent. A director’s interests, position and

relationships, as well as the factors set out in Table 2.4 of the

NZX Code, have been considered holistically and without

considering any conflict management arrangements when

determining the director’s independence status.

Information in respect of directors’ ownership interests

is available on page 133. NZX’s directors participate in a

Share Purchase Plan, which requires them to apply a certain

amount of their fees to the purchase of NZX shares (subject

to certain limits and exceptions, the details of which are set

out on page 71).

Diversity

NZX’s Diversity and Inclusion Policy sets out how NZX

will set measurable objectives for achieving diversity and

inclusion, and how it will assess its progress towards

achieving these objectives.

The policy is reviewed at least every two years and was

last reviewed in February 2025. Further details on NZX’s

diversity and inclusion are outlined on pages 9 and 44.

DIRECTOR TRAINING

Directors are expected to understand NZX's operations

and undertake training and education to enable them to

effectively perform their duties. This can include:

•attending management presentations in respect of

NZX’s operations;

•attending presentations on changes in governance, legal

and regulatory frameworks;

•attending technical and professional

development courses;

•attending presentations from industry experts and

key advisers;

•attending the World Federation of Exchanges (WFE)

conferences of which NZX is a member; and

•receiving regular educational materials.

NZX continues to support the Institute of Directors’

Future Director Programme, with Laura Manson appointed

as a NZX Future Director on 7 August 2025.

ASSESSMENT OF BOARD PERFORMANCE

A detailed Board evaluation was commenced in

2024 to review the performance of the Board

and Committees across key areas, including strategy,

risk management, Board processes and monitoring

organisational performance. This process was run by

external and independent governance experts. The key

findings of the process, including questionnaire responses,

were considered by the Board in the first quarter of 2025.

The recommendations related to subsidiary governance,

management reporting and strategic direction and were

adopted (or already in the process of being implemented)

in part. 

SEPARATION OF THE CHAIRPERSON AND

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

NZX’s Board Chair and Chief Executive Officer are different

people. NZX’s Board Chair is an independent director.

Principle 3 –

committees

The Board should use committees where this will

enhance its effectiveness in key areas, while still

retaining board responsibility.

COMMITTEES AND MEMBERS

The Board uses committees where specialist skills and

experience are required. As at 31 December 2025, five

standing committees have been established to assist the

Board on matters falling within their areas of responsibility.

Each committee has authority to undertake any activity set

out in its charter or as authorised by a separate resolution of

the Board.

The board and five committees (and the members of

each) as at 31 December 2025 are set below.

Board and committees (as at 31 December 2025)

Board of Directors

•John McMahon (Chair)

•Dame Paula Rebstock

•Lindsay Wright

•Frank Aldridge

•Elaine Campbell

•Peter Jessup

•Rachel Walsh

57

4. Corporate Governance

NZX Annual Report 2025
Committees

Core Committees

Audit and Risk Committee

Human Resources and

Remuneration Committee

Nomination CommitteeClearing CommitteeTechnology Committee

Lindsay Wright (Chair)Frank Aldridge (Chair)John McMahon (Chair)Rachel Walsh (Chair)Peter Jessup (Chair)

Frank AldridgeElaine CampbellFrank AldridgePeter JessupJohn McMahon

Rachel WalshJohn McMahonDame Paula RebstockJohn McMahonRachel Walsh

Dame Paula Rebstock

1

Dame Paula Rebstock

Lindsay Wright

1Dame Paula Rebstock assumed the role of Chair of Human Resources and Remuneration Committee from 1 January 2026.

Director meeting attendance

Core Committees

DirectorBoardAudit and Risk

Committee

1

Human

Resources and

Remuneration

Committee

2

Nomination

Committee

Technology

Committee

Clearing

Committee

John McMahon

3

6/6-5/62/22/44/4

Dame Paula Rebstock6/6-6/62/2-3/4

Lindsay Wright6/67/8---4/4

Frank Aldridge6/68/86/62/2--

Elaine Campbell

4

4/6-6/6---

Peter Jessup6/6---4/44/4

Rachel Walsh6/68/8--2/44/4

1In addition to the scheduled meetings, the Audit and Risk Committee held two additional meetings during the year to discuss the appointment of insurance brokers and

approve NZX’s insurance renewal proposals.

2In addition to the scheduled meetings, the Human Resource and Remuneration Committee held two additional meetings during the year to discuss the appointments of

senior executives.

3John McMahon attended 6/8 Audit and Risk Committee meetings as an ex-officio member.

4In addition to committee attendance, NZX directors may also sit on subsidiary boards. Elaine Campbell is a director of NZX Regulation Limited and attended 8/8 NZX

Regulation Limited scheduled board meetings.

Audit and Risk Committee

NZX’s Audit and Risk Committee assists the Board to fulfil

its responsibilities in relation to the NZX Group’s financial

practices and reporting, internal control environment,

internal audit, external audit and risk management. The

Committee operates under a written charter, which sets out

the responsibilities and framework for the operation of the

Committee. The charter is reviewed at least every two years

and was last reviewed in May 2024.

The Committee must be comprised solely of NZX

directors, have a minimum of three members, have a

majority of members that are independent directors and

have at least one director with an accounting or financial

background. The current composition of this Committee

complies with these requirements.

The Committee’s Chair, Lindsay Wright, holds a bachelor

of commerce degree from the University of Auckland

majoring in finance and accounting, and has previously

held the role of CFO of Deutsche New Zealand (previously

Bankers Trust) and was also formerly Chair of the Audit

Committee for the New Zealand Superannuation Fund.

Lindsay’s full biography (as well as the biographies of other

committee members) is on page 34.

The Committee Chair and the Board Chair are

different people.

Management may only attend meetings at the invitation

of the Committee and the Committee routinely has

Committee-only time and time with the external and

internal auditors without management present.

58

NZX Annual Report 2025
Human Resources and Remuneration Committee

NZX’s Human Resources and Remuneration Committee

assists the Board in overseeing the management of

the human resources activities of NZX, including the

remuneration of employees. The Committee operates

under a written charter, which sets out the responsibilities

and framework for the operation of the Committee. The

charter is reviewed at least every two years and was last

reviewed in February 2025.

The Committee must have a minimum of three members

and a majority of members that are independent directors.

The current composition of this Committee complies with

this requirement.

Management may only attend meetings at the invitation

of the Committee and the Committee routinely has

Committee-only time.

Nomination Committee

NZX’s Nomination Committee assists the Board in

identifying and recommending individuals to the Board for

nomination as directors and members of committees. The

Committee operates under a written charter, which sets out

the responsibilities and framework for the operation of the

committee. The charter is reviewed at least every two years

and was last reviewed in November 2024.

The committee must have a minimum of three members

and a majority of members that are independent directors.

The current composition of this Committee complies with

this requirement.

Management may only attend meetings at the invitation

of the Committee and the Committee routinely has

Committee-only time.

Technology Committee

NZX’s Technology Committee was formed in 2020 and

assists the Board in oversight of the role and use of

technology in executing NZX’s strategy (including ICT

recommendations from Capital Markets 2029), meeting

regulatory requirements and standards and in supporting

the function of the markets operated and cleared by

NZX, through NZX Clearing. The Technology Committee

oversees NZX technology risk and supports the Audit

and Risk Committee in its overall group risk management

obligations. The Committee operates under a written

charter, which sets out the responsibilities and framework

for the operation of the Committee. The charter was last

reviewed in December 2025.

The Committee must have three members. The

Committee may have a non-director as a member (who

must have skills and experience relevant to the operation of

the Committee). The current composition of this committee

complies with these requirements (though it does not

currently have a non-director member).

Clearing Committee

The Clearing Committee assists the Board in ensuring that

New Zealand Clearing Limited has adequate risk capital to

meet its obligations as the central counterparty clearing

house for NZX Clearing. The Committee operates under

a written charter, which sets out the responsibilities and

framework for the operation of the Committee. The charter

is reviewed at least every two years and was last reviewed in

February 2024.

The Committee must have a minimum of three members

being either all NZX directors or two directors and one

external independent person (who must have skills and

experience relevant to the operation of the Committee).

The current composition of this Committee complies with

these requirements.

Takeover protocol

NZX’s Takeover Protocol sets out the procedure to be

followed if there is a takeover offer for NZX.

The protocol is reviewed at least every two years and was

last reviewed in December 2025.

Principle 4

– reporting and

disclosure

The Board should demand integrity in financial and

non-financial reporting, and in the timeliness and

balance of corporate disclosures.

Continuous disclosure

NZX’s Continuous Disclosure Policy sets out NZX’s

arrangements to ensure material information is identified,

reported, assessed and, where required, disclosed to the

market in a timely manner.

NZX is committed to ensuring the timely disclosure of

material information about the NZX Group and to ensuring

that NZX complies with the NZX Listing Rules.

It is the responsibility of the Board to monitor

compliance with the Continuous Disclosure Policy. The

Board considers at each Board meeting whether any

information discussed at the meeting requires disclosure.

The policy is reviewed at least every two years and was

last reviewed in August 2024.

Charters and policies

The key corporate governance documents referred to in

this section, including policies and charters, are available

from NZX’s investor centre (https://www.nzx.com/about-

nzx/investor-centre).

59

4. Corporate Governance

NZX Annual Report 2025
Financial reporting

NZX is committed to ensuring integrity and timeliness in

its financial reporting and in providing information to the

market and shareholders which reflects a considered view

on its present and future prospects.

The Audit and Risk Committee oversees the quality

and integrity of external financial reporting, including

the accuracy, completeness, balance and timeliness of

financial statements. It reviews NZX’s full and half-year

financial statements and makes recommendations to the

board concerning accounting policies, areas of judgement,

compliance with accounting standards, stock exchange and

legal requirements, and the results of the external audit.

All matters required to be addressed and for which the

Committee has responsibility were addressed during the

reporting period.

NZX has published its full and half-year financial

statements that were prepared in accordance with relevant

financial standards. The full year financial statements are set

out on pages 82 to 129.

The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial and

Corporate Officer have confirmed in writing to the Board

that NZX’s external financial reports present a true and fair

view in all material aspects.

Non-financial reporting

NZX releases data on its non-financial performance

metrics each month through its monthly shareholder

metrics publications. It also releases quarterly revenue and

shareholder metrics, and regulation metrics representing

the key features of NZX’s activities in regulating its markets.

NZX releases non-financial data within its annual report,

including as to remuneration (on pages 64 to 72), within

the climate report (pages 138 to 150) and as against

the sustainability reporting standard, the Global Reporting

Initiative (see pages 151 to 154).

NZX continues to integrate its non-financial reporting

and disclosures to align with its financial performance

and strategy.

To support this, and provide increased clarity for

shareholders and the market on our financial performance

and execution of strategy, financial and non-financial targets

are reported.

Further information is available from the NZX investor

centre (https://www.nzx.com/about-nzx/investor-centre)

Principle 5

– remuneration

The remuneration of directors and executives should

be transparent, fair and reasonable.

Directors’ remuneration

Please see page 72 for details of the current fees paid to

NZX directors.

Remuneration policy

Please see page 65 for details on NZX’s remuneration policy

for the remuneration of NZX directors and employees.

Chief Executive Officer remuneration

Please see page 65 to 67 for details of the NZX CEO’s

remuneration arrangements.

Principle 6 – risk management

Directors should have a sound understanding of the

material risks faced by the issuer and how to manage

them. The Board should regularly verify that the issuer

has appropriate processes that identify and manage

potential and material risks.

Risk management framework

The Board is responsible for the establishment and

oversight of NZX’s risk management framework, together

with setting NZX’s overall risk appetite and tolerance.

Significant risks are discussed at each Board meeting, or

as required.

The Board has established an Audit and Risk Committee

with responsibility to:

•review and provide feedback in respect of the principal

risks set out in NZX’s risk register;

•ensure that management has established a risk

management framework which includes policies and

procedures to effectively identify, manage and monitor

NZX’s principal risks; and

•monitor compliance with, and assess the effectiveness of,

the risk management framework.

The Committee reviews the risk register every quarter.

The Committee also reviews the risk management

framework annually. The Committee receives reports on the

operation of risk management policies and procedures.

The Executive Team and senior management are

required to regularly identify the major risks affecting the

business, record them in the risk register and develop

structures, practices and processes to manage and monitor

these risks.

NZX maintains insurance policies that it considers

adequate to meet its insurable risks.

The Board is satisfied that NZX has in place a risk

management framework to effectively identify, manage and

monitor NZX’s principal risks, including a Risk Appetite

Statement, Conflict Management Policy, Continuous

Disclosure Policy, Delegated Authority Policy, Financial

Products Trading Policy, Fit and Proper Policy, Acceptable

Use of Technology Policy and Protected Disclosures Policy.

NZX engages EY to carry out internal audit functions

on various parts of its operations, including assessing

the effectiveness of NZX’s risk management policies

and procedures. Additionally, independent assurance is

provided and reviews are undertaken on matters such as

60

NZX Annual Report 2025
risk capital, operational controls, IT/software security and

anti-money laundering procedures.

Key risks

NZX’s material risks for 2025 and how these are being

managed are outlined and discussed at pages 76 to 80.

In addition, please see page 153 for health and safety risk

disclosures in Appendix 2 (GRI Content Index).

Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial and

Corporate Officer assurance

The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial and

Corporate Officer have provided the Board with written

confirmation that NZX’s 2025 financial statements are

founded on a sound system of risk management and

internal compliance and control; and that all such

systems are operating efficiently and effectively in all

material respects.

Principle 7

– auditors

The Board should ensure the quality and

independence of the external audit process.

NZX’s Audit and Risk Committee makes

recommendations to the Board on the appointment and

removal of the external auditor. The Committee also

monitors the independence and effectiveness of the

external auditor, and reviews and approves any non-audit

services performed by the external auditor. An External

Auditor Independence Policy sets out the services that may

or may not be performed by the external auditor. This policy

was last reviewed in April 2025.

During the reporting period, NZX concluded a request

for proposal (RFP) process for the provision of its

external audit and assurance services (and associated

reporting). On 7 March 2025 the Group announced that

PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) had been appointed as the

Group’s external auditor for the financial year commencing

1 January 2025.

The Committee regularly meets with the external auditor

to approve their terms of engagement, audit partner

rotation (at least every five years) and audit fee, and to

review and provide feedback in respect of the annual

external audit plan. A comprehensive review and formal

assessment of the independence and effectiveness of the

external auditor is undertaken periodically. The Committee

routinely has time with NZX's external auditor, PwC, without

management present.

PwC attends the annual meeting, and the lead audit

partner is available to answer questions from shareholders

at that meeting. PwC and KPMG (as auditor for the

financial year ending 31 December 2024) attended the

2025 annual meeting.

PwC has provided the Audit and Risk Committee with

written confirmation that, in their view, they were able to

operate independently during the year.

NZX has appointed EY to perform a number of

internal audit functions. The Audit and Risk Committee

is responsible for overseeing the independence and

objectivity of the internal audit function and for reviewing

and monitoring the internal audit annual work plan,

reports from internal audit and management responses.

The Committee routinely has time with EY without

management present.

Principle 8 – shareholder rights

and relations

The Board should respect the rights of

shareholders and foster constructive relationships

with shareholders that encourage them to engage

with the issuer.

Information for shareholders

NZX seeks to ensure that investors understand its activities

by communicating effectively with them and giving them

access to clear and balanced information.

The key information channels are NZX's website,

announcements and media releases, social media channels,

the annual and interim report, investor days and the

annual meeting.

NZX’s investor centre contains annual and interim

reports, investor presentations, dividend information and

other information relating to NZX (including key corporate

governance documents).

Communicating with shareholders

NZX’s investor centre sets out NZX’s Chief Financial

and Corporate Officer’s and NZX’s GM Corporate Affairs

& Sustainability contact details for communications

from shareholders. NZX responds to all shareholder

communications within a reasonable timeframe.

NZX provides options for shareholders to receive and

send communications electronically, to and from both

NZX and its share registrar. NZX encourages shareholder

participation at its shareholder meetings by allowing in

person or virtual attendance, and provides a webcast of

the meeting, along with presentations and the Chair and

CEO’s addresses on its website. In addition, NZX’s Notice

of Meeting assists shareholders with virtual elements of the

meeting including voting and questions.

61

4. Corporate Governance

NZX Annual Report 2025
Shareholder voting rights

In accordance with the Companies Act 1993, NZX’s

Constitution and the NZX Listing Rules, NZX refers major

decisions which may change the nature of NZX to

shareholders for approval.

NZX conducts voting at its shareholder meetings by

way of a poll and on the basis of one share, one vote.

Further information on shareholder voting rights is set out

in NZX’s Constitution.

Notice of annual meeting

NZX’s annual meeting was held on 1 May 2025. Notice

of the meeting was released to the market on 31 March

2025 i.e. 20 working days prior to the meeting. This meets

NZX’s legal requirement as to providing notice under clause

2 of Schedule 1 of the Companies Act 1993, as well as

recommendation 8.5 of the NZX Code to provide at least

20 working days’ notice of the meeting. The notice of

meeting was also posted in the NZX Investor Centre, in full

compliance with recommendation 8.5. The 2026 meeting

will be held on 23 April 2026 in Auckland. A webcast of the

meeting will be made available to shareholders.


62

Remuneration Report
NZX Annual Report 2025

63

5. Remuneration Report

NZX Annual Report 2025
Remuneration

report

FROM THE CHAIR OF THE HUMAN RESOURCES & REMUNERATION COMMITTEE


Philosophy & approach

NZX’s remuneration objective is to pay people fairly and

attract, retain and reward the talent and expertise needed to

achieve our strategic goals and create shareholder value.

This report outlines our remuneration framework and

guiding principles, our short and long-term incentive

schemes, the Chief Executive’s remuneration, and

disclosures including the CEO-employee ratio, gender

pay gap, and Director remuneration. NZX used the NZX

Corporate Governance Institute Template in preparing this

Remuneration Report.

2025 Business Performance and Reward

NZX continued to deliver strong results in 2025,

supported by disciplined execution and market resilience.

Total Shareholder Return was 12.7% (9.02% based

on volume weighted average prices), reflecting robust

performance.  The Committee approved an incentive

pool that reflected performance against targets, ensuring

rewards reflect contribution and value creation. 

The Year Ahead

Following the restructure of the People & Culture function,

we endorsed a plan at the end of 2025 to refresh

NZX’s remuneration framework – aimed at improving

transparency, market alignment and career progression

across our varied roles. This work will progress in 2026,

alongside developing a leadership development program

and a review of benefits we offer to staff to ensure NZX

remains competitive and able to attract and retain top talent

in the market.

Leadership Transition

2026 will be a significant year of change for the

organisation. With our longstanding Chief Executive

departing, we will be leaning on the senior leadership team

for stability and the continuation of the delivery of the

strategy.  We have a very strong senior leadership group

that understand their businesses well, have the respect

of internal and external stakeholders and are proven in

strategic execution.  Having bench strength like this is

a testament to the positive environment and workplace

culture that has been created, and stands us in good stead

through this period of change. 

As for myself, after serving as Chair of the Human

Resources & Remuneration Committee, I have stepped

down and passed the role to Dame Paula Rebstock from

1 January 2026. It has been an honour to contribute to

the governance of remuneration and people strategy, and

Dame Paula will continue to bring exceptional leadership

and insight to this important role.

In Summary

The Committee is pleased with the progress made in

2025. The foundations set this year position NZX to deliver

a modern, transparent and competitive remuneration

framework that supports NZX’s strategic objectives and the

creation of shareholder value.

Frank Aldridge

Chair of the Human Resources and

Remuneration Committee

64

NZX Annual Report 2025
Remuneration Governance

Please refer to the Corporate Governance section of

the Annual Report for a discussion on the governance

arrangements pertaining to remuneration (including

relevant policies) and the Human Resources and

Remuneration Committee (including attendance).

Remuneration Policy

NZX’s Remuneration Policy sets out NZX’s practices around

the attraction, retention and motivation of high-quality

employees to assist the Company in achieving its business

objectives and the creation of shareholder value. The policy

applies to NZX’s Directors as well as permanent employees

(both full and part time) of the NZX Group. It does not

apply to fixed-term employees, secondees, contractors

or consultants.

At NZX, Director remuneration is paid in the form

of Director fees. Further details on NZX’s approach

to director remuneration can be found later in this

Remuneration Report.

NZX’s employee remuneration can include a mix of

fixed remuneration, short-term incentive plan components

and/or long-term incentive plan components (to be

determined at NZX’s discretion). Further details of the

Company’s approach to fixed remuneration, and employee

short-term and long-term incentive plans are below, as are

details of the NZX Chief Executive’s remuneration.

In addition to the above, all permanent employees are

granted a one-off gift of $1,000 of NZX shares (gross

of tax) within the first year of commencing permanent

employment. This gift is designed to give employees

direct experience of being an NZX shareholder and drive

employee engagement in the share market.

NZX Chief Executive Officer (CEO) remuneration

On the renewal of the CEO’s contract in 2023, external

benchmarking was undertaken to inform the offer and

ensure the remuneration package was positioned fairly and

market aligned.

The CEO remuneration package includes a mix of the

following components:

•fixed remuneration (includes base salary and KiwiSaver

employer contributions, if applicable);

•short-term incentive plan (STI) - strategic and financial

goals based;

•short-term incentive plan (STI#2) - Total Shareholder

Return (TSR) based; and

•CEO transition payment - supporting a new CEO with an

orderly transition.

For 2025 the CEO’s remuneration package is made up

as follows:

($


Dollars)

50%

100%

FixedOn TargetMaximum

0

200,000

400,000

600,000

800,000

1,000,000

1,200,000

1,400,000

1,600,000

Fixed RemunerationSTISTI#2

FIVE-YEAR SUMMARY OF THE CEO REMUNERATION

The following table summarises the actual value of remuneration earned by the CEO, Mark Peterson for the past five years.

YearBase

Salary

Other

1

STI

2

STI#2LTI

3

Total

Remuneration

STI % of

Max

LTI Vesting -

shares

issued

LTI Vesting

- % of Max

LTI rights

issued

2025

4

600,000-441,000--

1,041,000

74%

2024

5

600,000-561,330300,000-

1,461,330

94%

2023

600,000-450,000--

1,050,000

75%

2022

6

600,000102,413600,000-746,228

2,048,641

100%599,52450%

2021

600,00033,143600,000--

1,233,143

100%550,449

1Other - relates to holiday pay on remuneration associated with the incentive plans that were paid.

2STI payments are made 2 months after the end of the financial year to which they relate.

3In prior years the CEO’s remuneration has included Long Term Incentive (LTI) plans, which have been replaced by a Total Shareholder Return based short-term incentive

plan (STI#2).

4In 2025 the CEO’s STI#2 Plan fully lapsed.

5In 2024:

a. the CEO’s LTI Plan issued in 2021 fully lapsed (550,449 performance rights); and

b. the CEO’s STI#2 Plan was fully earned. This was paid by purchasing 113,990 NZX shares on 28 February 2025, which are held in escrow until vested in accordance with the

terms of the Plan (50% on the

first anniversary of the payment and 50% on the second anniversary.

6In 2022 the CEO's LTI Plan issued in 2018 partially (50%) vested resulting in:

a. 588,947 TSR performance rights vesting, which resulted in the issue of 599,524 shares (after adjustment for the dilutive impact of NZX's 2022 equity raising) at a value of

$746,228; and

b. 588,947 EPS performance rights lapsing.

65

5. Remuneration Report

NZX Annual Report 2025
CEO SHORT TERM INCENTIVE PLAN (STI) – STRATEGIC AND FINANCIAL GOALS BASED

The Board structured the CEO’s 2025 STI to be focused on the delivery of strategic goals, along with achieving an operating

earnings target, plus maintaining organisational risk, compliance and culture integrity.

There is a gateway to achieving an STI payment, which is reaching a minimum of 90% of the operating earnings target.

The CEO’s STI goals are structured as follows: 

STI GoalsMeasurement basisWeightingFY2025

Score

FY25 Achievement

Financial

Performance

Operating earnings (EBITDA) is measured

against target on a tiered basis: 

•< 90.0% of target earns Nil%;

•90.0% to 100.0% pro rata;

•100.0% of target earns 28% weighting;

•100.0% to 120.0% pro rata; and

• 120.0% (or more) of target earns a

maximum of 60.0% weighting.

40.0%32.8%The operating earnings target for

FY25 was exceeded by approx. 3%.

Strategic GoalStrategic Goals, including: 

S&P / NZX 20 Futures:

Lot numbers traded against targets on a tiered

basis (with an opportunity to over achieve):

•<100% of target earns Nil%;

•100% of target earns 6% weighting;

•100% to 417.5% tiered targets; and

•417.5% (or more) of target earns a

maximum of 12% weighting.

Smart:

•operating margin targets (7.5%); and

•net cash flow targets (10.0%) for Smart,

SuperLife and QuayStreet; and

•net KiwiSaver member number

targets (2.5%)

Wealth Technologies:

•ARR (external and internal) targets (up to

5%); and

•Smart registry integration (up to 5%).

Other strategic goals (5%).

45.0%22.2%

S&P / NZX 20 Futures trading has

not yet commenced.


Smart:

•operating margin target

achieved;

•net cashflow targets partially

achieved; and

•net KiwiSaver member number

targets achieved.


Wealth Technologies:

•ARR external targets achieved;

and

•Smart registry not yet integrated.

Other strategic goals have not

been achieved.

Other Goals


Other goals include: 

•Risk and Compliance (5%) – avoidance of

material breach/failure.

•NZX Culture (5%) - maintain average

Engagement score of 4.3 and keeping staff

turnover <16%.

•ESG (Environmental, Social and

Governance) targets (5%) - including

emissions and gender pay gap targets.

15.0%15.0%•There have been no material

breach/failures in 2025.

•Engagement score of 4.36 and

staff turnover of 12.4%.

•NZX achieved a carbon

reduction of 21% by December

2025, and the gender pay gap

(at base salary level) reduced to

13.6%.

Total100.0%70.0%

For the 2025 financial year the NZX Board assessed Mr Peterson’s performance at 70.0%. As the financial performance

was towards the top of the earnings guidance range the Board applied a multiplier of 1.05 to the relevant STI bonus pools.

The CEO earned STI as follows:

STI TargetSTI MaximumEarned

% of STI Target

Earned

% of maximum STI

Earned

%$%$$%%

50%$300,000100%$600,000$441,000147.0%73.5%

66

NZX Annual Report 2025
CEO SHORT-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN (STI#2) - TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN BASED

On 1 August 2024, the CEO’s Employment Agreement was amended to include an additional STI Plan. Under STI#2 the CEO

is eligible for up to $300,000 per annum, subject to achievement of agreed annual targets.

STI#2 is to be paid in NZX shares (equivalent to the assessed performance net of tax). The NZX shares shall be purchased

on market, beneficial ownership transferred to the CEO and the shares held in escrow to prevent the CEO from selling the

shares.  50% of the shares will be released from escrow on the first anniversary of the payment being confirmed, and the

remaining 50% at the end of the second anniversary. The CEO is entitled to the economic benefit of dividends accrued

during the escrow period.

For 2025 the STI#2 TSR growth performance hurdle was:

YearSTI#2

Maximum

STI#2

Earned

Vesting Period

Min

TSR Performance

HurdlesMax

2025$300,000$Nil1 January 2025 to

31 December 2025

9.39%9.39% to 13.39%13.39%

50% vestPro rata vesting100% vest

NZX TSR COMPARED TO NZX 50 GROSS RETURN

The NZX TSR is compared to the NZX50 gross return below:

Mar


18

Jun


18

Sep


18

Dec


18

Mar


19

Jun


19

Sep


19

Dec


19

Mar


20

Jun


20

Sep


20

Dec


20

Mar


21

Jun


21

Sep


21

Dec


21

Mar


22

Jun


22

Sep


22

Dec


22

Mar


23

Jun


23

Sep


23

Dec


23

Mar


24

Jun


24

Sep


24

Dec


24

Mar


25

Jun


25

Sep


25

Dec


25

-50.00%

-25.00%

0.00%

25.00%

50.00%

75.00%

100.00%

125.00%

NZXNZX50 Full Gross Index Return

For the 2025 financial year the TSR was 12.7% for the year from 1 January 2025 to 31 December 2025. The TSR for the

STI#2 is calculated on an opening and closing 10-day VWAP basis, resulting in a TSR of 9.0%. The TSR performance hurdle

was not met and therefore STI#2 lapsed.

67

5. Remuneration Report

NZX Annual Report 2025
EMPLOYEE REMUNERATION

Employee remuneration includes a mix of the

following components:

•fixed remuneration (includes base salary and KiwiSaver

employer contributions where applicable);

•short-term incentive (STI) plan (which may be offered

to NZX’s senior employees and some key sales and

customer relationship roles);

•long-term incentive (LTI) plan (which may be offered to

NZX’s senior employees); and

•a one-off grant of $1,000 of ordinary NZX shares

(gross of tax) within the first year of commencing

permanent employment.

Employee Fixed Remuneration

Base salary is determined with reference to external and

internal relativity, as well as individual factors.

NZX has a remuneration framework that is organised

into bands that are applicable based on a job level

(e.g. Executive / Senior) and industry (e.g. Financial

Services, Legal).   NZX uses a job evaluation methodology

that groups positions to bands that make a similar

contribution to the business based on factors including

scope, knowledge, job complexity, authority and interaction

with others. 

Bands are regularly benchmarked using remuneration

surveys conducted by external parties. NZX's intention is

to pay between 80% to 120% of the midpoint of each

band. Employees’ base salaries are reviewed annually

and changes are made at NZX’s discretion. Tailored

remuneration ranges may sometimes be applied by

exception for specialist skill sets. 

All NZX employees are paid at or above the

Living Wage. 

Short Term Incentive Plan (STI)

NZX’s discretionary cash-based STI plan is available to

senior employees and some specified sales and customer

relationship roles.  Participation is at NZX’s sole discretion.

The STI plan is designed to reward achievement of short-

term business goals that are set as part of plans to meet

NZX’s longer-term strategy. The STI plans are generally set

at a maximum of between 15% and 25% of base salary

(depending upon the seniority and role), however this may

be higher for NZX’s executive team and active investment

managers.  The STI plans are conditional on performance

criteria including:

•NZX’s financial performance;

•division and/or business unit performance (these roll up

into the CEO’s STI goals); and

•the employee’s individual performance.

For active investment managers the performance criteria

also includes fund performance over rolling 1- and 3-year

periods, and a portion of their STI is deferred for 1 year

(12.5%) and 2 years (12.5%).  The deferred portions are only

payable if individuals remain with the NZX Group for the

deferral period.

The active investment managers also receive, at NZX’s

sole discretion, a STI equivalent to a share of the

QuayStreet net profit after corporate cost allocations and

a capital charge.

The Board assessed aggregate employee STI

performance in 2025 as on target. As the financial

performance was towards the top of the earnings guidance

range the Board applied a multiplier of 1.05 to the

relevant STI bonus pools, resulting in a total maximum

available employee STI pool of $6.08 million (plus Kiwisaver

where applicable).  The allocation of the employee STI

pool is determined by the CEO and approved by the

Board.  The CEO may include discretionary bonuses in

the recommended allocation to both STI eligible and

ineligible employees to reward exceptional individual

performance.  Any discretionary bonuses recommended by

the CEO are considered within the maximum STI pool.

Long Term Incentive Plan (LTI)

NZX’s share-based LTI plans are designed to:

•align managers’ rewards with improvement in

shareholder value;

•encourage longer-term decision-making to achieve

business plans and corporate strategies;

•reward performance improvement; and

•retain key skills and competencies.

Under NZX’s LTI plans, executive team members

and senior managers may be offered NZX performance

rights which may convert to shares based on long-term

performance hurdles (3 years).

Vesting of the performance rights is dependent on

(subject to Board discretion):

•NZX meeting performance hurdles in respect of TSR

growth; and

•the individual remaining with the NZX Group for the

duration of the vesting period.

In addition, under NZX’s LTI plans some senior

employees may be offered NZX performance rights valued

between $10,000 to $50,000, which may convert to shares

if they remain with the NZX Group for the duration of the

three-year vesting period.

68

NZX Annual Report 2025
The active employee LTI plans are structured as follows:

Year

Rights

issued

Performance Hurdles20232024202520262027

2025

1,436,867TSR 11.39% to 13.39% and tenure 3 yearsYear 1Year 2Year 3

2024

1,773,341TSR 9.29% to 11.29% and tenure 3 yearsYear 1Year 2Year 3

2023

1,295,526TSR 9.29% to 11.29% and tenure 3 yearsYear 1Year 2Year 3

CEO/Employee Ratio

The ratio represents the number of times greater the

CEO remuneration is to the remuneration of an employee

paid at the median of all employees.  For the purposes

of determining the median paid to all employees, all

permanent full-time, part-time and fixed-term employees

are included with part-time employees adjusted to the full-

time equivalent value. 

As at 31 December 2025, the CEO’s base salary

was $600,000 which was 5.1 times (2024: 5.3 times)

the median base salary of all employees of $117,400.   The

CEO’s total remuneration earned was $1,041,000

which was 8.2 times (2024: 11.7 times)

the median total remuneration of all employees of $126,959

(total remuneration includes base salary plus KiwiSaver, STI

and LTI earned, where applicable) .

Gender Pay Gap (GPG)

For December 2025, NZX’s overall organisational gender

pay gap has reduced to 13.6%, an improvement from 16.6%

in 2024, based on average base salaries. In 2026, we will

focus on identifying and addressing the underlying drivers

of this gap. Female representation remains stable, with 43%

of employees identifying as women.

1

GPG representation and Pay Gap by Seniority Level

(December 2025)

1

All Employees: includes all permanent and fixed-term employees. NZX excluding CEO & NZ RegCo: same as ‘all employees’ but excludes the Group CEO and NZ RegCo.

Executive: includes the extended Senior Leadership Team who lead and set strategic direction for the organisation, driving overall business performance and long-term

growth. Management: those who oversee teams and operations, ensuring goals are met and business objectives are achieved efficiently. Workforce: professionals who are

individual contributors with specialised skills and knowledge, and support level workers who assist with day-to-day operations to keep the business running smoothly.

69

5. Remuneration Report

NZX Annual Report 2025
Employee Remuneration Bands

The table opposite sets out the number of NZX

Group employees and former employees who received

fixed remuneration and other benefits, including non-

cash benefits and share-based remuneration more than

$100,000 per annum in FY2025.

This information includes all cash-based incentives

paid and equity-based incentives that vested during the

calendar year. This table includes amounts where scheme

performance hurdles have been met, but have not been

vested as the employee needs to remain employed until the

maturity date for the relevant scheme award.

Directors are not included in the table as their

remuneration is set out separately in the Directors’

Remuneration section. 

Remuneration Range ($)# of Employees

100,000110,00021

110,000120,00019

120,000130,00018

130,000140,00014

140,000150,00022

150,000160,00010

160,000170,00016

170,000180,00010

180,000190,0007

190,000200,0005

200,000210,0008

210,000220,0005

220,000230,0003

230,000240,0004

240,000250,0004

250,000260,0006

270,000280,0004

280,000290,0005

290,000300,0001

300,000310,0003

310,000320,0004

320,000330,0001

330,000340,0001

340,000350,0001

370,000380,0001

380,000390,0001

390,000400,0001

400,000410,0001

440,000450,0001

460,000470,0001

470,000480,0001

480,000490,0001

490,000500,0001

600,000610,0001

740,000750,0001

770,000780,0001

780,000790,0001

810,000820,0001

1,140,0001,150,0001

1,460,0001,470,0001

70

NZX Annual Report 2025
Directors’ Remuneration

NZX Directors' fees are based on each Director's role. The

fees paid to NZX’s Directors are $88,000 per annum and

$166,000 for the Chair.  In addition, the Chair of the Audit

& Risk Committee receives an additional $15,000 fee, the

Chairs of other Committees (excluding the Nominations

Committee) receive a $10,000 fee, and the crossover

Director of both NZX and NZX Regulation Limited (NZ

RegCo), is paid fees solely by NZX, including an additional

$20,000 fee for their role on the Board of NZ RegCo.

As set out in NZX’s Remuneration Policy, Directors do not

receive any performance, or superannuation or retirement

benefits. This reflects the difference in their roles (which is

to provide oversight and guide strategy), and the role of

management which is to operate the business and execute

NZX’s strategy.

In order to align the interests of Directors and

shareholders, under the Directors’ Share Purchase Plan, a

portion (50% of the Chair fee above $100,000 and 50% of

the Director fees above $50,000) of each Director’s base

fees is used to acquire NZX Limited shares (except where it

is not permitted for compliance purposes, or when certain

shareholding thresholds are met).  The current Directors’

share and subordinated note holdings are detailed in

Section 10 of the Statutory Information disclosures.

Total remuneration received by each director in 2025 is

set out on the next page.

Independent Directors of NZX Subsidiaries'

Remuneration

Independent and non-executive Directors of NZX

subsidiaries include:

•NZX Regulation Limited (NZ RegCo) – NZX’s regulatory

functions are performed by this subsidiary, which is

governed by its own Board separate from the NZX Board

comprising independent Directors, and one cross-over

Director from the NZX Limited Board;

•Smartshares Limited (Smart) – independent Directors are

required in accordance with Smart Managed Investment

Scheme (MIS) licence requirements; and

•NZX Wealth Technologies Limited – the non-executive

Director provides specialist expertise.

The total amount of remuneration and other benefits for

independent Directors of NZX subsidiaries during 2025 is

set out on the next page.

NZX permanent employees do not receive

additional remuneration for acting as Directors of

subsidiary companies.

71

5. Remuneration Report

NZX Annual Report 2025
DirectorNZXNZ RegCoSmart

Wealth

Technologies

TOTAL

NZX Directors

Frank Aldridge98,000

1

98,000

Peter Jessup98,000

2

98,000

Lindsay Wright103,000

3

103,000

Rachel Walsh98,000

4

98,000

Elaine Campbell88,00020,000108,000

John McMahon (Chair)166,000166,000

Dame Paula Rebstock88,00088,000

Independent Directors NZX Subsidiaries

John Hawkins50,00050,000

Michael Heron (King's Counsel)50,00050,000

Trevor Janes (NZ RegCo Chair)

5

85,00085,000

Philippa Dunphy55,000

6

55,000

David Hunt54,345

7

54,345

John Williams75,00075,000

Guy Elliffe

8

75,00075,000

Jon Raby

9

18,75018,750

Kathryn Jaggard20,00020,000

TOTAL

739,000314,345168,75020,0001,242,095

1Includes $10,000 fee as Chair of the NZX Board Human Resources & Remuneration Committee

2Includes $10,000 fee as Chair of the NZX Board Technology Committee

3Includes $15,000 fee as Chair of the NZX Board Audit & Risk Committee

4Includes $10,000 fee as Chair of the NZX Board Clearing Committee

5Resigned as a director of NZ RegCo effective 31 December 2025

6Includes $4,345 fee as Chair of the NZ RegCo Board Governance and Remuneration Committee (appointed from 17 February 2025) and $655 as Chair of the NZ RegCo Board

Risk Assurance & Audit Committee (until 16 February 2025)

7Includes $4,345 fee as Chair of the NZ RegCo Board Risk Assurance & Audit Committee (appointed from 17 February 2025)

8Resigned as a director of Smart effective 31 December 2025

9Appointed to the Smart Board effective from 1 October 2025

To ensure the independence of the regulatory functions

that NZ RegCo performs, NZX has obtained a waiver from

Listing Rule 2.11 from the Special Division to exclude

NZ RegCo’s independent Directors’ remuneration from the

annual directors fees approved by NZX shareholders.  The

waiver does not apply to directors of NZ RegCo who are

also directors of NZX.

Under the Listing Rules, fees paid to the Directors of

Smart are approved separately by NZX as shareholder

of Smart.

72

Risk
Reporting

NZX Annual Report 2025

73

NZX Annual Report 2025
Risk

Management

Effective risk management is integral to NZX’s strategic objectives. NZX has established a Risk Management Framework

(RMF) to ensure it has a comprehensive framework to assist with identifying, assessing, and managing its risk in a pro-active

and effective manner. The RMF and its methodology is applied consistently across the NZX Group, with business specific

requirements incorporated for Smart, NZXWT, NZRegCo and NZ Clearing. The RMF adopted by NZX is linked to its business

strategy through consideration of risk appetite and all significant types of risks to which NZX is exposed, as well as any

emerging risks which may impact the business in the future.

74

NZX Annual Report 2025
NZX employs a three lines of defense model to ensure best practice risk management. The three lines of defence model

outlines risk management roles and responsibilities for all staff/ functions and is based on the premise that the management

and reporting of risk (including controls and their effectiveness) is everyone’s responsibility.

1

The first line of defence is made up of all business functions who typically own and manage the

risk. This consists of all management and staff who are responsible for identifying and managing

risk as part of their roles.

2

The second line of defence is made up of functions that oversee or specialise in compliance and

risk management. This provides policies, frameworks such as the RMF, and tools and techniques to

support the management of risk in the first line as well as internal assurance by way of independent

controls testing.

3

The third line of defence comes from independent assurance providers who assist the risk

management and compliance programme by challenging controls and bringing a systematic and

disciplined approach to the evaluation of core functions for NZX.

How we are responding

Avoid the riskMitigate the riskTransfer the riskAccept the risk

NZX may choose to avoid a

risk by not proceeding with

an activity likely to generate

the risk.

NZX may seek to mitigate a

risk through implementing or

enhancing controls to reduce

or remove the likelihood

and/or consequence of the

risk materialising.

NZX may choose to transfer

all or part of a risk to a third

party e.g., outsourcing. 

Transferring the risk does not

remove it and

oversight/ monitoring of the

risk remains a focus.

NZX may choose to accept a

risk where it is either

immaterial or cannot be

mitigated within appetite.

A formal risk acceptance

process is embedded

within the RMF.

75

6. Risk Reporting

NZX Annual Report 2025
RiskThe risk and its impactHow we are responding

STRATEGIC

Strategic risks that NZX faces

include the composition of our

business and the strategic

direction we choose to take,

changes in financial markets and

the business environment.

Underlying risks include:

•Strategic direction, design, and

innovation risk;

•Strategic implementation risk;

•Macro-economic environment

risk; and

•Market competition risk.

•We refreshed our five-year strategy in 2024. The strategy

is annually revisited and we report progress through our

investor presentations.

•Our strategy includes diversifying operating earnings and

building resilience into our business model.

•Our strategy and the values we demonstrate help deliver to our

purpose and vision.

•We engage with a broad range of stakeholders and monitor

changes in the business environment to adapt our strategy and

react as a ‘fast follower’ as needed.

•We monitor business unit performance to identify issues

and opportunities early and address any people and

resourcing risks.

•We monitor, and report to the Board, our progress towards our

strategic objectives.

•We publish monthly operating metrics and quarterly revenues

to enhance the monitoring of performance.

FINANCIAL

Financial risks arise through

various sources including:

•adverse strategic decisions

(including inappropriate

resource allocation);

•general market risk – including

lower numbers of listed issuers,

less listing and capital raisings,

lower levels of trading activity,

declines in market

capitalisation and funds under

management / administration;

•counterparty credit risk in

operating NZX clearing

function; and

•operational errors, undetected

fraud or poor execution of

projects that are designed to

deliver the strategy.

Underlying risks include:

•Financial performance/ return

risk;

•Credit risk;

•General market risk; and

•Liquidity risk.

•We assess our financial risks from both a strategic and

operational perspective.

•We manage balance sheet and counterparty risks to an

acceptable tolerance through a framework of policies and

financial controls.

•Our capital management takes into account both current and

anticipated future market activity levels, as well as the impact of

strategic decisions / investments.

•We regularly monitor an extensive range of financial metrics

and indicators of risk across all our business units.

•We have a governance framework including delegated

authority policies which sets limits and outlines authority for

committing NZX to expenditure.

•We have people, policies, processes, systems and controls

in place designed to meet our operational expectations and

benchmarks, and ensure project delivery effectiveness.

•The counterparty credit risk associated with NZX’s clearing

function is managed by the clearing house’s risk management

framework, which is aligned to the Standards issued under

the Financial Markets Infrastructures Act 2021 and international

practice. This framework ensures that the clearing house holds

sufficient prefunded capital to manage the default of the largest

participant in extreme but plausible conditions.

76

NZX Annual Report 2025
RiskThe risk and its impactHow we are responding

INFORMATION

TECHNOLOGY

Information technology plays a

critical role for our business.  We

recognise we are an important

component of the New Zealand

capital markets ecosystem.

IT risk arises when the technology

is not reliable or available and / or

does not operate effectively or

efficiently. The technology

environment is also dependent on

other participants in the capital

markets ecosystem.

Underlying risks include:

•Information Technology risk;

•3rd Party (outsourcing) risk; and

•Disaster recovery risk.

•We seek to have appropriate processes, procedures,

applications and resources in place to manage IT risks. The

potential impact of technology related issues remains an area of

critical focus and ongoing investment.

•As we strive for continuous improvement, we actively monitor

our key systems with regular reviews of availability against

service levels (where applicable) and targets. Regular testing is

performed on key systems & services to determine throughput

and capacity, and we aim to enhance our systems in a

timely manner.

•Observability, tools and processes are critical to ensuring our

ongoing performance and monitoring of critical applications.

This will continue to be a key focus.

•We seek to have contingency plans in place for disruptions

or a loss of service to Tier 1 technology systems. As part of

our enhancement plans, we intend to continue to enhance

crisis planning.

•We replace ageing technology as part of lifecycle management;

we plan system architecture with security, future capacity,

growth and supportability driving key design decisions.

•We manage changes to critical infrastructure, operating

systems and applications through formal change management

processes including agreed governance and quality gates.

•We seek to maintain active engagement with our vendor

partners who provide critical applications, with a key focus

on ensuring partners and suppliers understand our business,

objectives and criticality of all market operations. We proactively

work with other strategic vendors to ensure that they have

agreed roadmaps.

•We have a disaster recovery (DR) testing programme in place

across the NZX Group, including at least annually for NZX’s

capital markets systems / operations.

•We have a Technology Committee (a subcommittee of the NZX

Board). There is monthly Technology Governance Reporting in

place and a standing agenda item on Technology KPIs at the

NZX Audit & Risk Committee.

•We develop and train our staff and seek to ensure that they are

suitably qualified and experienced.

•We ensure our stakeholders and regulators are informed and

kept up to date on our strategy and roadmap.

•We have relevant contracts in place to help manage our "Third

Party" risks.

•We ensure that the use of AI is managed and secure, with

appropriate policy and access management in place.

77

6. Risk Reporting

NZX Annual Report 2025
RiskThe risk and its impactHow we are responding

INFORMATION

SECURITY/

CYBER

Risk of loss of confidentiality,

integrity, or availability of

information, data, or information

systems that results in negative

impact on the NZX business. The

technology environment must also

be secure and resilient to external

cyber threats which are evolving at

an ever-increasing pace.

Underlying risks include:

•Information security risk; and

•Cyber security risk

•The impact of information security/ cyber security related issues

remains an area of critical focus and ongoing investment.

•We have a Cybersecurity Forum and cybersecurity strategy and

response plan addressing cyber risk and ensuring feedback

from business stakeholders are incorporated. We test, monitor,

and improve the response plan to ensure it is up to date,

relevant and robust.

•We seek to have appropriate processes, procedures and

resources in place to identify, detect and protect against threats

that manifest into Information security/ cyber security risks and

ultimately reduce any negative impacts in terms of our ability to

respond to and/or recover from a cybersecurity event.

•The constantly evolving threats presenting as cyber risk

are continuously monitored so that we may minimise the

time to react and reduce potential impacts or harm from

emergent threats.

•Cyber risks are reviewed to ensure that they reflect the current

cyber threat landscape overlaid across the nature of operations

of our different business units.

•We build and maintain capabilities that identify and protect

against data security threats and work with our internal

stakeholders to ensure protection improvements are balanced

against any potential disruption to our business.

•We have a Technology Committee (a subcommittee of the NZX

Board). There is monthly Technology Governance Reporting in

place and a standing agenda item on Cyber Security at the NZX

Audit & Risk Committee.

•We have strategic partnerships in place with a Managed

Security Service Provider (MSSP) to ensure that we have real

time alerting and response across our digital assets alongside

advisory services.

COMPLIANCE,

LEGAL &

REGULATORY

Risk that NZX breaches its

compliance, legal and regulatory

conduct obligations (including for

example NZX’s licensed market

operator licence, clearing house

FMI obligations , MIS licence,

supervisor, regulatory and

customer commitments) leading

to reputational damage, adverse

regulatory outcomes, fines or

breach of contract.

Underlying risks include:

•Legal risk; and

•Regulatory risk.

•We seek to mitigate compliance, legal and regulatory risks

through practising good corporate governance and by

developing and adhering to internal policies and procedures.

•We train and educate our operational staff so they understand

the obligations applicable to their role, and the related

requirements, policies and procedures.

•We have regular independent audits and periodic reviews of

our adherence to our arrangements that are designed to ensure

compliance with legal, regulatory and contractual obligations.

•We include structural separation of NZX’s commercial and

regulatory roles as part of our regulatory model. The regulation

function is carried out by an independently-governed subsidiary

to enhance conflicts management arrangements between NZX’s

commercial and regulatory roles.

78

NZX Annual Report 2025
RiskThe risk and its impactHow we are responding

CUSTOMER &

STAKEHOLDER

Risk that NZX does not focus on

customers to ensure appropriate

customer outcomes.

Underlying risks include:

•Client risk;

•Partner / stakeholder risk; and

•Product risk.

•We acknowledge the importance of customers within our

strategy. We are structured around diverse customer segments

in a complex ecosystem.

•We aim to consider the impact of changes on our customers,

partners and stakeholders and we provide sound basis for the

change alongside appropriate levels of communication.

•Our Relationship Management Framework provides the basis

for regular and open engagement with customers, partners

and stakeholders.

•Our customer systems ensure that there is a record of activities

that is monitored and measured so we can continue to improve

on our customer interactions.

•We proactively engage with customers to address any

potential concerns.

•We utilise a number of outreach initiatives to support our

customers and increase engagement.

•We continue to engage with key stakeholders, including

investors, suppliers, customers, and regulators, as we move

towards a low-emissions, climate-resilient future.

OPERATIONAL

The risk of unexpected failure in

day-to-day operations caused by

system, people or process failure.

Underlying risks include:

•Operational process risk;

•Operational people risk;

•Operational system risk; and

•Business continuity risk.

•We routinely review and refine our operational procedures

and controls.

•We routinely assess how we can make improvements to the

resilience and reliability of our operations, with an ongoing

focus on automation.

•We have regular training and suitably qualified and experienced

operational staff.

•We cross train both within and across operational teams

to ensure maximum coverage for issues related to people

availability in specific locations.

•We have regular independent audits and periodic reviews of

our operational processes and activities.

•We have business continuity plans that are tested at regular

intervals and have in place remote working procedures.

•We have an incident management framework requiring that

timely attention be paid to rectifying incidents as they

occur. Post incident review ensures learnings from incidents

are implemented.

REPUTATIONAL

•The risk arising from negative

perception on the part of both

existing and prospective

customers, employees,

counterparties, regulators or

other stakeholders which can

adversely affect NZX’s ability to

maintain existing, or establish

new, customer relationships.

Underlying risks include:

•Reputational risk

•Understanding the importance of our reputation and protecting

it is a core component of our decision making and actions.

•We aim to have regular and open engagement with

stakeholders to seek feedback on our performance.

•Where appropriate, we interact with our regulators and

government at management, CEO and Board level to

facilitate transparency.

79

6. Risk Reporting

NZX Annual Report 2025
RiskThe risk and its impactHow we are responding

HUMAN

RESOURCES

NZX employees play a critical role

in the business, enabling NZX to

deliver its strategy.

HR risks may arise due to

ineffective or inappropriate

culture and conduct, people

management/ resourcing and

health and safety practices.

Underlying risks include:

•Culture and Conduct risk;

•Health and Safety risk; and

•People Management and

Resourcing risk.

•We seek to operate a healthy, open, respectful culture where

teamwork, diverse thought, challenge and clarity of decisions

are all embraced.

•Our company values are based on Integrity, Resilience,

Openness, Creativity and Delivery.

•We are committed to continually evolving and promoting an

effective risk management culture that creates an environment

of risk awareness and responsiveness.

•Our people are expected to uphold a high standard of

professionalism and integrity. Employees must adhere to our

Code of Conduct that sets out standards of conduct and

includes our company values, legal obligations and policies.

•We seek employee feedback and measure engagement via bi-

annual surveys, and set action plans for improvement.

•We are committed to supporting the health, safety and

wellbeing of our people through training and communication

of our Health and Safety policy.

EMERGING RISKS

NZX uses horizon scanning to proactively identify and monitor new and emerging risks which may impact our business in

the future. Comprehensive assessment and monitoring of these risks are undertaken, and these are integrated as part of

the RMF through the risk hierarchy.

80

NZX Annual Report 2025
Directors’ Responsibility Statement

The directors are responsible for the preparation, in

accordance with New Zealand law and generally accepted

accounting practice, of financial statements which present

fairly the financial position of NZX Limited and its

subsidiaries (the Group) as at 31 December 2025 and the

results of their operations and cash flows for the year ended

31 December 2025.

The directors consider that the financial statements of

the Group have been prepared using accounting policies

appropriate to the Group’s circumstances, consistently

applied except as disclosed in Note 8 of the financial

statements and supported by reasonable and prudent

judgements and estimates, and that all applicable New

Zealand Equivalents to International Financial Reporting

Standards have been followed.

The directors are pleased to present the financial

statements of the Group for the year ended

31 December 2025.

The financial statements were authorised for issue for

and on behalf of the directors on 25 February 2026.

John McMahon

Chair of the Board

Lindsay Wright

Chair of the Audit and Risk

Committee

81

Directors’ Responsibility Statement

Financial
Statements

NZX Annual Report 2025

82

NZX Annual Report 2025
Contents

7. Financial Statements82

Group Income Statement84

Group Statement of Comprehensive Income84

Group Statement of Changes in Equity85

Group Statement of Financial Position86

Group Statement of Cash Flows87

Notes to the Group Financial Statements88

1. Reporting entity and statutory base88

2. Non-GAAP measures90

3. Intangible assets90

4. Goodwill91

5. Impairment tests92

6. Segment reporting94

7. Change in value of contingent consideration96

8. Listing fee revenue recognition - correction of prior

year treatment

97

9. Operating revenue99

10. Operating expenses101

11. Net finance expense102

12. Funds held on behalf of third parties102

13. Taxation102

14. Earnings per share and net tangible assets per

share

104

15. Cash and cash equivalents and cash flow

reconciliation

106

16. Receivables and prepayments107

17. Property, plant and equipment107

18. Investment in associate108

19. Leases109

20. Trade payables111

21. Other liabilities111

22. Interest bearing liabilities112

23. Shares on issue113

24. Dividends114

25. Share based payments114

26. Financial instruments116

27. Related party transactions121

28. Contingent liabilities122

29. Capital commitments122

30. Subsequent events122

83

7. Financial Statements

NZX Annual Report 2025
Group Income Statement

For the year ended 31 December 2025

Note

2025

$000

2024

Restated

$000

1

Operating revenue8/9128,948120,122

Net personnel costs10(48,428)(46,337)

Other operating expenses10(28,831)(27,236)

Operating earnings (EBITDA)

2

2/8

51,68946,549

Net finance expense11(3,408)(3,545)

Depreciation and amortisation expense3/17/19(19,274)(17,971)

Loss on disposal of assets(168)(5)

Gain on lease modification1519

Impairment loss on goodwill4/5-(3,700)

Change in fair value of contingent consideration7-10,862

Share of profit of associate18323565

Profit before income tax

8

29,31332,764

Income tax expense8/13.1(7,838)(7,731)

Profit for the year

8

21,47525,033

Earnings per share

Basic (cents per share)8/14.16.57.7

Diluted (cents per share)8/14.16.57.6

1Restated for change in listing fee revenue recognition, see Note 8.

2EBITDA is not a defined performance measure in NZ IFRS. Please refer to Note 2 for more information.

Group Statement of Comprehensive Income

For the year ended 31 December 2025

Note

2025

$000

2024

Restated

$000

1

Profit for the year

21,47525,033

Other comprehensive income

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss--

Foreign currency translation differences1841136

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss--

Total other comprehensive income41136

Total comprehensive income for the year21,51625,169

1Restated for change in listing fee revenue recognition, see Note 8.

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

84

NZX Annual Report 2025
Group Statement of Changes in Equity

For the year ended 31 December 2025

Note

Share Capital

$000

Retained

Earnings

$000

Translation

Reserve

$000

Total Equity

$000

Restated balance at 1 January 2024

1

8

120,134(9,400)(218)110,516

Restated profit for the year

1

8-25,033-25,033

Other comprehensive income for the year--136136

Restated total comprehensive income for

the year

1

8

-25,03313625,169

Transactions with owners recorded

directly in equity:

Dividends paid

24

-(19,825)-(19,825)

Issue of shares232,863--2,863

Share based payments23962--962

Cancellation of non-vesting rights23(514)514--

Total transactions with owners recorded

directly in equity

3,311(19,311)-(16,000)

Restated balance at 31 December 2024

1

8

123,445(3,678)(82)119,685

Profit for the year-21,475-21,475

Other comprehensive income for the year--4141

Total comprehensive income for the year-21,4754121,516

Transactions with owners recorded

directly in equity:

Dividends paid

24

-(20,041)-(20,041)

Issue of shares2327--27

Share based payments231,073(75)-998

Cancellation of non-vesting rights23(98)98--

Total transactions with owners recorded

directly in equity

1,002(20,018)-(19,016)

Balance at 31 December 2025124,447(2,221)(41)122,185

1Restated for change in listing fee revenue recognition, see Note 8.

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

85

7. Financial Statements

NZX Annual Report 2025
Group Statement of Financial Position

As at 31 December 2025

Note

31 December

2025

$000

31 December

2024

Restated

$000

1

1 January

2024

Restated

$000

1

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents1532,05528,82524,670

Cash and cash equivalents - restricted1520,00020,00020,000

Funds held on behalf of third parties1224,78627,61621,702

Receivables and prepayments1620,09719,07415,874

Total current assets96,93895,51582,246

Non-current assets

Property, plant & equipment178,37710,1129,446

Right-of-use lease assets1915,31115,66117,380

Goodwill446,88746,88750,587

Intangible assets391,16895,91699,169

Investment in associate1818,70818,34317,642

Total non-current assets180,451186,919194,224

Total assets277,389282,434276,470

Current liabilities

Funds held on behalf of third parties1224,78627,61621,702

Trade payables209,0129,1527,604

Other liabilities - current8/2125,19327,89535,325

Lease liabilities - current191,4031,2431,291

Interest bearing liabilities - current227,500--

Current tax liability132,3273,2961,912

Total current liabilities70,22169,20267,834

Non-current liabilities

Non-current other liabilities8/215,1535,4748,364

Lease liabilities1918,11118,50819,770

Interest bearing liabilities2254,14561,44361,256

Deferred tax liability8/137,5748,1228,730

Total non-current liabilities84,98393,54798,120

Total liabilities155,204162,749165,954

Net assets122,185119,685110,516

Equity

Share capital23124,447123,445120,134

Retained earnings8(2,221)(3,678)(9,400)

Translation reserve(41)(82)(218)

Total equity attributable to shareholders122,185119,685110,516

1Restated for change in listing fee revenue recognition, see Note 8.

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

86

NZX Annual Report 2025
Group Statement of Cash Flows

For the year ended 31 December 2025

Note

2025

$000

2024

$000

Cash flows from operating activities

Receipts from customers

128,451118,337

Interest received

1

1,7282,134

Interest paid

1

(4,970)(5,657)

Payments to suppliers and employees

(77,431)(72,004)

Income tax paid

(8,286)(6,923)

Net cash provided by operating activities

15.2

39,49235,887

Cash flows from investing activities

Payments for property, plant and equipment

(552)(2,777)

Payments for intangible assets

(11,086)(10,646)

Payments for acquisition

7(3,201)-

Net cash used in investing activities

(14,839)(13,423)

Cash flows from financing activities

Payments of lease liabilities

(1,382)(1,293)

Dividends paid (net of Dividend Reinvestment Plan)

(20,041)(17,016)

Net cash used in financing activities(21,423)(18,309)

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

3,2304,155

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

48,82544,670

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

15.1

52,05548,825

1Comparatives have been updated for presentation change, see Note 1.

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

87

7. Financial Statements

NZX Annual Report 2025
Notes to the Group Financial Statements

For the year ended 31 December 2025

1. Reporting entity and statutory base

Reporting entity

These consolidated financial statements are for NZX Limited (the Company) and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the

Group) as at and for the year ended 31 December 2025. The Company is the ultimate parent entity and controlling party.

The Group operates New Zealand securities, derivatives and energy markets, including maintaining the infrastructure on

which they operate. It provides funds management services including KiwiSaver, superannuation, managed funds and

Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs), as well as developing and operating wealth management platforms for other providers. It

also provides a range of information and data to support market growth and development in the securities and dairy sectors.

The Company is incorporated and domiciled in New Zealand, registered under the Companies Act 1993 and is an FMC

reporting entity under the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013 (FMCA). These financial statements have been prepared in

accordance with the Companies Act 1993 and the Financial Reporting Act 2013. The Company is listed and its ordinary

shares are quoted on the NZX Main Board. The Company also has listed debt which is quoted on the NZX debt market.

Basis of preparation

The Group financial statements have been prepared in accordance with New Zealand Generally Accepted Accounting

Practice (NZ GAAP). They comply with New Zealand equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards Accounting

Standards (NZ IFRS) and other applicable Financial Reporting Standards, as appropriate for Tier 1 profit oriented

entities. The financial statements comply with International Financial Reporting Standards Accounting Standards (IFRS

Accounting Standards).

The financial statements were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 25 February 2026.

The measurement basis adopted in the preparation of these financial statements is historical cost, modified by the

revaluation of certain financial instruments as identified in the accompanying notes. These financial statements are presented

in New Zealand Dollars ($), which is the Group's functional currency. All financial information presented in New Zealand

dollars has been rounded to the nearest thousand, except when otherwise indicated.

Basis of consolidation

The Group financial statements are prepared by consolidating the financial statements of all the entities that comprise the

Group, being the Company and its subsidiaries. Consistent accounting policies across the parent and all subsidiaries are

employed in the preparation and presentation of the Group financial statements.

i. Business combinations

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method as at the acquisition date, which is the date on

which control is transferred to the Group. On acquisition, the assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of a subsidiary are

measured at their fair values at the date of acquisition. In determining the fair value of assets acquired, the Group assesses

identifiable intangible assets including brands, intellectual property, software, management rights and any other identifiable

intangible assets using recognised valuation methodologies and with reference to suitably qualified experts. Any excess of

the cost of acquisition over the fair values of the identifiable net assets acquired is recognised as goodwill.

ii. Investments in subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated

financial statements from the date that control commences until the date that control ceases.

In preparing the Group financial statements all intercompany balances and transactions, and unrealised profits arising within

the Group are eliminated in full.

iii. Investment in associate

Associates are those entities in which the Group has significant influence, but not control or joint control, over the financial

and operating policies. Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method. They are initially recognised

at cost, including transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, the consolidated financial statements include the

Group's share of the profit or loss and other comprehensive income of the associate, until the date on which significant

influence ceases.

88

NZX Annual Report 2025
Accounting policies

Accounting policies that summarise the measurement basis used and are relevant to the understanding of the financial

statements are provided throughout the accompanying notes.

The accounting policies adopted have been applied consistently throughout the periods presented in these financial

statements, except as described in Note 8.

A number of new standards, amendments to standards and interpretations are effective for annual periods beginning on or

after 1 January 2026, and have not been applied in preparing these financial statements. The Group does not plan to adopt

these standards early. With the exception of NZ IFRS 18 (discussed below) none of these standards are expected to have a

significant effect on the financial statements of the Group.

(a) NZ IFRS 18 Presentation and Disclosures in Financial Statements

NZ IFRS 18 replaces NZ IAS 1, introducing new requirements that will help to achieve comparability of the financial

performance of similar entities and provide more relevant information and transparency to users. Although NZ IFRS 18 will

not impact the recognition or measurement of items in the financial statements, the impacts on presentation and disclosure

may be significant, particularly in relation to the Group income statement and providing management-defined performance

measures within the financial statements.

Management is currently assessing the detailed implications of applying the new standard on the Group’s consolidated

financial statements. It is anticipated that the application of NZ IFRS 18 will have an impact on the Group's consolidated

financial statements in future periods.

The Group will apply the new standard from its mandatory effective date of 1 January 2027. Retrospective application is

required, and so the comparative information for the financial year ending 31 December 2026 will be restated in accordance

with NZ IFRS 18.

Presentational changes

Certain amounts in the comparative information have been reclassified to ensure consistency with the current

period's presentation.

Within the Group income statement net personnel costs have been separately disclosed from other operating expenses.

Within the Group statement of cash flows the presentation of interest received and interest paid has been adjusted to

present them separately in accordance with NZ IAS 7. This presentation has no impact on net cash provided by operating

activities or net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents.

Comparative segmental information (Note 6) has been adjusted to present the Policy & Regulatory Affairs business line in the

Markets segment (previously presented in the Corporate segment). This change has been made to better reflect the current

management and reporting structure and has no impact on the NZX Group’s total operating earnings/net assets.

Accounting estimates and judgements

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with NZ IFRS requires judgements, estimates and assumptions that

affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual

results may differ from these estimates. Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions

to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimates are revised and in any future periods affected.

The principal areas of judgement for the Group, in preparing these financial statements, including information about

assumptions and estimation uncertainties that have a significant risk of resulting in a material adjustment within the next

financial year, are set out in:

•Note 3 Intangible assets

•Note 4 Goodwill

•Note 8 Listing fee revenue recognition - correction of prior year treatment

•Note 19 Leases

•Note 25 Share based payments

During the period the Group reassessed the useful life of certain intangible assets which is considered a significant

judgement, as described in Note 3.

89

7. Financial Statements

NZX Annual Report 2025
2. Non-GAAP measures

Operating earnings (EBITDA) is a non-GAAP performance measure and differs from the NZ IFRS profit for the year. The

Group’s definition of operating earnings (EBITDA) may not be comparable with similarly titled performance measures and

disclosures by other entities.

Reconciliation of operating earnings (EBITDA) to NZ IFRS profit for the year:

2025

$000

2024

Restated

$000

1

Profit for the year21,47525,033

Income tax expense7,8387,731

Profit before income tax29,31332,764

Adjustments for:

- Net finance expense3,4083,545

- Depreciation and amortisation expense19,27417,971

- Loss on disposal of assets1685

- Gain on lease modification(151)(9)

- Impairment loss on goodwill-3,700

- Change in fair value of contingent consideration-(10,862)

- Share of profit of associate(323)(565)

EBITDA51,68946,549

1Restated for change in listing fee revenue recognition, see Note 8.

The Group has presented the operating earnings (EBITDA) performance measure in addition to NZ IFRS profit for the

year, as this performance measure is used internally in conjunction with other measures to monitor performance and make

investment decisions. Operating earnings (EBITDA) is calculated by adjusting profit from operations to exclude the impact of

taxation, net finance expense, depreciation, amortisation, loss on disposal of assets, gain on lease modification, impairment

loss on goodwill, change in fair value of contingent consideration and share of profit of associate.

3. Intangible assets

Intangible assets are initially measured at cost. The direct costs associated with the development of software and website

assets are capitalised only if the expenditure can be measured reliably, the development of the intangible asset is technically

and commercially feasible, future economic benefits are probable and the Group intends to and has sufficient resources to

complete the development of the asset. Otherwise, it is recognised in profit or loss as incurred. The cost of intangible assets

acquired in a business combination is their fair value at the date of the acquisition. Intangible assets with a finite life are

amortised from the date the asset is ready for use on a straight-line basis over its estimated life which is as follows:

•Software and websites:1 – 9 years

•Brands, trademarks, and rights to use brands: 2 – 10 years

•Data archives, customer lists, databases, and other IP: 3 years

•Management rights: 15 – 25 years

During the year, the Group reassessed the useful life of Smartshares Limited's (Smart) Exchange Traded Funds management

rights, previously held as indefinite life, as finite life intangible assets. These management rights are being amortised over 15

years from 1 January 2025 (annual amortisation charge of $156,000).

At each reporting date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its intangible assets to determine whether there is any

indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. This is outlined in note 5.

Where estimated useful lives or recoverable values have diminished due to technological change or market conditions,

amortisation is accelerated.

90

NZX Annual Report 2025
Software and

websites

$000

Brands,

Trademarks

and rights to

use Brands

$000

Data archives,

customer lists,

databases,

and other IP

$000

Management

rights

$000

Intangible

work in

progress

$000

Total

$000

Gross carrying amount

Balance at 1 January 202489,2534111,45875,3176,293172,732

Additions80---10,83010,910

Transfer from WIP14,644---(14,644)-

Balance at 31 December 2024103,9774111,45875,3172,479183,642

Additions----10,87610,876

Disposals---(270)-(270)

Transfer from WIP9,704---(9,704)-

Balance at 31 December 2025113,6814111,45875,0473,651194,248

Accumulated amortisation

Balance at 1 January 202463,111240-10,212

-

73,563

Amortisation expense10,3191334863,225-14,163

Balance at 31 December 202473,43037348613,437

-

87,726

Amortisation expense11,597384863,379-15,500

Disposals---(146)-(146)

Balance at 31 December 202585,02741197216,670

-

103,080

Net Book Value

As at 1 January 202426,1421711,45865,1056,29399,169

As at 31 December 202430,5473897261,8802,47995,916

As at 31 December 202528,654

-

48658,3773,65191,168

4. Goodwill

Carrying amountNote

2025

$000

2024

$000

Balance at beginning of the year

46,88750,587

Impairment loss on goodwill5

-(3,700)

Balance at end of the year

46,88746,887

A cash generating unit (CGU) to which goodwill has been allocated is tested for impairment annually, and whenever there

is an indicator of impairment based on the performance of the CGU relative to expected future performance and other

relevant factors.

The directors have carried out impairment testing with the key assumptions set out in note 5. No impairment was required in

2025 (2024: $3.7 million impairment of goodwill was required in the Energy business, refer note 5).  

91

7. Financial Statements

NZX Annual Report 2025
5. Impairment tests

Indefinite life intangible assets are reviewed for impairment annually. They are also reviewed for impairment whenever there

are indicators of impairment, as are finite life intangible assets.

A summary of the CGUs to which intangible assets have been allocated as at 31 December 2025 is outlined below:

Software &

websites

$000

Other finite

life

intangible

$000

Work in

progress

$000

Total other

intangible

$000

Goodwill

$000

Other net

assets /

(liab.)

$000

1

Total

$000

Cash generating unit

Smart

2,36158,377152

60,890

41,095(6,924)

95,061

Wealth Technologies

23,571-2,171

25,742

1,494(2,274)

24,962

Energy

171--

171

4,020-

4,191

Direct data

-486-

486

278-

764

Other

Other intangible assets

2,551-1,328

3,879

--

3,879

28,65458,8633,65191,16846,887(9,198)128,857

1Other net assets / (liabilities) includes current assets, fixed assets, liabilities and deferred tax of subsidiaries that are attributable to CGU's.

Impairment test

For the year ended 31 December 2025, the directors have reviewed intangible assets for impairment using discounted

cash flow analysis, comparable EBITDA multiple analysis and/or other factors as appropriate to the asset being tested. All

impairment tests have been undertaken on a value in use basis, except for Energy where a fair value less cost of disposal

basis is used.

Key assumptions used in the calculation of recoverable amounts in discounted cash flow analysis are consistent with

those used and disclosed in the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2024 unless indicated otherwise.

Discounted cash flow analysis using a forecast period of five years was used for all CGUs, other than Energy where the

forecast period matches the remaining contractual period plus an expected renewal period of 8 years. A post tax WACC rate

of 10.4% (2024: 10.6%) was utilised accross all CGUs and was stress tested at higher rates. For CGUs assessed using a value

in use model, the equivalent pre-tax discount rate was 12.8% - 13.2% (2024: 13.3% - 14.9%). The terminal growth rate used

to extrapolate cash flow projections beyond five years was 1.75% (2024: 1.75%). Where relevant, EBITDA or other relevant

multiples were used to cross-check the discounted cash flow analysis for established businesses.

In 2025, management reassessed the CGU's within the Smart business. Following the integration of QuayStreet Asset

Management (QuayStreet) onto Smarts’ core systems and the alignment of operating teams and support functions, the

businesses are now managed and operated as a single integrated unit. Accordingly, Smart and QuayStreet have been

assessed as a single CGU for impairment testing purposes.

The review of the carrying values of goodwill and intangible assets has determined that all the CGUs have recoverable

amounts exceeding their carrying values and no impairment is required for the year ended 31 December 2025 (2024:

$3.7 million impairment of goodwill in the Energy business (which is included in the Markets segment); refer to note 5 in the

Group financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2024).

Further information on specific assumptions (other than the general assumptions outlined above) underlying the CGU

discounted cash flow analysis is set out below.

5.1. Smart

The carrying value of the Smart CGU of $95.061 million (2024: Smart (ex QS) CGU $54.244 million and QuayStreet CGU:

$38.682 million) includes the following intangible assets:

•Smart Exchange Traded Funds management rights acquired between 2004 - 2006 for a total value of $2.344 million. From

1 January 2025 the management rights are held in the Group accounts as a finite life intangible asset and amortised on a

straight line basis over 15 years (refer note 3);

92

NZX Annual Report 2025
•SuperLife management rights which were acquired on 1 January 2015 for $15.502 million (net of subsequent

management right disposals) and goodwill of $20.730 million. The management rights are held in the Group accounts as

a finite life intangible asset and amortised on a straight line basis over 20 years;

•ASB Superannuation Master Trust management rights which were acquired on 11 February 2022 for $25.000 million. The

management rights are held in the Group accounts as a finite life intangible asset and amortised on a straight line basis

over 25 years; and

•QuayStreet management rights, brand and goodwill which were acquired on 23 February 2023 for $32.201 million,

$0.229 million and $20.365 million respectively. The management rights are held in the Group accounts as a finite life

intangible asset and amortised on a straight line basis over 16 - 25 years (refer note 7). The brand was held in the

Group accounts as a finite life intangible asset and amortised on a straight line basis over 2 years (fully amortised at

31 December 2025).

The principal assumption on which the discounted cash flows for the Smart CGU are dependent is the future level of funds

under management (FUM), which is assumed to grow through both net cash flows and market growth, driving FUM based

revenue. FUM based revenue would have to reduce by 39% (2024: 36% excluding QuayStreet revenue, 34% QuayStreet

revenue only) in the five year forecast period, where FUM is expected to increase 85% (2024: 60% excluding QuayStreet

FUM, 44% QuayStreet FUM only) in the five year forecast period, to indicate an impairment in the intangibles carrying value.

The Group considers the FUM growth assumption reasonable based on historic experience and Smart's five year

strategic plan.

5.2. Wealth Technologies

The carrying value of the Wealth Technologies CGU includes platform development and client migration assets with a net

book value of $25.742 million (2024: $24.687 million), and related goodwill of $1.494 million (2024: $1.494 million).

The principal assumptions on which the discounted cash flows for the Wealth Technologies CGU are dependent is the future

level of funds under administration (FUA) which is assumed to grow through both bringing new clients on to the platforms

and current client growth, driving FUA based revenue. FUA based revenue would have to reduce by 19% (2024: 21%) in the

five year forecast period, where FUA is expected to increase 355% (2024: 317%) in the five year forecast period, to indicate

an impairment in the intangibles carrying value.

The Group considers the FUA growth assumptions reasonable given the growth nature of Wealth Technologies and based

on the continued interest from current, future and potential customers.

5.3. Energy

The carrying value of the Energy CGU includes software with a net book value of $0.171 million (2024: $0.458 million)

relating to the trading, pricing, clearing and reconciliation of spot market electricity, and goodwill of $4.020 million (2024:

$4.020 million after impairment in 2024).

The recoverable amount (which is equal to the carrying value) of the Energy CGU was based on fair value less cost of

disposal, estimated using discounted cashflows. The fair value measurement was categorised as Level 3 fair value based on

the inputs (which are not based on observable market data) in the valuation technique used.

This business has a significant reliance on service provider contracts it has in place with the Electricity Authority (EA). The

contracts mature mid 2027 and it is expected that the contracts will be tendered, in accordance with government policy. As a

result of these service provider contracts, NZX has certainty of minimum cash flows to be received over the contract period,

along with additional contracted consulting revenue, and a reasonable expectation of contract renewal based on previous

contract renewals, which supports the current carrying value of the Energy CGU. The non-renewal of contracts would result in

further impairment of the carrying value of the Energy CGU.

Revenue and costs are assumed to grow consistently in line with inflation in accordance with the current contracts terms

and conditions, which is considered reasonable based on historic experience. Revenue would have to reduce by 9% in the

forecast period, or costs increase by 15% in the forecast period, to indicate an impairment in the intangibles carrying value.

5.4. Investment in associate

NZX acquired a 33.33% shareholding in GlobalDairyTrade Holdings Limited (GDT) effective 30 June 2022 which has been

recognised as an investment in associate.

Accounting standards require full impairment testing to be undertaken on an investment in an associate only where there is

objective evidence of a potential impairment event that has a negative impact on future cash flows.

93

7. Financial Statements

NZX Annual Report 2025
The Group has reviewed for indicators of impairment and no indicator of impairment existed as at 31 December 2025

(31 December 2024: none).

6. Segment reporting

The Group has five reportable segments, comprising four commercial operations segments, and NZX Regulation Limited (NZ

RegCo). The Group's commercial operations segments include three revenue generating commercial operations segments,

as described below, which are the Group‘s strategic business areas, and a corporate segment which has limited revenue but

includes all costs that are shared across the organisation.

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the Chief Operating

Decision Maker (CODM). The CODM, who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing operating earnings (EBITDA)

performance of the operating segments, has been identified as the Group CEO. The CODM assesses the performance

of the combined Markets businesses (i.e. the Capital Markets Origination, Secondary Markets and Information Services

revenue generating business lines) as a single segment, being an integrated business that supports the growth of New

Zealand capital markets. The performance of Funds Management (Smart), Wealth Technologies and Corporate businesses

are assessed separately.

Additionally, NZ RegCo is a stand-alone, independently-governed agency which performs all of NZX's front line regulatory

functions. NZ RegCo is structurally separate from the Group's commercial operations and consequently the CODM for the

Regulation business is the NZ RegCo CEO.

The reportable commercial operations segments are:

•Markets:

–Capital Markets Origination (CMO) - provider of issuer services for current and prospective customers;

–Secondary Markets (Sec. Markets) - provider of trading and post-trade services for securities and derivatives markets

operated by NZX, provider of a central securities depository and market operator for Fonterra Co-Operative

Group (ceased January 2025 on their move to the NZX Main Board), the Electricity Authority and the Ministry for

the Environment;

–Information Services - provider of information services for the securities and derivatives markets, and analytics for the

dairy sector;

These are aggregated as Markets as they share similar economic characteristics, customer bases, service delivery

methods, and operate within the same regulatory environment.

•Funds Management (Smart) - manager of funds, including KiwiSaver, superannuation, managed funds and Exchange

Traded Funds (ETFs);

•Wealth Technologies - funds administration provider and custodian; and

•Corporate - provider of accommodation, legal, finance, IT, HR, communication and project management support to other

commercial operations segments.

The Group’s revenue is allocated into each of the reportable segments. Expenses incurred are allocated to the segments

only if they are direct and specific expenses to one of the segments. The remaining expenses that relate to activities shared

across the Group are reported in the Corporate segment.

The Group's assets and liabilities are allocated into each of the revenue generating segments, apart from those assets and

liabilities that are utilised on a shared basis, which are allocated to the Corporate segment.

94

NZX Annual Report 2025
Segmental information for the year ended 31 December 2025

CMO

$000

Sec.

Markets

$000

Info.

Services

$000

Markets

sub-total

$000

Funds

(Smart)

$000

Wealth

Tech.

$000

Corp.

$000

NZX

Commercial

Operations

sub-total

$000

NZ

RegCo

$000

Inter-

segment

elim.

$000

NZX

Group

Total

$000

Operating revenue

16,67823,92620,20460,80851,75612,5401,252

126,356

4,020(1,428)

128,948

Net personnel costs

(11,279)(15,677)(5,223)(13,652)

(45,831)

(2,597)-

(48,428)

Other operating

expenses

(10,677)(8,654)(1,040)(8,200)

(28,571)

(1,678)1,418

(28,831)

Operating earnings

(EBITDA)

1

38,85227,4256,277(20,600)51,954(255)(10)51,689

Depreciation and

amortisation

(1,949)(4,625)(8,619)(4,081)

(19,274)

--

(19,274)

Segment assets

83,849

2

114,89630,54947,842

277,136

253-

277,389

Segment liabilities

(45,864)(44,640)(3,850)(61,582)

(155,936)

732-

(155,204)

Net assets

37,98570,25626,699(13,740)121,200985-122,185

1EBITDA is not a defined performance measure in NZ IFRS. Please refer to Note 2 for more information.

2Includes investment in associate of $18.71 million.

Segmental information for the year ended 31 December 2024 (restated)

Restated

CMO

$000

Sec.

Markets

$000

Info.

Services

$000

Markets

sub-total

$000

Funds

(Smart)

$000

Wealth

Tech.

$000

Corp.

$000

NZX

Commercial

Operations

sub-total

$000

NZ

RegCo

$000

Inter-

segment

elim.

$000

NZX

Group

Total

$000

Operating revenue

1

16,57125,99619,91262,47943,9269,936691

117,032

3,996(906)

120,122

Net personnel costs

2

(11,934)(14,910)(4,493)(12,477)

(43,814)

(2,523)-

(46,337)

Other operating

expenses(9,961)(7,688)(654)(8,438)

(26,741)

(1,416)921

(27,236)

Operating earnings

(EBITDA)

3

40,58421,3284,789(20,224)46,477571546,549

Depreciation and

amortisation(2,221)(4,715)(6,933)(4,102)

(17,971)

--

(17,971)

Segment assets

89,549

4,5

122,07628,55342,007

282,185

249-

282,434

Segment liabilities

(48,932)(47,115)(4,097)(62,809)

(162,953)

204-

(162,749)

Net assets

40,61774,96124,456(20,802)119,232453-119,685

1Restated for change in listing fee revenue recognition (see Note 8), and additional disclosure for inter-segment revenue.

2Comparatives have been updated for presentation change, see note 1.

3EBITDA is not a defined performance measure in NZ IFRS. Please refer to Note 2 for more information.

4Includes investment in associate of $18.34 million.

5$3.7 million of impairment losses of goodwill in the Energy business was recognised in profit or loss in 2024.

95

7. Financial Statements

NZX Annual Report 2025
Geographical information

In presenting information on the basis of geographical segments, segment revenue is based on the geographical location of

direct customers. Segment non-current assets are based on the geographical location of the assets.

Revenue

2025

$000

2024

$000

New Zealand106,14898,838

United States5,1915,905

Australia

4,3053,555

Singapore

4,2243,455

Other

9,0808,369

Total revenue

128,948120,122

Non-current assets

31 December

2025

$000

31 December

2024

$000

New Zealand180,451186,919

Total non-current assets

180,451186,919

7. Change in value of contingent consideration

Smart's acquisition of the management rights and associated assets of QuayStreet from Craigs Investment Partners Group

(CIP Group) in 2023 included potential earnout consideration of up to $18.750 million payable based on qualifying net FUM

inflows from the CIP Group into Smart's products over a three-year period.

The terms of the earnout payment were as follows:

Maximum earnout

$000

Earnout 1 - payable, prorata, on cumulative qualifying net FUM inflows from the CIP Group from

24 November 2022 - 23 November 2023, with the maximum amount payable where cumulative

qualifying net FUM inflows over that period are $250m.

$6,250

Earnout 2 - payable, prorata, on cumulative qualifying net FUM inflows from the CIP Group from

24 November 2022 - 23 November 2024, with the maximum amount payable where cumulative

qualifying net FUM inflows over that period are $525m.

$11,250 less any

amount paid under

Earnout 1

Earnout 3 -

- first component - payable only where cumulative qualifying net FUM inflows from the CIP Group

from 24 November 2022 - 23 November 2025 exceed $800m.

- second component - payable, prorata on cumulative qualifying net FUM inflows from CIP Group

from 24 November 2022 - 23 November 2025 in excess of $800m, with the maximum amount

payable where cumulative qualifying net FUM inflows over that period are $1.2 billion.

First component:

$3,750

Second component:

$3,750

During the year a payment of $3.201 million was made for Earnout 2.

No payment was required or made for Earnout 3. This is consistent with management's reassessment of the probability of

achieving the earnout target as at 31 December 2024, when the provision was adjusted downwards by $10.862 million.

At 31 December 2025 the contingent consideration is $nil (31 December 2024: $3.201 million, split between current

liabilities of $3.201 million and non-current liabilities of $nil).

96

NZX Annual Report 2025
8. Listing fee revenue recognition - correction of prior year treatment

Listing and issuance fees comprise revenue from annual listing fees (net of an allocation to NZ RegCo), initial listing fees

and subsequent capital raising fees. Initial and subsequent listing fees are now recognised evenly over the period during

which the listing service is expected to be provided, which is five and three years respectively.  Annual listing fees are billed

on 30 June for the following 12-month period and are recognised on a straight-line basis over that period.

In prior years, initial and subsequent listing fees were recognised when the listing or subsequent capital raising event had

taken place.

This revision reflects a reassessment of the substance of the underlying service provided and ensures alignment with the

principles of NZ IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers and a January 2019 Agenda Decision (the Decision) issued

by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC).

Under NZ IFRS 15, revenue is recognised when (or as) control of the promised service is transferred to the customer. The

Decision clarified that upfront fees for listing should be recognised progressively over the listing period, rather than at a

single point in time. This is because upfront activities do not transfer a distinct service to the customer, but instead form part

of the ongoing listing service.

The revised treatment has been applied retrospectively in accordance with NZ IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in

Accounting Estimates and Errors. Comparative figures for the prior year have been restated to reflect the retrospective

impact of the change as follows:

Statement of Financial Position:

31 December 20241 January 2024

$000Previously

reported

Adjust

ments

RestatedPreviously

reported

Adjust

ments

Restated

Total assets282,434-282,434276,470-276,470

Other liabilities - current

23,2144,68127,89530,8414,48435,325

Non-current other

liabilities-5,4745,4743,3275,0378,364

Deferred tax liability

10,965(2,843)8,12211,396(2,666)8,730

Other liabilities

121,258-121,258113,535-113,535

Total liabilities155,4377,312162,749159,0996,855165,954

Net assets126,997(7,312)119,685117,371(6,855)110,516

Equity

Share capital

123,445-123,445120,134-120,134

Retained earnings

3,634(7,312)(3,678)(2,545)(6,855)(9,400)

Translation reserve(82)-(82)(218)-(218)

Total equity attributable

to shareholders126,997(7,312)119,685117,371(6,855)110,516

Net tangible assets per

share (cents per share)

1

(7.12)(3.11)(10.23)(12.01)(2.96)(14.97)

1Net tangible assets is a non-GAAP performance measure and is presented to comply with NZX Listing Rules. Net tangible assets have also been restated to reclassify deferred

tax as an intangible for the purposes of this calculation (refer note 14).

97

7. Financial Statements

NZX Annual Report 2025
Statement of Profit or Loss:

2024

$000Previously

reported

Adjust

ments

Restated

Operating revenue120,756(634)120,122

Net personnel costs(46,337)-(46,337)

Other operating expenses(27,236)-(27,236)

EBITDA47,183(634)46,549

Net finance income/(expense)(3,545)-(3,545)

Depreciation and amortisation expense(17,971)-(17,971)

Loss on disposal of assets(5)-(5)

Gain on lease modification9-9

Impairment loss on goodwill(3,700)-(3,700)

Change in fair value of contingent consideration10,862-10,862

Share of (loss)/profit of associate565-565

Profit before income tax33,398(634)32,764

Income tax expense(7,908)177(7,731)

Profit for the year25,490(457)25,033

Earnings per share

Basic (cents per share)7.8(0.1)7.7

Diluted (cents per share)7.7(0.1)7.6

Statement of Changes in Equity:

$000Previously

reported

Adjust

ments

Restated

Balance at 31 December 2023117,371(6,855)110,516

Profit for the year25,490(457)25,033

Other comprehensive income for the year136-136

Total comprehensive income for the year25,626(457)25,169

Transactions with owners recorded directly in equity:

Dividends paid(19,825)

-(19,825)

Issue of shares2,863

-2,863

Share based payments962

-962

Cancellation of non-vesting rights-

-

-

Total transactions with owners recorded directly in equity(16,000)-(16,000)

Balance at 31 December 2024126,997(7,312)119,685

98

NZX Annual Report 2025
9. Operating revenue

Revenue is recognised when an entity satisfies the performance obligation and transfers control of goods or services to

a customer. Revenue is recognised at the transaction price amount allocated to the performance obligation. The specific

revenue recognition criteria for the classes of revenue are as follows:

a. Capital Markets Origination

•Listing and issuance fees comprise revenue from annual listing fees (net of an allocation to NZ RegCo), initial listing fees

and subsequent capital raising fees. Initial and subsequent listing fees are recognised evenly over the period during

which the listing service is expected to be provided, which is five and three years respectively.  Annual listing fees are

billed on 30 June for the following 12-month period and are recognised on a straight-line basis over that period.

b. Secondary Markets

•Participant services revenue consist of annual participant fees (net of an allocation to NZ RegCo) and initial participant

fees. Initial participant fees are recognised evenly over the period the participant service is expected to be provided.

Annual participant fees are billed on 30 June for the following 12 month period and are recognised on a straight line

basis over this 12 month period.

•Securities trading fees arise from the trading of debt and equity securities, which are recognised at trade date.

•Securities clearing fees relate to debt and equity clearing and settlement, which are recognised at settlement date (which

is two days after initial trade date).

•Dairy derivatives fees relate to the trading, clearing and settlement of derivatives by SGX, net of fees retained by SGX.

Trading and clearing fees are recognised at trade date. Settlement fees are recognised at settlement date.

•Market operations revenue arises from the provision of post-trade systems and technology services for the energy, carbon

auction and Fonterra Shareholders markets (ceased January 2025 on their move to the NZX Main Board), and from the

provision of development services for the energy and carbon auction markets. Revenues are recognised over the period

the service is provided.

c. Information Services

•Securities information revenue relates to the provision of securities and derivatives market data, which is recognised over

the period the service is provided.

•Dairy data subscription revenue relates to the provision of data and analysis for the dairy sector, which is recognised over

the period the service is provided.

•Connectivity revenue relates to the provision of connectivity and access to NZX operated markets for market participants

and data vendors, which is recognised over the period the service is provided.

d. Funds Management (Smart)

•Funds management revenue relates to funds under management based fees and administration fees, which are

recognised over the period the service is provided and at the transaction price amount allocated to the performance

obligation which is determined based on a percentage of FUM or a fixed price per member. Fees are generally calculated

daily and billed monthly.

e. Wealth Technologies

•Wealth Technologies revenue relates to platform administration fees and development fees, which are recognised over

the period the service is provided.

f. Regulation (NZ RegCo)

•Regulation revenue is recognised over the period the service is provided. Additionally, there is an allocation of annual

listing fees and annual participant fees and an internal allocation to reflect regulatory support services provided to

NZX Limited.

g. Corporate

•Other Corporate revenue relates to miscellaneous services provided by the Group (including the sublease of excess office

space), which is recognised over the period the service is provided.

99

7. Financial Statements

NZX Annual Report 2025
2025

$000

2024

Restated

$000

1

Segment

revenue

(Gross)

Inter-

segment

elimination

Total revenue

(Net)

Segment

revenue

(Gross)

Inter-

segment

elimination

Total revenue

(Net)

Listing and issuance fees16,678(90)16,58816,571(187)16,384

Total Capital Markets

Origination revenue16,678(90)16,58816,571(187)16,384

Participant services501-501513-513

Securities trading4,430-4,4304,279-4,279

Securities clearing7,491(6)7,4857,584(3)7,581

Dairy derivatives3,730-3,7303,252-3,252

Market operations7,774-7,77410,368-10,368

Total Secondary Markets

revenue23,926(6)23,92025,996(3)25,993

Securities information16,611-16,61116,478-16,478

Dairy data subscriptions634-634606-606

Connectivity revenue2,959-2,9592,828-2,828

Total Information

Services revenue20,204-20,20419,912-19,912

Funds Management

revenue51,75616451,92043,9268044,006

Wealth Technologies

revenue12,540(324)12,2169,936(207)9,729

Regulation revenue4,020-4,0203,996-3,996

Other Corporate revenue1,252(1,172)80691(589)102

Total operating revenue

130,376(1,428)128,948121,028(906)120,122

1Restated for change in listing fee revenue recognition, see Note 8.

100

NZX Annual Report 2025
10. Operating expenses

Note

2025

$000

2024

$000

Gross personnel costs

(56,161)(54,359)

Less capitalised labour

7,7338,022

Net personnel costs

(48,428)(46,337)

Information technology

(16,207)(15,210)

Professional fees

(4,503)(4,191)

Marketing

(1,401)(1,518)

Directors' fees27.2

(739)(630)

Remuneration paid to Group auditors

(370)(470)

Other operating expenses

(5,171)(5,517)

Capitalised overheads

1,3301,644

Integration and restructure costs

(1,770)(1,344)

Total operating expenses(77,259)(73,573)

Remuneration paid to Group auditors

During the period the Group changed its external auditor, with PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) appointed as auditor for the

year commencing 1 January 2025. The Group's external auditor for the 2024 financial year was KPMG.

2025

$000

2024

$000

Fees paid to current auditor - PwC

Audit and review of NZX Group and subsidiary statutory financial statements

(315)-

Total audit fees

(315)-

Annual depository engagement of New Zealand Depository Limited

(6)-

Agreed-upon procedures engagements for Smartshares Limited

(4)-

Total agreed-upon procedure engagements

(10)-

Review of research & development tax credit supplementary returns for NZX Limited,

Smartshares Limited and NZX Wealth Technologies Limited(45)-

Total taxation compliance services

(45)-

Total remuneration paid to Group auditors - PwC

(370)-

Fees paid to predecessor auditor - KPMG

Audit and review of NZX Group and subsidiary statutory financial statements

-(314)

Total audit fees

-(314)

Annual depository engagement of New Zealand Depository Limited

-(6)

Assurance and agreed-upon procedures engagements for Smartshares Limited

-(92)

Assurance engagements of the Group's Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions

-(58)

Total other assurance services and agreed-upon procedure engagements

-(156)

Total remuneration paid to predecessor Group auditors - KPMG

-(470)

101

7. Financial Statements

NZX Annual Report 2025
In 2024, the Group's auditors, KPMG, also provided financial statement audits and regulatory assurance engagements to a

number of the Funds managed by Smart. The amount paid in relation to these audits was $594,000.

11. Net finance expense

2025

$000

2024

$000

Interest income1,6452,336

Interest on lease liabilities(890)(935)

Other interest expense(4,080)(4,722)

Amortised borrowing costs(227)(212)

Net gain/(loss) on foreign exchange144(12)

Net finance expense(3,408)(3,545)

12. Funds held on behalf of third parties

31 December

2025

$000

31 December

2024

$000

Bond deposits

1,8401,915

Collateral deposits

22,94625,701

24,78627,616

The bond deposits represent balances deposited by issuers, required as a condition of listing on NZX's markets. Funds

lodged as bond deposits are interest bearing and are recognised at the amounts deposited which represent fair value. There

is an equal and opposite amount disclosed under current liabilities for the total amount repayable to issuers.

The collateral deposits represent balances deposited by participants to cover margins on outstanding settlement obligations

for the cash market and mutualised default fund contributions (currently nil; 2024: nil). Funds lodged as margin collateral

and mutualised default fund contributions are interest bearing and are recognised at the amounts deposited which

represent fair value. There is an equal and opposite amount disclosed under current liabilities for the total amount repayable

to participants.

13. Taxation

Tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. Current and deferred tax is recognised as an expense or income in the

Income Statement, as there is no current or deferred tax related to items credited or debited directly to equity or other

comprehensive income.

Current tax is calculated by reference to the amount of income taxes payable or recoverable in respect of the taxable profit

or loss for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date, and any adjustment to tax

payable in respect of previous years. Current tax for current and prior periods is recognised as a liability (or asset) to the

extent that it is unpaid (or refundable).

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of temporary differences arising from differences between the carrying amount of

assets and liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding tax base of those items.

In principle, deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences. Deferred tax assets are recognised to

the extent that it is probable that sufficient taxable income will be available against which deductible temporary differences

or unused tax losses and tax offsets can be utilised. However, deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recognised if the

temporary differences giving rise to them arise from the initial recognition of assets and liabilities (other than as a result of a

business combination) which affects neither taxable income nor accounting profit. Furthermore, a deferred tax liability is not

recognised in relation to taxable temporary differences arising from the initial recognition of goodwill.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period(s) when the

asset and liability giving rise to them are realised or settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted

102

NZX Annual Report 2025
or substantively enacted by the reporting date. The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets reflects the tax

consequences that would follow from the manner in which the Group expects, at the reporting date, to recover or settle the

carrying amount of its assets and liabilities.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if there is a legally enforceable right to offset when they relate to income taxes

levied by the same taxation authority and the Group intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

13.1. Income tax expense recognised in profit or loss

2025

$000

2024

Restated

$000

1

Tax expense comprises:

Current tax expense

8,4017,994

Prior period adjustment

(49)161

Deferred tax relating to the origination and reversal of temporary differences

(514)(424)

Total tax expense7,8387,731

1Restated for change in listing fee revenue recognition, see Note 8.

The prima facie income tax expense on pre-tax accounting profit from continuing operations reconciles to the income tax

expense in the financial statements as follows:

2025

$000

2024

Restated

$000

1

Profit before income tax expense

29,31332,764

Income tax calculated at 28%

(8,208)(9,174)

Tax adjustments

(220)1,328

(8,428)(7,846)

Prior period adjustment

49(161)

Tax credits

541276

(7,838)(7,731)

1Restated for change in listing fee revenue recognition, see Note 8.

13.2. Current tax liability

2025

$000

2024

$000

Balance at beginning of the year

(3,296)(1,912)

Current year charge

(8,401)(7,994)

Prior period adjustment

-(313)

Tax paid and utilisation of prior year tax payments

9,3706,923

Balance at end of year

(2,327)(3,296)

103

7. Financial Statements

NZX Annual Report 2025
13.3. Deferred tax liability

2025

$000

2024

Restated

$000

1

Balance at beginning of the year

(8,122)(8,730)

Current year movement

514424

Deferred tax on acquisition

--

Prior period adjustments

34184

Balance at end of the year

(7,574)(8,122)

Deferred tax balance comprises:

Employee entitlements

1,2761,404

Doubtful debts

4945

Property, plant and equipment, and intangibles

(13,566)(13,902)

Leases

971920

Unearned income

2,7932,843

Other

903568

(7,574)(8,122)

1Restated for change in listing fee revenue recognition, see Note 8.

13.4. Imputation credit account

2025

$000

2024

$000

Imputation credits available for use in subsequent reporting periods

8,0557,829

14. Earnings per share and net tangible assets per share

14.1. Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit for the year by the weighted average number of ordinary shares

outstanding during the period. An adjustment to take into account the shares and rights issued under the various employee

share plans (refer to Notes 23 and 25) is made to the weighted average number of shares used in the calculation of the

diluted earnings per share.

a. Basic earnings per share

2025


2024

Restated

Profit for the year ($000)

21,47525,033

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purpose of earnings per share

(in thousands)328,216325,745

Basic earnings per share (cents per share)6.547.68

104

NZX Annual Report 2025
b. Diluted earnings per share

2025


2024

Restated

Profit for the year ($000)

21,47525,033

Weighted average number of total shares and rights for the purpose of earnings per share

(in thousands)

332,874330,983

Fully diluted earnings per share (cents per share)6.457.56

14.2. Net tangible assets per share

Basic net tangible assets per share is calculated by dividing the net tangible assets at year end by the weighted average

number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. An adjustment to take into account the shares and rights issued

under the various employee share plans (refer to Notes 23 and 25) is made to the weighted average number of shares used

in the calculation of the diluted net tangible assets per share.

Net tangible assets is a non-GAAP performance measure and is presented to comply with NZX Listing Rules.

a. Basic net tangible assets per share

31 December

2025

$000

31 December

2024

Restated

$000

Net assets

122,185119,685

Adjusted for:

Goodwill

(46,887)(46,887)

Intangible assets

(91,168)(95,916)

Investment in associate

(18,708)(18,343)

Deferred tax liability

1

7,5748,122

Net tangible assets/(liabilities)

(27,004)(33,339)

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purpose of net tangible assets per

share (in thousands)328,216325,745

Basic net tangible assets/(liabilities) per share (cents per share)

(8.23)(10.23)

1Prior‑year net tangible assets have been restated to reclassify deferred tax liability as an intangible for the purposes of this calculation.

b. Diluted net tangible assets per share

31 December

2025

$000

31 December

2024

Restated

$000

Net assets

122,185119,685

Adjusted for:

Goodwill

(46,887)(46,887)

Other intangible assets

(91,168)(95,916)

Investment in associate

(18,708)(18,343)

Deferred tax liability

1

7,5748,122

Net tangible assets/(liabilities)

(27,004)(33,339)

105

7. Financial Statements

NZX Annual Report 2025
31 December

2025

$000

31 December

2024

Restated

$000

Weighted average number of total shares and rights for the purpose of net tangible assets

per share (in thousands)332,874330,983

Fully diluted net tangible assets/(liabilities) per share (cents per share)

(8.11)(10.07)

1Prior‑year net tangible assets have been restated to reclassify deferred tax liability as an intangible for the purposes of this calculation.

15. Cash and cash equivalents and cash flow reconciliation

15.1. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash comprises:

31 December

2025

$000

31 December

2024

$000

Cash at bank

30,25527,025

Bank deposits

1,8001,800

Cash and cash equivalents32,05528,825

Cash at bank - restricted

14,00014,000

Bank deposits - restricted

6,0006,000

Cash and cash equivalents - restricted20,00020,000

Cash and cash equivalents - total52,05548,825

Restricted cash and cash equivalents relates to balances held for risk capital requirements by the Clearing House and is not

available for general cash management use by the Group. In addition, cash and cash equivalents includes amounts of up to

$3.4 million as at 31 December 2025 (31 December 2024: up to $6.3 million) that are held by subsidiaries to comply with

regulatory requirements and are not available for general use by other entities within the Group.

15.2. Reconciliation of profit for the year to net cash provided by operating activities

2025

$000

2024

Restated

$000

1

Profit for the year

21,47525,033

Adjustments for:

Share based payment arrangements

1,3241,016

Depreciation and amortisation expense

19,27417,971

Amortisation of borrowing costs

202187

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

-(10,862)

Disposal of assets

1685

Gain on lease modification

(151)(9)

Loss on goodwill impairment

-3,700

Share of profit of associate

(323)(565)

106

NZX Annual Report 2025
2025

$000

2024

Restated

$000

1

Increase in receivables and prepayments

(847)(3,200)

(Decrease)/Increase in trade payables and other liabilities

(1,182)1,835

Increase in current tax liability

1001,384

Decrease in deferred tax liability

(548)(608)

Net cash provided by operating activities

39,49235,887

1Restated for change in listing fee revenue recognition, see Note 8.

16. Receivables and prepayments

Receivables are initially recognised at the fair value of the amounts to be received. They are subsequently measured at

amortised cost (using the effective interest method) less impairment losses, if any.

31 December

2025

$000

31 December

2024

$000

Trade receivables

3,8764,833

Provision for doubtful debts

(176)(161)

Net trade receivables

3,7004,672

Prepayments

5,1025,331

Accrued interest

119202

Accrued income

11,0768,769

Advances to related party

100100

Total current receivables and prepayments

20,09719,074

Movement in provision for doubtful debts

The Group applies the simplified approach in providing for expected credit losses prescribed by NZ IFRS 9, which permits

the use of the lifetime expected credit loss provision for all trade receivables. The provision for impairment losses are either

individually or collectively assessed based on number of days overdue. The Group takes into account the historic loss

experience and incorporates forward looking information and relevant macroeconomic factors.

The Group maintains a provision for impairment losses when there is objective evidence of its customers being unable to

make required payments and also makes a provision for doubtful debts on all balances greater than 60 days overdue.

2025

$000

2024

$000

Balance at beginning of the year

(161)(205)

Amounts written off during the year

14354

Increase in provision recognised in profit or loss

(158)(10)

Balance at end of the year

(176)(161)

17. Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment is carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment. The cost of the assets is the

value of the consideration given to acquire the assets and the value of other directly attributable costs incurred in bringing

the assets to the location and condition necessary for their intended use.

107

7. Financial Statements

NZX Annual Report 2025
Depreciation is recognised in the Income Statement and is calculated on a straight line basis so as to write off the net cost

of each asset over its expected useful life to its estimated residual value. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the

period of the lease or estimated useful life, whichever is the shorter, using the straight line method. The estimated useful

lives, residual values and depreciation method are reviewed at the end of each annual reporting period.

The following estimated useful lives are used in the calculation of depreciation:

•Computer equipment: 3 - 7 years

•Furniture and equipment: 2 - 10 years

•Leasehold improvements: 5 - 16 years

Computer

equipment

$000

Furniture and

equipment

$000

Leasehold

improvements

$000

Capital work in

progress

$000

Total

$000

Gross carrying amount

Balance at 1 January 20245,8572,9249,35418018,315

Additions52861-2,1792,768

Disposals(981)(151)--(1,132)

Transfers from WIP35081,997(2,355)-

Balance at 31 December 20245,7542,84211,351419,951

Additions310121-117548

Disposals(2)(21)(784)-(807)

Transfer from Tangible WIP124861(121)-

Balance at 31 December 20256,0742,99010,628-19,692

Accumulated depreciation

Balance at 1 January 20244,1352,0122,722

-

8,869

Depreciation expense934351812-2,097

Disposals(977)(150)--(1,127)

Balance at 31 December 20244,0922,2133,534

-

9,839

Depreciation expense898334896-2,128

Disposals(2)(17)(633)-(652)

Balance at 31 December 20254,9882,5303,797-11,315

Net Book Value

As at 1 January 20241,7229126,6321809,446

As at 31 December 20241,6626297,817410,112

As at 31 December 20251,0864606,831-8,377

18. Investment in associate

NZX has a 33.33% interest (ownership and voting) in GlobalDairyTrade Holding Limited (GDT). GDT is the leading global

physical trading platform for dairy and provides a sustainable foundation for NZX's dairy derivatives business. GDT's place of

incorporation and principal place of business is New Zealand.

To allow GDT to retain its earnings for reinvestment into the growth and expansion of the business there was a contractual

restriction on the payment of dividends from GDT to shareholders until 31 July 2025.

The Group's interest in GDT has been accounted for as an investment in an associate and has been measured by applying

the equity method.

The following tables summarise the financial information of GDT as included in its own financial statements and reconciles

the summarised financial information to the carrying amount of the Group's interest in GDT.

108

NZX Annual Report 2025
i) Summarised financial position of associate not adjusted for the percentage ownership held by the Group:

31 December

2025

$000

31 December

2024

$000

Current assets19,04519,534

Non-current assets4,4064,136

Total assets23,45123,670

Current liabilities3,7044,702

Non-current liabilities1,2291,545

Total liabilities4,9336,247

Net assets

18,51817,423

ii) Reconciliation to carrying amount:

2025

$000

2024

$000

Net assets at beginning of the year

17,42315,319

Profit for the year

9701,696

Other comprehensive income

125408

Dividends paid

--

Net assets at end of the year

18,51817,423

Group's share in %

33.33%33.33%

Group's share of net assets

6,1725,807

Goodwill and intangibles

12,53612,536

Carrying amount at end of the year18,70818,343

19. Leases

On entering into a contract, the Group determines whether the contract contains a lease that conveys the right to control the

use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. Determining whether there is a right of control

involves the assessment of whether the contract involves the use of an identified asset, whether the Group has the right to

obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from use of that asset through the period of use, and whether the Group has

the right to direct the use of the asset.

As a lessee

The Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at the lease commencement date.

The right-of-use asset is initially measured at cost net of any lease incentives received and is subsequently depreciated using

the straight-line method from the commencement date to the end of the lease term.

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement

date, discounted at the Group’s incremental borrowing rate or the interest rate implicit in the lease, if this can be determined.

The lease liability is measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. It is remeasured when there is a change

in future lease payments arising from a change in an index or rate or if the Group changes its assessment of whether it will

exercise a purchase, extension or termination option, with a corresponding adjustment made to the carrying value of the

right-of-use asset.

The Group has elected not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for short term leases (lease term less than 12

months) or leases of low-value assets.

109

7. Financial Statements

NZX Annual Report 2025
Detail of leases for which the Group is a lessee are presented below:

Right-of-use assets

Property

leases

$000

Other

leases

$000

Total

$000

Balance at 1 January 202417,09029017,380

Modification during the year

-(8)(8)

Depreciation expense for the year

(1,502)(209)(1,711)

Balance at 31 December 2024

15,5887315,661

Addition during the year

-670670

Modification during the year

629(3)626

Depreciation expense for the year

(1,449)(197)(1,646)

Balance at 31 December 2025

14,76854315,311

Other leases includes leases of IT and office equipment.

During the year, the Group renewed the Albany office lease, which resulted in a modification to the right-of-use asset and

lease liabilities, as well as net gain on lease modification which is recognised in the income statement.

The addition in 2025 relates to a lease of IT equipment which was expired and renewed during the year.

Lease liabilities

31 December

2025

$000

31 December

2024

$000

Maturity analysis - contractual undiscounted cash flows

Up to one year

2,3002,116

One to two years

2,3922,105

Two to five years

6,0425,925

More than five years

15,11816,702

Total undiscounted lease liabilities

25,85226,848

Lease liabilities included in the statement of financial position

19,51419,751

Current

1,4031,243

Non-current

18,11118,508

Property leases for the Group's Wellington and Auckland offices give the Group the right to renew the lease at the end of the

current contracted period for a further 5 year term.

As a lessor

On entering into a lease as a lessor, the Group assesses whether the lease transfers to the lessee substantially all of the risk

and rewards of ownership of the underlying asset. Where such a transfer is assessed to occur, the lease is recognised as a

finance lease; otherwise it is recognised as an operating lease.

Where the Group is an intermediate lessor, its interest in the head lease and the sub-lease are accounted for separately, with

the sub-lease classification assessed with reference to the right-to-use asset arising from the head lease.

110

NZX Annual Report 2025
The Group recognises lease payments received under operating leases as income on a straight-line basis over the lease term

as part of other corporate revenue.

The Group has sub-leased part of one of its property leases since September 2022. The sub-lease is for a short term period,

has not transferred substantially all of the risks and rewards of the underlying asset, and is classified as an operating lease

accordingly. Income related to this short term sub-lease for the current year was $72,000 (2024: $91,000). The Group had

no sub-lease agreement in place as at 31 December 2025. A maturity analysis of operating lease payments, showing the

undiscounted lease payments to be received after the reporting date is set out below:

31 December

2025

$000

31 December

2024

$000

Maturity analysis - contractual undiscounted cash flows

Up to one year

-71

One to two years

--

Two to five years

--

Total undiscounted minimum lease payments receivable

-71

20. Trade payables

Trade payables and accruals are initially recognised at fair value less transaction costs (if any). They are subsequently

measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

31 December

2025

$000

31 December

2024

$000

Trade payables

2,3393,042

Goods and services tax payable

712693

Accrued expenses

5,8415,298

Accrued interest

120119

9,0129,152

21. Other liabilities

Note

31 December

2025

$000

31 December

2024

Restated

$000

1

Employee benefits

9,8929,998

Unearned income

14,04413,527

Other provisions

900900

Contingent consideration7

-3,201

Other current liabilities

357269

Total current other liabilities

25,19327,895

Non-current other liabilities (unearned income)

5,1535,474

Total non-current other liabilities

5,1535,474

Total other liabilities

30,34633,369

1Restated for change in listing fee revenue recognition, see Note 8

111

7. Financial Statements

NZX Annual Report 2025
Current unearned income will be recognised in the next financial year. The non-current portion relates to initial and

subsequent listing fees and will be recognised as revenue between 1 January 2027 and 31 December 2030.

22. Interest bearing liabilities

31 December

2025

$000

31 December

2024

$000

Working capital facility - current7,500-

Net interest bearing liabilities - current

7,500

-

Term loans - non-current15,00022,500

Subordinated notes40,00040,000

Sub-total of drawn debt - non current55,00062,500

Capitalised borrowing costs (net of amortisation)

(855)(1,057)

Net interest bearing liabilities - non-current

54,14561,443

22.1. Subordinated notes

The subordinated notes are quoted on the NZX debt market. The subordinated notes have a 15 year term, maturing 20 June

2033, with election dates at 5 yearly intervals from the issue date until maturity.

The current interest rate (6.80%; prior to 20 June 2023: 5.40%) is fixed until the second election date (20 June 2028), at

which point NZX may reset the interest rate. On the election date investors may either retain their subordinated notes (at the

reset interest rate) or elect to redeem their subordinated notes.

NZX may defer the payment of interest at any time at its discretion, but will be subject to penalty interest of an additional

4.0% per annum until the next interest payment date at which unpaid and deferred interest is paid.

The terms of the subordinated notes offer include a financial covenant, assessed as at the end of each annual and

interim reporting period, requiring that debt that ranks in priority to the subordinated notes, less unrestricted cash, may

not exceed 1.5 times operating earnings (being EBITDA and non-cash items, and capital gains/losses). A breach of the

financial covenant is not an event of default, but may prevent NZX paying dividends to shareholders, if it has failed on two

consecutive test dates. The subordinated notes financial covenant has been met throughout the year.

The subordinated notes have been recognised initially at fair value less directly attributable transaction costs, and are

subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, as required by NZ IFRS 9.

22.2. Bank overdraft, revolving credit and term loan facilities

The Group has access to bank overdraft, revolving credit, term loan and liquidity facilities with its primary bank, which have

an expiry date of 26 February 2027 (extendable by mutual agreement). In addition, during the period the Group established

a working capital facility with a secondary bank, which has an initial 2 year term (to 25 August 2027) with an automatic

evergreen renewal mechanism.

a. Bank facilities with primary bank

The overdraft facility provides the Group with flexibility in its working capital management. The facility limit is $3.0 million

(2024: $3.0 million). The bank may require repayment by making a written demand. The effective interest rate of the facility

at 31 December 2025 was 6.21% (2024: 8.33%). The overdraft facility was undrawn at 31 December 2025 and 2024.

The revolving credit facility provides the Group with additional flexibility in its working capital management. The facility limit

is $7.0 million (2024: $7.0 million). The effective interest rate of the facility when utilised during the current year was 5.55%.

The revolving credit facility was undrawn at 31 December 2025 and 2024.

The term loan facility provides the Group with acquisition funding. The current facility limit is $18.25 million (2024:

$30.0 million). The Group term loan facility was utilised to fund the acquisition of the management rights and associated

assets of QuayStreet Asset Management in 2023, with $15.0 million drawn down at 31 December 2025 (31 December 2024:

$22.5 million). The effective interest rate of the facility at 31 December 2025 was 5.23% (31 December 2024: 7.69%).

112

NZX Annual Report 2025
The liquidity facility was established on 1 February 2024 and provides the Clearing House with a $20 million line of credit

(note 26.7b). Use of the facility is limited to situations where a participant default has occurred. The liquidity facility was

undrawn at 31 December 2025 (31 December 2024: undrawn).

The bank facilities are unsecured and contain two financial covenants, assessed quarterly, which have been met throughout

the year:

•The ratio of interest bearing debt to EBITDA shall not exceed 3.5 times; and

•The ratio of EBITDA to interest shall exceed 4.0 times.

b. Bank facilities with secondary bank

The working capital facility established provides the Group with additional flexibility in its working capital management and

liquidity requirements. The facility limit is $10.0 million (2024: $nil) with $7.5 million drawn down at 31 December 2025

(31 December 2024: $nil). The effective interest rate of the facility when utilised during the current year was 3.46%.

The secondary bank facility is uncommitted and unsecured. There are no financial covenants.

23. Shares on issue

The Company had 328,535,448 fully paid ordinary shares as at 31 December 2025 (31 December 2024: 327,022,314 fully

paid ordinary shares). The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared and are entitled to one

vote per share at meetings.

The Dividend Reinvestment Plan was suspended for the dividends paid in 2025 (2024: applied to all dividends), resulting in

the issue of no ordinary shares (2024: 2,503,613). Additionally 1,513,134 shares (2024: 313,335) were issued as share based

payments - refer to Note 25).

As at 31 December 2025, the Company has 4,505,734 performance rights on issue under the Long Term Incentive Plan

(31 December 2024: 5,199,429) to members of its executive and management teams. The performance rights give the

holder options to acquire ordinary shares in the Company, which may be exercised if certain performance hurdles are met

and the performance rights vest. Until the performance rights vest, none are quoted on the NZX Main Board. Refer to

Note 25.

Movement in share capital

Number$000

Balance at 1 January 2024

324,205,366120,134

Issue of ordinary shares

2,816,9482,863

Share based payments accrual

-962

Cancellation of non-vesting rights

-(514)

Balance at 31 December 2024

327,022,314123,445

Issue of ordinary shares

1,513,13427

Share based payments accrual

-1,073

Cancellation of non-vesting rights

-(98)

Balance at 31 December 2025

328,535,448124,447

113

7. Financial Statements

NZX Annual Report 2025
24. Dividends

20252024

For year

ended

Cents per

share

Total $000Cents per

share

Total $000

Dividends paid

March 2024 - Final31 Dec 23

3.110,050

October 2024 - Interim31 Dec 24

3.09,775

April 2025 - Final31 Dec 24

3.110,185

October 2025 - Interim31 Dec 25

3.09,856

Total dividends paid for the year

20,04119,825

The Dividend Reinvestment Plan was suspended to all dividends paid in 2025 (2024: applied to all dividends).

Refer to Note 30 for details of the final 2025 dividend.

25. Share based payments

25.1. CEO incentive plans

a. CEO Long Term Incentive Plan - 2021

CEO Long Term Incentive Plan - 2021 was in place until its conclusion at the end of the vesting period (6 April 2024).

In 2024, the Group assessed the CEO share scheme on vesting. As the Performance Target had not been met, the 550,449

performance rights issued under the scheme were redeemed. The Group reclassified within Equity the $385,000 fair value of

the rights during 2024. The CEO Long Term Incentive Plan - 2021 was fully closed by 31 December 2024.

b. CEO Short Term Incentive Plan (STI#2)

The CEO Short Term Incentive Bonus Scheme was agreed in 2024. Under the Scheme the CEO is entitled to a discretionary

amount of up to $300,000 per financial performance year (service period), subject to key performance hurdles detailed

below, with the assessed performance value after tax used to purchase NZX shares (on market). The acquired shares will be

held in escrow with 50% vested on the first anniversary of the payment being confirmed, and the remaining 50% vested on

the second anniversary of the payment being confirmed. The CEO is entitled to the economic benefit of dividends accrued

during the escrowed period.

The key performance hurdles for both the 2025 and 2024 financial year were TSR growth over the year (based on 10 day

VWAP to 1 January and 31 December) of at least 9.39% resulting in 50% of the incentive being awarded, with 100% being

awarded at 13.39% TSR growth (and 50.1% to 99.9% being awarded on a linear, pro-rata basis), subject to Board discretion.

The TSR growth over the 2025 service period was below the lower TSR hurdle and as the Performance Target has not been

met, no incentive has been awarded.

The TSR growth over the 2024 service period was above the higher TSR hurdle and as the Performance Target was met,

100% of the incentive was awarded. During 2025, NZX shares equivalent to the net value of the award (after tax) were

purchased on-market. The difference ($75,000) between the grant date fair value of the award (accrued over the 2024

service period) and the final award value was recognised directly in retained earnings, in accordance with NZ IFRS 2.

The cost of the Scheme for 2025 is measured based on the fair value at the date granted using a Monte Carlo simulation

approach predicting NZX's TSR relative to the TSR hurdle at the testing dates. A discount is applied, using a Chaffe Put

Option model, to reflect the impact of the shares being placed in escrow. The fair value of the Scheme, along with the

assumptions used to simulate the future share prices using a random-walk process are shown below:

114

NZX Annual Report 2025
20252024

Fair value of TSR rights

1

$0.94, $0.93$0.88, $0.88

Current price at grant date

$1.60$1.17

Discount rate

3.61%9.29%

Expected share volatility

24.84%17.50%

1Acquired shares will be held in escrow with 50% vested on the first anniversary of the payment being confirmed, and the remaining 50% vested on the second anniversary of

the payment being confirmed. A separate fair value is determined for each escrow period.

The cost was recognised over the service period; accrued through personnel costs, with a corresponding increase in

equity and reflects the extent to which the service period has expired. The expense in the reporting period is $175,000

(2024: $225,000).

25.2. NZX Employee Long Term Incentive Plan

The NZX Employee Long Term Incentive Plan was implemented in 2018. Under the terms of the NZX Employee Long

Term Incentive Plan, NZX offers selected employees performance rights, which are subject to certain entitlement criteria

before performance rights may vest and the holder can acquire shares in NZX at nil cost. Once vested and exercised the

performance rights entitle the holder to receive one share for each performance right at nil cost to employees. If the vesting

conditions are not met or waived, the performance rights will lapse. The NZX Employee Long Term Incentive Plan is offered

on a three year term.

Vesting of the performance rights is dependent on (subject to Board discretion) NZX meeting performance hurdles in

respect of TSR growth and/or the individual remaining with the NZX Group for the duration of the vesting period.

The TSR growth performance hurdle (if applicable) for the 2025 financial year was TSR growth over the year (based on 10

day VWAP to 1 January and 31 December) of at least 11.39% (2024: 9.29%) resulting in 50% of the incentive being awarded,

with 100% being awarded at 13.39% (2024: 11.29%) TSR growth (and 50.1% to 99.9% being awarded on a linear, pro-rata

basis), subject to Board discretion.

20252024

Number of rightsNumber of rights

At at 1 January

5,199,4294,731,933

Granted during the year

1,446,0911,764,117

Vested during the year

1

(1,496,286)(260,656)

Lapsed during the year

(643,500)(1,035,965)

As at 31 December

4,505,7345,199,429

1The weighted average share price at the date of exercise of rights during the year ended 31 December 2025 was $1.60 (2024:$1.01)

The weighted average remaining life of rights outstanding at 31 December 2025 was 1.4 years (31 December 2024:

1.6 years).

The cost of the performance rights is measured based on the fair value at the date granted using an appropriate

pricing model.

For rights with a TSR growth performance hurdle (TSR rights) the rights have been valued under a Monte Carlo simulation

approach predicting NZX's TSR relative to the TSR hurdle at the respective testing dates. The fair value of the TSR rights,

along with the assumptions used to simulate the future share prices using a random-walk process are shown below:

115

7. Financial Statements

NZX Annual Report 2025
20252024

Fair value of TSR rights

1

$1.05, $0.81, $0.81$0.31, $0.48, $0.49

Current price at grant date

$1.63$1.01

Discount rate

3.74%9.29%

Expected share volatility

20.95%17.50%

1TSR rights are subject to annual TSR performance hurdles, which are assessed independently at the end of each annual Performance Period. One‑third of the rights are

allocated to each Performance Period, with a separate fair value determined for each Performance Period.

For rights where the performance hurdle relates only to the individual remaining with the NZX Group for the duration of

the vesting period the fair value of the rights is estimated as the grant date share price less the present value of forecast

dividends to be paid prior to vesting date. The estimated fair value of these rights issued in 2025 was $1.43 (2024: $0.84).

The cost is recognised over the term of the scheme, with a corresponding increase in equity. The cumulative expense at

each reporting date reflects the extent to which the vesting period has expired and is the best estimate of the number of

performance rights that will vest. The expense in the reporting period of $1,122,000 (2024: $710,000) is the movement in

cumulative expense and is recognised in personnel costs.

25.3. NZX Employee Shares

During the year $1,000 (gross) worth of NZX ordinary shares were issued to each new employee at nil cost to employees to

encourage staff engagement and shareholder alignment.

26. Financial instruments

The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks including credit risk, liquidity risk and market risk (including

foreign currency risk and interest rate risk).

The board of directors has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Group’s risk management

framework, including the management of financial risk. The board has established an Audit and Risk Committee

(Committee), which is responsible for developing and monitoring the Group’s financial risk management policies (except

for those relating to clearing and settlement activities discussed below). The Committee reports regularly to the board of

directors on its activities.

The Group undertakes securities clearing and settlement activities for the listed equities, debt and derivatives markets

through its clearing house New Zealand Clearing and Depository Corporation Limited (NZCDC or the Clearing House).

These activities expose NZCDC and the Group to several significant financial risks. Management of these risks is the

responsibility of the Clearing Committee of the NZX Board as well as the board of directors of NZCDC. Regular reporting is

provided to the NZX Board on the risk management activities.

The specific financial risks faced by the Group, the way in which they are managed and their impact on the financial

statements are discussed below.

26.1. Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its

contractual obligations. Credit risk arises from three principal sources:

•Receivables from customers arising in the normal course of business;

•Investment of surplus cash with financial institutions;

•The activities of the Clearing House, which is discussed separately in section 26.7.

Excluding Clearing House activities, NZX has no significant concentrations of credit risk from general customers, with

receivable balances spread across a broad portfolio of customers. NZX does not require collateral to be provided against

receivables incurred in the ordinary course of business, although listed issuers and participants in NZX's equity and debt

markets are required to provide a bond that may be called upon in the event of default on financial obligations.

The status of trade receivables at the reporting date was as follows:

116

NZX Annual Report 2025
31 December

2025

$000

31 December

2024

$000

Not past due3,2374,219

Past due 0 - 30 days419303

Past due > 30 days220311

Gross trade receivables

3,8764,833

In summary, trade receivables are determined to be impaired as follows:

31 December

2025

$000

31 December

2024

$000

Gross trade receivables3,8764,833

Individual impairment(22)(51)

Collective impairment(154)(110)

Net trade receivables

3,7004,672

The movement in the provision for doubtful debts in respect of trade and other receivables during the year is set out in

note 16.

For investment of surplus cash balances, the Group follows treasury policies that require investments to be held only

with high credit quality counterparties and sets limits on the Group's exposure to individual counterparties. The individual

counterparty limits are set as follows:

•The greater of $35 million or 60% of cash and cash equivalents for registered banks that operate in New Zealand with a

minimum credit rating of AA-; and

•The greater of $17.5 million or 30% of total cash and cash equivalents for other institutions with a minimum credit rating

of A-.

26.2. Foreign exchange risk

NZX primarily derives revenues and incurs expenses in NZD. In some cases, however, receipts and payments are in foreign

currencies (principally USD and AUD). NZX utilises foreign currency receipts to offset purchases denominated in foreign

currencies. The Group determines forward exposures, and considers these in line with internal policies and procedures. It

may enter into forward exchange agreements to keep any exposure to an acceptable level, though no such contracts were

considered necessary in the current or prior financial year. Monetary assets and liabilities are kept to an acceptable level by

buying or selling foreign currencies at the spot rate.

26.3. Interest rate risk

NZX is exposed to interest rate risk in that future interest rate movements will affect the interest that it receives on interest

bearing assets and pays on interest bearing liabilities. NZX does not currently use any derivative products to manage interest

rate risk.

The interest period for the Subordinated Note ($40 million) is fixed until the next election date (20 June 2028) at which point

the interest rate may be reset (refer to note 22).

The Group's investment assets, particularly those designated as risk capital, are generally required to be readily convertible

into cash. These are therefore held as bank deposits at floating rates of interest or invested in short term interest bearing

assets for up to 12 months. This reduces the risk of movements in the market value of financial investments, but increases the

Group's exposure to changes in cash flows as a result of short term movements in interest rates.

As at balance date, none of the Group's investments were subject to interest periods of greater than 12 months.

An analysis of the sensitivity of the Group's earnings to movements in interest rates is shown below. As at 31 December

2025 the Group's interest bearing assets exceeded its interest bearing liabilities (2024: interest bearing liabilities exceeded

its interest bearing assets), hence an increase in interest rates would have had a positive impact on earnings (2024:

negative impact).

117

7. Financial Statements

NZX Annual Report 2025
2025

$000

2024

$000

Effect on net profit before income tax:

1% increase in interest rate111(41)

1% decrease in interest rate(111)41

This above information is calculated using:

•the Group's cash balances;

•the Group's interest bearing liabilities; and

•the balances of application and redemption trust accounts of $12.2 million (2024: $7.6 million), where Smart collects fees

based on interest earned (in respect of balances held in those accounts between the cash receipt date and the date they

are used to complete applications into and distributions from the Funds managed by Smart).

26.4. Liquidity risk management

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will be unable to realise its assets on a sufficiently timely basis to meet its financial

liabilities as they fall due. Liquidity risk arises from the general activities of the Group as well as in specific situations in the

operation of the Clearing House. Clearing House liquidity risk is discussed in section 26.7.

The Group manages its general liquidity risk by maintaining adequate cash reserves, maintaining a sufficient term to

maturity for its interest bearing liabilities and maintaining adequate overdraft and working capital facilities to provide it the

flexibility to absorb predicted variability in cash flows. It continuously monitors forecast and actual cash flows to assist with

determining the appropriate levels of cash reserves and borrowing capacity.

The table below summarises the Group's exposure to liquidity risk based on the undiscounted contractual cash flows and

maturities of term debt.

Interest bearing liabilities

Total

contractual

cash flows

$000

Less than 1

year

$000

1-2 years

$000

2-5 years

$000

More than

5 years

$000

31 December 2025

(83,871)(11,068)(17,843)(8,160)(46,800)

31 December 2024

(89,352)(4,451)(4,451)(30,930)(49,520)

26.5. Accounting classification and fair values

The fair value of the financial instruments, which comprise cash and cash equivalents, funds held on behalf of third parties,

receivables, trade payables, other liabilities and interest bearing liabilities, approximates their carrying amounts in these

accounts. The subordinated notes have a fair value of $41.84 million (2024: $41.07 million).

26.6. Energy Clearing House

NZX, through its subsidiary Energy Clearing House Limited (ECHL), is the electricity market operation service provider

responsible for ensuring that market participants pay or are paid the correct amount for the electricity they generated or

consumed. ECHL also manages the prudential security requirements of participants, intended to ensure payers can meet

their obligations in the market.

At 31 December 2025, ECHL has outstanding payables and receivables for the purchase and sale of electricity. These items

are not recorded in the Group’s statement of financial position, because the energy market participants have accepted the

risks associated with electricity settlement.

In discharging its obligations under the Electricity Industry Participation Code, ECHL is required to ensure that purchasers

maintain adequate levels of prudential security which is calculated daily. Participants can comply with this obligation in a

number of ways, including third party guarantees, letters of credit, deposits of cash with the ECHL or hedging mitigation.

ECHL holds cash deposit security on trust, and does not recognise the security provided in its statement of financial position.

There was $47,817,672 cash held from such deposits at 31 December 2025 (2024: $28,488,406).

118

NZX Annual Report 2025
26.7. Clearing House counterparty risk

The Clearing House acts as a central counterparty to trades undertaken on NZX’s financial products markets. Executed trades

are immediately novated and replaced by two separate and independent transactions, such that the Clearing House, as

central counterparty, becomes the buyer to every sell trade and the seller to every buy trade. As the buy and sell settlements

resulting from all transactions that are novated to the Clearing House offset each other, the Group is not directly exposed to

price movements in the underlying

financial products or derivatives, unless a clearing participant defaults.

On the equity and debt market, for the period between trade date and settlement date, the Clearing House is exposed

to credit risk as a clearing participant may become unable to meet its obligations to the Clearing House (for example if it

became insolvent). Should a buying participant fail to pay cash, the Clearing House must still meet its obligations to buy

the financial products from the selling participant. In these circumstances, the Clearing House is subject to market price risk

on the financial products acquired as if the price of the financial products falls, the Clearing House may incur a loss on the

disposal of those financial products. In addition, the Clearing House also faces liquidity risk, as it may be unable to realise

sufficient cash on the scheduled settlement date to pay for the financial products it is acquiring.

Where the defaulting participant has outstanding sell trades to settle, the Clearing House may purchase those financial

products in order to deliver them to the buying participant. In so doing, the Clearing House is again exposed to market risk

and liquidity risk.

a. Credit risk

Counterparty credit risk is primarily managed in two ways. Firstly, through imposing requirements on clearing participants

including participaiton standards and minimum capital adequacy requirements, that aim to ensure that participants maintain

sufficient capital and liquidity to meet their obligations to the Clearing House on an ongoing basis. Secondly, through

calculating margin requirements on participants' open positions and requiring participants to post this margin as collateral

as security for the trades. Margin requirements are calculated for each participant based on that participant’s unsettled

transactions in each financial product and participants are required to post this margin as collateral. Margin rates for

each financial product are based on the underlying characteristics of the financial product and its price volatility. Margin

requirements are calculated daily using current market prices. Each day, margin requirements are compared to collateral

held and a margin call made where necessary. Participants are then required to post additional eligible collateral. Eligible

collateral includes cash and financial products (including S&P/NZX 50 listed securities). Financial products provided as

collateral are subject to a prudential value discount, commonly referred to as a "haircut".

In addition, counterparty credit risk for the derivatives market is also managed through the mutualised default fund.

Derivatives Clearing Participants are required to make contributions to the mutualised default fund based on the level

of their uncovered stress losses. Contributions are recalculated on a quarterly basis, or as required. Contributions must

be provided in NZD or USD. The mutualised default fund can be applied to meet settlement obligations of a defaulting

participant on the derivatives market. With no current trading in equity derivatives, contributions to the mutualised default

fund are $nil.

The Group may also be exposed to counterparty credit risk through New Zealand Clearing Limited (NZCL) by acting as

central counterparty for securities lending transactions. Where the securities lending facility is utilised, NZCL is exposed to

the full principal value of each loan and NZCL requires collateral to be posted equal to 105% of the loan. All loans are

revalued on a daily basis and additional collateral required where appropriate. In 2025 and 2024, the securities lending

facility was not utilised by any Clearing Participants.

The Clearing House is also subject to counterparty credit risk relating to the investment of cash with financial institutions,

including the Clearing House's own surplus cash and risk capital as well as the collateral and mutualised default fund

contributions. The Clearing House has its own treasury policy and investment policy to manage the credit risk, including

limits on the Clearing Houses' exposure to individual counterparts as follows:

•Unlimited for amounts held within New Zealand Depository Limited (NZDL) Exchange Settlement Accounts (ESAS) at the

Reserve Bank of New Zealand

•Up to $300 million and 50% of total exposure with registered banks with a minimum credit rating of AA

•Up to $200 million and 40% of total exposure with registered banks with a minimum credit rating of AA-

•Up to $75 million and 20% of total exposure with registered banks with a minimum credit rating of A+

•Up to $50 million and 20% of total exposure with registered banks with a minimum credit rating of A

The Clearing House must only invest in Reserve Bank of New Zealand or New Zealand registered banks, except that foreign

currency can be invested in foreign bank branches that are appointed as a settlement bank.

119

7. Financial Statements

NZX Annual Report 2025
b. Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is managed through a combination of the collateral held from participants, the Clearing House's own cash

reserves, a mutualised default fund applicable to the derivatives market and a

specific liquidity facility which provides short

term liquidity in the event of a participant default.

Collateral from the defaulting participant would be applied towards meeting the settlement obligations on the other side

of the trade. The Clearing House also holds risk capital in cash and highly liquid investments, which is available to meet

the obligations of defaulted transactions. Additionally, derivatives Clearing Participants provide contributions to a mutualised

default fund which can be applied to meeting settlement obligations of a defaulting participant on the derivatives market.

With no current trading in equity derivatives, contributions to the mutualised default fund are $nil. As at 31 December 2025

the Clearing House held risk capital of $20 million (

31 December 2024: $20 million).

In addition the Clearing House has a $20 million line of credit with a major NZ bank which may be utilised where a

participant default has occurred (note 22.2); this facility does not require any collateral to be utilised.

c. Market risk

The risk that the Clearing House will realise a loss from liquidating securities that it becomes the owner of as a result

of a participant default is managed by maintaining sufficient participant collateral and default capital (i.e. risk capital and

mutualised default fund capital) to absorb projected losses. Any losses incurred are initially funded from the defaulting

participant's margin collateral. Should this be insufficient to cover the losses, then these must be met from the Clearing

House's own risk capital. For the derivatives market, the mutualised default fund will also be applied, with the defaulting

participants contributions to the mutualised default fund used

first, followed by $10m of the Clearing House's risk capital,

then non-defaulting participants contributions to the mutualised default fund, before the final amount of the Clearing

House's risk capital will be applied. With no current trading in equity derivatives, contributions to the mutualised default fund

are $nil. The Clearing House regularly stress tests clearing participant exposures against the total amount of margin collateral

and default capital resources.

Clearing balances outstanding at the end of the period were as follows:

31 Dec 2025

$000

31 Dec 2024

$000

Cash market transactions

1

NZCL to receive from Clearing Participants - in NZD16,98420,116

NZCL to pay to Clearing Participants - in NZD16,98420,116

Aggregate absolute value of all net outstanding cash market settlement transactions -

in NZD

87,07788,090

Collateral held to cover outstanding settlement positions

Cash - in NZD22,94625,701

1All of these outstanding transactions were settled subsequent to 31 December 2025.

26.8. Capital Management

The Group’s objective when managing capital is to maintain a strong capital base and liquidity position to support

operations and to meet externally imposed requirements. For capital management purposes, the Group defines capital

as total equity attributable to shareholders, being $122.185 million at 31 December 2025 (2024: $119.685 million).

Management monitors capital primarily by reference to total equity, and also monitors liquidity and funding, including cash

and cash equivalents (of which $20.0 million is restricted for Clearing House risk capital and amounts up to $3.4 million are

held by subsidiaries to comply with regulatory requirements; refer Note 15.1) and interest bearing liabilities.

The Group’s bank and subordinated note covenants are disclosed in Note 22.2 and Note 22.1 and the Group complied with

all externally imposed financial covenant requirements throughout the year.

A subsidiary of the Group is subject to conditions under its managed investment scheme (MIS) manager licence, including

requirements to calculate and report net tangible assets (NTA) to its Supervisors in accordance with the standard conditions

of its licence. Subsequent to balance date, the subsidiary identified that the NTA reported to its Supervisors had not been

calculated in accordance with the standard conditions over multiple reporting periods. The matter was notified to the

relevant Supervisors, with a corrected NTA calculation provided. The Supervisors have confirmed they are satisfied that the

120

NZX Annual Report 2025
matter does not adversely impact the manager's ability to carry out its market services.  The Group has assessed that this

matter did not affect its its actual financial position or operations and did not impact scheme unitholders. 

There were no changes to the Group's approach to capital management during the year. 

27. Related party transactions

27.1. Transactions with key management personnel

Key management personnel comprises the Group’s senior management team. Key management personnel compensation

comprised the following:

2025

$000

2024

$000

Short-term employee benefits

5,9515,855

Share-based payments

620513

Termination benefits

108-

6,6796,368

27.2. Transactions with directors and other entities NZX directors are associated with

The Company regularly enters into transactions under normal commercial terms and conditions with other entities that some

of the directors may sit on the board of or are employed by.

NZX directors fees for the year were $739,000 (2024: $629,500) (refer to Note 10).

In addition fees paid to independent directors of Group subsidiary boards were $503,087 (2024: $389,500).

Two directors on the GDT board are representatives of NZX Limited and no directors' fees are paid by GDT to

those directors.

27.3. Transactions with managed funds

Management and other fees are received from the funds managed by wholly owned subsidiary Smart and are included in

the Income Statement as funds management revenue (refer to note 9).

Transaction values for the year

ended 31 December

Balance outstanding as at

31 December

2025

$000

2024

$000

2025

$000

2024

$000

Services to/amounts owed from Managed Funds53,23344,1217,0175,570

Services from/amounts owed to Managed Funds--(2,418)(1,890)

27.4. Transactions with associate

On 30 June 2022 the Group acquired a 33.33% stake in GlobalDairyTrade Holding Limited (GDT) (note 18).

Transaction values for the year

ended 31 December

Balance outstanding as at

31 December

2025

$000

2024

$000

2025

$000

2024

$000

Services to/amounts owed from Associate225--

Services from/amounts owed to Associate(24)(24)(74)(50)

121

7. Financial Statements

NZX Annual Report 2025
27.5. General

All outstanding balances with related parties are priced and are to be settled in cash subsequent to the reporting date. None

of the balance is secured. No expense has been recognised in the current year or prior year for bad or doubtful debts in

respect of amounts owed by related parties.

28. Contingent liabilities

In New Zealand there has been increased regulatory focus on market participant compliance for entities such as the

Group. Accordingly, there has been an increase in the number of matters on which the Group engages with its regulators

including matters such as financial market conduct, reporting and disclosure obligations, tax treatments, and product

disclosure documentation. In the normal course of business the Group may be subject to actual or possible claims and court

proceedings. Where relevant, expert legal advice is obtained and, in light of such advice, provisions and/or disclosures as

deemed appropriate are made.

There were no contingent liabilities as at 31 December 2025 and 31 December 2024.

29. Capital commitments

31 December

2025

$000

31 December

2024

$000

Capital expenditure commitments:

Intangible development

101112

Tangible development

--

101112

30. Subsequent events

Dividend

Subsequent to balance date the board declared a final 2025 dividend (fully imputed) of 3.3 cents per share, to be paid on

2 April 2026 (with a record date of 19 March 2026).

Externalisation of QuayStreet Investment Management

Subsequent to balance date, the Group entered into a conditional agreement to externalise the QuayStreet investment

management business into a new entity owned by members of the current investment management team. Completion of the

transaction is subject to customary conditions precedent and had not occurred as at the date these financial statements were

authorised for issue.

If the transaction completes, the investment management activities and associated cost base are expected to transfer to the

new entity, and the Group is expected to cease recognising the directly attributable operating expenses from the date of

completion and instead recognise related FUM-based revenue net of an external investment management fee.

The final financial impact will depend on the timing of completion and the operating structure implemented, including the

terms of any transitional or ongoing commercial arrangements. Therefore at this stage, the Group is not able to reliably

estimate the financial effect of the externalisation on future periods.

As the conditions giving rise to this transaction did not exist at balance date, this event has been treated as a non-adjusting

subsequent event and no adjustments have been made to the amounts recognised in these financial statements.

122

Independent
Auditor's Report

NZX Annual Report 2025

123

PwC New Zealand, PwC Centre, 10 Waterloo Quay
PO Box 243, Wellington 6140, New Zealand

T: +64 4 462 7000

pwc.co.nz

Independent auditor’s report

To the shareholders of NZX Limited

Our opinion

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements (the financial statements) of NZX Limited (the

Company), including its subsidiaries (the Group), present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of t he

Group as at 31 December 2025, its financial performance, and its cash flows for the year then ended in accordance

with New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (NZ IFRS) and International

Financial Reporting Standards Accounting Standards (IFRS Accounting Standards).

What we have audited

The Group's financial statements comprise:

•the Group Statement of Financial Position as at 31 December 2025;

•the Group Income Statement for the year then ended;

•the Group Statement of Comprehensive Income for the year then ended;

•the Group Statement of Changes in Equity for the year then ended;

•the Group Statement of Cash Flows for the year then ended; and

•the notes to the financial statements, comprising material accounting policy information and other explanatory

information.

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (New Zealand) (ISAs (NZ)) and

International Standards on Auditing (ISAs). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence

We are independent of the Group in accordance with Professional and Ethical Standard 1 International Code of

Ethics for Assurance Practitioners (including International Independence Standards) (New Zealand) issued by

the New Zealand Auditing and Assurance Standards Board (PES 1) and the International Code of Ethics for

Professional Accountants (including International Independence Standards) issued by the International Ethics

Standards Board for Accountants (IESBA Code), as applicable to audits of financial statements of public interest

entities. We have also fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with PES 1 and the IESBA Code.


In our capacity as auditor, our firm also provides review and agreed-upon procedures services. Our firm carries out

other assignments in the areas of taxation compliance. One of the Company’s Directors has a spouse that is a

partner at PricewaterhouseCoopers New Zealand. This partner is not involved in the provision of any services to the

Group, and this matter has not impacted our independence. Also, certain partners and employees of our firm may

deal with the Group on normal terms within the ordinary course of trading activities of the business. The firm has

no other relationship with, or interests in, the Group.

Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of

the financial statements of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the

financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on

these matters.

Description of the key audit matter How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Goodwill impairment assessment

(Refer to note 5 – Impairment tests)

The Group’s goodwill is primarily allocated to three Cash

Generating Units (CGUs): ‘Smart’ ($41.1m), ‘Wealth

Technologies’ ($1.5m) and ‘Energy’ ($4.0m).

We considered this a key audit matter due to the financial

significance of the goodwill balances and the inherent

judgement and estimation uncertainty in the Group’s

assessment of the recoverable value of each CGU. This

includes the Group’s judgement over future cash flows.

The Group performed an annual impairment assessment

over the goodwill balances as required by NZ IFRS and

IFRS Accounting Standards, by:

1. Calculating the recoverable value for each CGU

using a discounted cash flow model. The key

assumptions in these models include cash flows for

each CGU for the forecast period, the discount rate

and terminal growth rates.

2. Comparing the recoverable value of each CGU to

their respective carrying amounts.

The Group also performed a sensitivity analysis over the

recoverable value calculations, by varying the

assumptions used to assess the impact on the

impairment assessment.


Our procedures included:

• Obtaining an understanding and evaluating the design of

the Group’s relevant controls over the impairment

assessment of goodwill.

• Evaluating the determination and composition of the CGUs

to which goodwill is allocated.

• Evaluating the Group’s cash flow forecasts and the

processes by which they were developed, including

considering the mathematical accuracy of the underlying

calculations in the discounted cash flow model (the model).

• Assessing whether the cash flow forecasts were consistent

with Board approved budgets, and that significant

assumptions in the budgets were subject to oversight by

the Directors.

• Comparing the forecast cash flows and terminal growth

rates used in the Group’s cash flow forecasts to historical

results and economic and industry forecasts.

• Assessing the reasonableness of the Group’s disclosures

in the financial statements against the requirements of NZ

IFRS and IFRS Accounting Standards.

Together with PwC valuation experts, we also:

• Evaluated the appropriateness of the recoverable value

methodology based on the requirements of NZ IFRS and

IFRS Accounting Standards.

• Assessed the appropriateness of the discount rate and

terminal growth rates used in the model by comparing the

cost of debt and equity for the Group to market data and

industry research.




Listing fees revenue recognition - correction of prior
period treatment

(Refer to Note 9 – Operating revenue and Note 8 –

Listing fee revenue recognition – correction of prior year

treatment)

Listing and issuance fees (listing fees) for the year ended

31 December 2025 were $16.6 million. Listing fees

consist of revenue from:

•initial listing fees;

•secondary capital raising fees; and

•annual listing fees.

Initial and secondary listing fees are deferred and

recognised over the period the Group expects to provide

listing services. Annual listing fees are recognised evenly

over the period the service is provided.

During the year ended 31 December 2025 the Group

restated its accounting policy for listing fees and has

restated comparative information accordingly. The

restatement changed the pattern over which certain

listing fees are recognised, and impacted revenue,

unearned income and retained earnings.

We considered this a key audit matter because:

•listing fees represent a significant revenue stream

for the Group;

•there is judgement involved in determining the

Group’s performance obligations under listing

arrangements and the period over which listing

services are expected to be provided; and

•the restatement of the listing fees accounting policy

has a significant impact on the current and prior

period financial information.

Our procedures included, amongst others:

•Obtaining an understanding and evaluating the design of

the Group’s relevant controls over the recognition and

deferral of listing fees revenue.

•Evaluating the Group’s revised accounting policy for listing

fees, including:

-understanding the nature of the Group’s obligations

under listing arrangements;

-assessing the identification of performance

obligations; and

-assessing whether the revised policy is consistent

with the requirements of NZ IFRS 15 Revenue from

Contracts with Customers (NZ IFRS 15) and other

applicable NZ IFRS and IFRS Accounting Standards.

•Assessing the Group’s judgement in determining the period

over which listing services are expected to be provided for

initial and secondary listings (including the five-year and

three-year deferral periods adopted).

•Testing the application of the revised accounting policy to

individual listing arrangements by:

-agreeing key contract terms to executed agreements

or approved fee schedules;

-recalculating unearned and recognised revenue for

initial and secondary listings; and

-checking whether revenue was recognised in the

appropriate period with reference to external market

announcements and listing dates.

•Assessing the Group’s restatement of comparative

information by:

-recalculating the restated amounts for revenue,

unearned income and retained earnings;

-assessing the consistency of the restatement across

the financial statements; and

-evaluating the adequacy of the disclosures in Notes 8

and 9, including the description of the revised

accounting policy, the nature and rationale for the

restatement, and the quantitative impact on current

and comparative periods, against the requirements of

NZ IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in

Accounting Estimates and Errors and NZ IFRS 15.



Our audit approach

Overview


Overall group materiality: $1,470,000, which represents approximately 5% of Profit before income

tax.

In determining our materiality, we have considered the financial metrics which we believed to be

relevant and concluded that Profit before income tax was the most appropriate benchmark. This is

because the Group is profit-orientated. We consider that the resulting materiality level is

appropriate for the size and complexity of the Group and relevant to the users of the financial

statements.

Full scope audits were performed for four entities in the Group based on their financial

significance;

Specified audit procedures and analytical review procedures were performed on the remaining

entities.

As reported above, we have two key audit matters, being:

• Goodwill impairment assessment

• Listing fees revenue recognition - correction of prior period treatment

As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the

financial statements. In particular, we considered where management made subjective judgements; for example, in

respect of significant accounting estimates that involved making assumptions and considering future events that are

inherently uncertain. As in all of our audits, we also addressed the risk of management override of internal controls,

including among other matters, consideration of whether there was evidence of bias that represented a risk of

material misstatement due to fraud.

Materiality

The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. An audit is designed to obtain reasonable

assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement. Misstatements may arise

due to fraud or error. They are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be

expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial statements.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined certain quantitative thresholds for materiality, including the

overall group materiality for the financial statements as a whole as set out above. These, together with qualitative

considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit, the nature, timing and extent of our audit

procedures, and to evaluate the effect of misstatements, both individually and in the aggregate, on the financial

statements as a whole.

How we tailored our group audit scope

We tailored the scope of our audit in order to perform sufficient work to enable us to provide an opinion on the

financial statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the Group, the accounting processes and

controls, and the industries in which the Group operates.



Other matter

The financial statements of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2024, were audited by another auditor who

expressed an unmodified opinion on those financial statements on 20 February 2025.

Other information

The Directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included

in the Annual Report, but does not include the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon.

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of

audit opinion or assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in

doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our

knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If, based on the work we have

performed on the other information that we obtained prior to the date of this auditor’s report, we conclude that

there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to

report in this regard.

Responsibilities of the Directors for the financial statements

The Directors are responsible, on behalf of the Company, for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial

statements in accordance with NZ IFRS and IFRS Accounting Standards, and for such internal control as the

Directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material

misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a

going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern, and using the going concern basis of

accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or have no realistic

alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements, as a whole, are free from

material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion.

Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with

ISAs (NZ) and ISAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud

or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to

influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located at the External

Reporting Board’s website at:

https://www.xrb.govt.nz/standards/assurance-standards/auditors-responsibilities/audit-report-1-1/

This description forms part of our auditor’s report.



Who we report to

This report is made solely to the Company’s shareholders, as a body. Our audit work has been undertaken so that

we might state those matters which we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose.

To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company

and the Company’s shareholders, as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditor’s report is Christopher Barber.

For and on behalf of:

PricewaterhouseCoopers Wellington

25 February 2026

Statutory
Information

NZX Annual Report 2025

130

NZX Annual Report 2025
1. BUSINESS OPERATIONS

There have been no changes in core business undertakings

of NZX Limited (the Company or NZX) or its subsidiaries

during the year.

2. INTERESTS REGISTER

NZX is required to maintain an interests register in which

particulars of certain transactions and matters involving the

directors must be recorded.

3. DIRECTORS' INTERESTS

The following are particulars of the disclosures of interest by

directors holding office during the accounting period.

DirectorInterestEntity

John

McMahon

Director and

Chair

Solution Dynamics

Limited

DirectorAofrio Limited

DirectorVital Limited (ceased

during period)

Dame Paula

Rebstock

DirectorVector Limited

1

DirectorAIA New Zealand

Limited

DirectorAuckland One Rail

Director and

Chair

Asia Pacific Healthcare

Group

DirectorSealink New Zealand

DirectorBluecurrent Australia

and New Zealand

ChairNew Zealand Post

ChairReview of New Zealand’s

competition framework

Lindsay

Wright

DirectorNavigator Global

Investments Limited

DirectorMilford ANZ (Milford

Australia Pty Limited and

Milford Asset

Management Limited

and subsidiaries -Milford

Funds Limited and

Milford Private Wealth

Limited)

DirectorSpark New Zealand

Limited (commenced

during period)

Frank

Aldridge

DirectorClaybrook Holdings

DirectorAvion Private Limited

Shareholder

(indirect)

Craigs Investment

Partners Limited (CIP)

Elaine

Campbell

Executive GM,

Access

Chorus Limited (ceased

during period)

Chief Legal,

Governance

and External

Relations Officer

SkyCity Entertainment

Group Limited

(commenced during

period)

DirectorInterestEntity

Peter Jessup

Owner/DirectorKatipo Consulting Pty

Limited

Consultant to

assist with

developing

Accenture’s

(ANZ and

global) Capital

Markets

consulting and

Systems

Integration

business

(contractor)

Accenture

Rachel Walsh

Owner/DirectorRJ Consulting Limited –

management

consultancy services

DirectorChartered Accountants

ANZ

Member

Transition

Working Group

Asteron Life Limited

(ceased during period)

DirectorAsteron Life Limited

(commenced during

period)

DirectorIAG New Zealand

Limited and IAG (NZ)

Holdings Limited

1Dame Paula Rebstock also acts as a director for a number of related companies of

Vector Limited relating to Vector metering.

4. INFORMATION USED BY DIRECTORS

There were no notices from directors of the Company

requesting to disclose or use Company Information

received in their capacity as directors that would not

otherwise have been available to them.

5. DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION

Please see page 72 for a breakdown of individual and total

directors’ remuneration.

131

9. Statutory information

NZX Annual Report 2025
6. INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE OF

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

NZX pays premiums in respect of directors’ liability

insurance. The policies do not specify a premium

for individuals.

The insurance provides cover against costs and expenses

involved in defending legal actions and any damages

or judgments awarded or entered against the individual,

settlements negotiated and any legal costs or expenses

awarded against the individual arising from a liability

to persons (other than the company or a related body

corporate) incurred in their position as a director unless

the conduct involves a wilful breach of duty, improper

use of insider information or position to gain any profit

or advantage or any criminal, dishonest, fraudulent or

malicious acts or omissions or any knowing or wilful

violation of any statute or regulation.

NZX has granted indemnities to NZX directors and NZX-

appointed directors of operating subsidiaries in relation to

potential liabilities and costs they may incur for acts or

omissions in their role as a director of NZX or an NZX

subsidiary. Similar exclusions to those described in the

previous paragraph on insurance apply.

7. SUBSIDIARY COMPANY DIRECTORS

The directors of all NZX subsidiaries during the year are

as follows:

Clearing House entities

New Zealand Clearing and Depository Corporation Limited

•Roger Bayly

•Felicity Gibson

•Graham Law

•Mark Peterson

New Zealand Clearing Limited

•Graham Law

•Mark Peterson

New Zealand Depository Limited

•Graham Law

•Mark Peterson

New Zealand Depository Nominee Limited

•Graham Law

•Mark Peterson

Other NZX subsidiaries

Energy Clearing House Limited

•Graham Law

•Mark Peterson

Smartshares Limited

•Guy Elliffe (independent director) (ceased

31 December 2025)

•Graham Law

•Mark Peterson

•Jon Raby (independent director) (appointed

1 October 2025)

•John Williams (independent director)

Smart Limited (prior to 15 January 2025, Superlife Limited)

•Graham Law

•Mark Peterson

Smart Investment Management Limited

•Graham Law

•Mark Peterson

NZX Wealth Technologies Limited

•Kathryn Jaggard

•Graham Law

•Mark Peterson

NZX WT Nominees Limited

•Graham Law

•Mark Peterson

NZX WT Nominees (Superannuation) Limited

•Graham Law

•Mark Peterson

NZX Regulation Limited

•Elaine Campbell

•Philippa Dunphy

•John Hawkins

•Michael Heron KC

•David Hunt (appointed 1 January 2025)

•Trevor Janes (ceased 31 December 2025)

New Zealand Exchange Limited

•Graham Law

•Mark Peterson

NZX Holding No. 4 Limited

•Graham Law

•Mark Peterson

132

NZX Annual Report 2025
The directors of NZX’s subsidiary companies who are not

NZX employees or directors of NZX Limited, have declared

interests in the following entities:

Subsidiary

directors (Non-

NZX directors)

InterestEntity

David Hunt

Deputy ChairAccident

Compensation

Corporation

DirectorDairyNZ Limited

1

DirectorNorthpower Limited

2

DirectorWEL Networks

Limited

3

Consulting

Associate

Concept Consulting

Group Limited

Guy Elliffe

Corporate

Governance

Manager

Accident

Compensation

Corporation

John Hawkins

DirectorPines Apartments

Limited

DirectorIsola Trustees Limited

Michael Heron

KC

BarristerMike Heron KC

DirectorImmediation New

Zealand Limited

DirectorBritomart Chambers

Limited

DirectorAgreeable Limited

Kathryn

Jaggard

ConsultantNZX Limited

Philippa

Dunphy

DirectorTuatahi First Fibre

Limited

DirectorDangerous Goods

Compliance Limited

Trevor Janes

DirectorSelenium Corporation

Limited

DirectorRovert Investments

Limited (ceased

during period)

Indirect

Shareholder

Certus Solutions

Limited (ceased

during the period)

Indirect

Shareholder

Ignition Data Limited

1David Hunt also acts as a director for subsidiaries of DairyNZ Limited.

2David Hunt also acts as a director for subsidiaries of Northpower Limited.

3David Hunt also acts as a director for subsidiaries of WEL Networks Limited.

Please see page 72 for the total amount of remuneration

and other benefits which independent directors of an NZX

subsidiary were entitled to during 2025.

8. DONATIONS

During the year NZX made donations to charitable

organisations of $5,049. NZX does not make

political donations.

9. EMPLOYEE REMUNERATION

Please see page 70 for a breakdown of NZX

Group employees and former employees who received

remuneration and other benefits, including non-cash

benefits and share based remuneration in excess of

$100,000 per annum.

10. DIRECTOR TRANSACTIONS IN SECURITIES

OF THE PARENT COMPANY

DirectorSecurities held (legally

and beneficially) at

31 December 2025

(Subordinated Notes)

Securities held (legally

and beneficially) at

31 December 2025

(Ordinary Shares)

John

McMahon

Nil300,000

Dame

Paula

Rebstock

Nil28,620

Lindsay

Wright

Nil18,696

Frank

Aldridge

Nil100,577

Elaine

Campbell

Nil31,738

Peter

Jessup

Nil111,031

Rachel

Walsh

Nil59,654

11. AUDITORS

The external auditor of the parent company and the Group

is PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC). They provide audit and

other services, for which their remuneration in 2025 was

as follows:

Group $000

Total audit fees315

Total agreed-upon

procedures engagements

10

Total taxation compliance services45

Total remuneration paid to

Group auditors

370

Agreed-upon procedures engagement fees relate to

the annual depository engagement of New Zealand

Depository Limited and the Net Tangible Assets procedures

engagement of Smartshares Limited.

Taxation compliance services relate to the review of

research & development tax credit supplementary returns

for NZX Limited, Smartshares Limited and NZX Wealth

Technologies Limited.

133

9. Statutory information

NZX Annual Report 2025
12. TOP 20 SECURITY HOLDERS

The following table shows the names and holdings of

the 20 largest holders of NZX ordinary shares as at

31 December 2025:

Investor nameShares held% of issued

shares

HSBC Nominees (New

Zealand) Limited

26,657,0268.11

Custodial Services Limited

24,472,9207.45

Citibank Nominees (Nz) Ltd

24,064,1857.32

Bnp Paribas Nominees NZ

Limited Bpss40

22,725,6786.92

Accident Compensation

Corporation

21,673,9836.60

JPMORGAN Chase Bank

21,456,9106.53

FNZ Custodians Limited

13,793,1004.20

Nigel Charles Babbage

11,700,0003.56

New Zealand Depository

Nominee9,831,1952.99

Apex Custodian Nominees

7,178,0302.18

Cip Tui Holdings Limited

6,569,0692.00

David Mitchell Odlin

6,482,9111.97

Forsyth Barr Custodians

Limited6,086,6601.85

Mirrabooka Investments

Limited6,050,0001.84

Premier Nominees Limited

5,058,7761.54

New Zealand Permanent

Trustees Limited3,123,6370.95

Pt Booster Investments

Nominees Limited2,940,0000.89

Mmc   Queen Street

Nominees Ltd Acf Salt

Funds Management

2,090,8870.64

Michael Robert Mayger &

Eleanor Margaret Mayger1,930,1550.59

Forsyth Barr Custodians

Limited1,904,9340.58

The following table shows the names and holdings of

the 20 largest holders of NZX Subordinated Notes as at

31 December 2025:

Investor nameShares held% of

issued

shares

Forsyth Barr Custodians

Limited

13,024,00032.56

FNZ Custodians Limited4,085,00010.21

Custodial Services Limited2,789,0006.97

New Zealand Permanent

Trustees Limited2,680,0006.70

Forsyth Barr Custodians

Limited

1,087,0002.72

Graeme Laurence Beckett &

Janine Dale Beckett

1,076,0002.69

JBWERE (Nz) Nominees

Limited

948,0002.37

Nzx Wt Nominees Limited787,0001.97

Adams Family & Richard

Barton Adams & Allison Ruth

Adams750,0001.88

Forsyth Barr Custodians

Limited353,0000.88

Carlton Cornwall Bowls Inc255,0000.64

Janet Andrea De Lu250,0000.63

Investment Custodial

Services Limited220,0000.55

Rodney Gavin Shayle

Callender200,0000.50

Ronald William White &

Jennifer Jean White200,0000.50

Xiang Zhou & Yafan Wu169,0000.42

Forsyth Barr Custodians

Limited167,0000.42

Cardett Family & Elizabeth

Anne Burdett & Philip John

Castle & Stevens Orchard

Trustees (Cardett) Limited150,0000.38

Robert John Peek150,0000.38

Forsyth Barr Custodians

Limited150,0000.38

134

NZX Annual Report 2025
13. SPREAD OF ORDINARY SHAREHOLDERS AS

AT 31 DECEMBER 2025

The following table shows the spread of NZX Ordinary

Shares as at 31 December 2025:

SHAREHOLDERSSHARES

Size of holdingNumber%Number%

1 - 1,000

79519.9404,8750.1

1,001 - 5,000

75718.92,283,7130.7

5,001 - 10,000

81620.46,371,3761.9

10,001 - 50,000

1,28032.028,457,2688.7

50,001 - 100,000

1824.612,847,5653.9

Greater than

100,000

1674.2278,170,65184.7

Total3,997100328,535,448100

The following table shows the spread of NZX

Subordinated Notes as at 31 December 2025:

SHAREHOLDERSSHARES

Size of holdingNumber%Number%

1 - 1,000

----

1,001 - 5,000

5310.9   265,0000.6

5,001 - 10,000

12525.61,154,0002.9

10,001 - 50,000

26854.97,034,00017.6

50,001 - 100,000

183.71,480,0003.7

Greater than

100,000

244.930,067,00075.2

Total48810040,000,000100

14. SUBSTANTIAL PRODUCT HOLDERS

The following information is given pursuant to section

293 of the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013 (FMCA).

According to NZX’s records and disclosures made pursuant

to section 280 (1)(b) of the FMCA, the following were

substantial product holders in NZX as at

31 December

2025. The total number of voting securities on issue as at

31 December 2025 was 328,535,448.

Class

Relevant

Interest

% of Issued

shares

Accident

Compensation

Corporation (ACC)

Ordinary

shares

22,215,1706.762

Spheria Asset

Management Pty Ltd

Ordinary

shares

20,362,5256.198

15. WAIVERS FROM LISTING RULES AND

INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR CERTIFICATES

On 15 December 2021, NZX received a waiver from the

Special Division of the NZ Markets Disciplinary Tribunal in

respect of Listing Rule 2.11 as it concerns the directors’

fees for the independent directors of NZ RegCo. The

waiver effectively provides that, subject to its conditions,

the independent directors of NZ RegCo are not within

the scope of Listing Rule 2.11, which would otherwise

require their director fees to be paid from the NZX

shareholder approved NZX director fee pool (as adjusted

for the number of directors overall) and require shareholder

approval from NZX's shareholders for any increase in

their remuneration.

The waiver was sought to increase the separation

between NZX’s commercial and regulatory arms and

support the independence of NZ RegCo and its board,

recognising NZ RegCo’s unique regulatory function. Going

forward, and as a condition of the waiver, the remuneration

for the independent directors of NZ RegCo will be set

based on remuneration benchmarking advice and subject

to approval of the NZ RegCo board in accordance with

the Companies Act procedures and also the NZX board

(not to be unreasonably withheld). The remuneration of

the directors of NZX (including of any NZX directors who

are also directors of NZ RegCo) remains subject to NZX

shareholder approval in the usual way under Listing Rule

2.11. All remuneration of directors of companies in the NZX

group will continue to be disclosed in the annual report of

NZX, as is required by the Companies Act. This waiver will

also be referred to in notices of meeting and annual reports

going forward, where relevant in the context of director

remuneration matters.

A copy of the waiver decision was released to the market

on 22 December 2021.  This waiver was relied upon by NZX

during the 2025 financial year.

16. SECURITIES ISSUED BY NZX

NZX’s ordinary shares are quoted on the NZX Main Board.

In 2018 NZX introduced an employee share scheme and

CEO share scheme based on the issue of performance

rights, which are subject to certain entitlement criteria

before performance rights may vest and the holder can

acquire shares in NZX. For as long as performance rights

issued under these schemes are subject to these restrictions

they, and any shares which may be issued following the

exercise of performance rights, are not quoted on any

market and will not be quoted on any market until such

time as they vest in the relevant participants. In 2022, NZX

introduced a Share Purchase Plan for directors to align

directors’ incentives with shareholders, which provides that

a portion of the directors’ base fees will be used to acquire

NZX Limited shares (except where it is not permitted for

compliance purposes, or when certain thresholds are met).

In 2018, NZX issued $40m of unsecured, subordinated

notes with a coupon rate of 5.4% (Subordinated Notes).

These were quoted and traded on the NZX Debt Market

as NZX010. In 2023 NZX ran an election process prior

135

9. Statutory information

NZX Annual Report 2025
to the first election date (Tuesday, 20 June 2023) of

the Subordinated Notes, with the outcome being that

$28,588,000 of the Subordinated Notes were retained by

Holders (subject to the new conditions) and $11,412,000

of the Subordinated Notes were purchased by NZX and

offered for sale.

Trading in the Subordinated Notes (NZX010) was

suspended at the close of business on Tuesday, 2 May

2023. Trading in the Subordinated Notes (under new ticker

NZX020) was resumed on Wednesday, 21 June 2023, being

the trading day immediately following the election date.

Under the election process, the interest rate was required

to be set as the higher of (i) 6.50% per annum and (ii) the

sum of 2.25% per annum plus the mid-market interest swap

rate for a 5 year term starting on 20 June 2023 (adjusted

to a quarterly basis as necessary), as calculated by NZX

in conjunction with the Joint Lead Managers (according

to market convention) on 13 June 2023. The adjusted mid-

market 5 year swap rate on 13 June 2023 was 4.55% per

annum. Therefore, the interest rate on the Subordinated

Notes (NZX020) was set at 6.80% per annum until (but

excluding) the next election date on 20 June 2028. The total

Subordinated Notes (NZX020) on issue as at 31 December

2025 is $40 million.

This report is signed by and on behalf of the board of

NZX Limited by:

John McMahon

Chair of the Board

Lindsay Wright

Chair of the Audit and Risk

Committee

136

Appendices
NZX Annual Report 2025

137

NZX Annual Report 2025
Appendix 1

NZX 2025 CLIMATE REPORT (REPORT)

This Report relates to NZX Limited (NZX) and all wholly owned subsidiaries (together, the NZX Group), and all references to

we, us, our, NZX and NZX Group should be interpreted accordingly.

All references to $ in this Report are to New Zealand dollars, and references to FY24 or FY25 are, unless the context

otherwise requires, to balances or amounts at the end of those financial years, being 31 December. All references to year on

year (YoY) comparisons are to 2024 financial year to 2025 financial year comparisons.

Changes to New Zealand Climate-related Disclosures regime

On 22 October 2025 the Government announced

1

that it plans to make changes to Part 7A of the Financial Markets Conduct

Act 2013 (FMCA) which, once implemented, will adjust the thresholds used to determine whether an entity is a climate

reporting entity (

CRE) and therefore required to prepare climate statements or group climate statements that comply with

the Aotearoa New Zealand Climate Standards (ANZ Climate Standards) issued by the External Reporting Board.   The

proposed changes have now been included in the Financial Markets Amendment Conduct Bill, which is progressing through

the legislative process.

On 28 October 2025 the Financial Markets Authority (FMA) announced ‘No action’ relief’

2

for entities that are climate

reporting entities under the existing legislation but are expecting their climate reporting obligations to cease once

legislation is passed (

No Action Relief). The No Action Relief means that those CREs will face no action from the FMA

for failing to meet any obligation under Part 7A (including by not preparing group climate statements) for their 2025/2026

reporting period.

Based on the proposed amendments to the FMCA, NZX will not be a CRE once the FMCA is amended. As such, NZX

is able to rely on the FMA’s No Action Relief and therefore is not preparing group climate statements compliant with ANZ

Climate Standards for the period ending 31 December 2025.  However, NZX considers that certain information relating to

NZX's climate and sustainability activity is likely to be of interest to its stakeholders and is accordingly publishing this Report.

Disclaimer

This Report is not a climate statement that complies with the ANZ Climate Standards, but outlines certain information

about NZX's climate and sustainability activity for the period ending 31 December 2025. No part of this Report is

intended to comply with the requirements of the ANZ Climate Standards. Similarity between the content and format

of this Report and the requirements of the ANZ Climate Standards is for convenience and comparability to previous

climate statements by NZX only. This Report is provided for general information purposes only.

Important notice

This Report contains information that (unless otherwise noted) NZX considers to be accurate as at 31 December 2025.

However, this Report contains both current and forward-looking information relating to the climate and its impacts that is

inherently uncertain and is based on estimates, assumptions, and/or limited or incomplete data. Should matters change

following the publication of this Report, NZX does not represent that it will update the information in this Report (subject to

any legal obligations to do so).

This Report contains forward-looking statements and opinions (for example, targets, risks and opportunities, climate-

related scenarios and anticipated impacts), which are based on information, expectations, estimates and assumptions

that may change over time. While NZX believes these to be reasonable, there are a number of risks, uncertainties

and assumptions associated with such forward-looking statements, and they should not be taken as guarantees of

future performance.

Whether or not the NZX Group meets targets, commitments or intentions expressed in this Report is subject to known

and unknown risks and uncertainties, and will depend on a number of factors, including factors outside of NZX’s control.

It is likely actual results will vary from those contemplated by these forward-looking statements and such variations may

be material.

This Report is not an offer document and should not be taken as financial, legal or tax advice. NZX cautions against

reliance being placed upon any forward-looking statements and information that is subject to uncertainty.

Smartshares Limited (Smart) is a wholly owned NZX subsidiary and a manager of managed investment schemes

(including registered schemes). This Report does not include

financed emissions associated with the investments made

1

https://www.beehive.govt.nz/release/commonsense-changes-boost-capital-markets

2

https://www.fma.govt.nz/business/services/climate-reporting-entities/no-action-relief-for-cre/

138

NZX Annual Report 2025
by Smart's registered schemes. Operational emissions arising from the Smart operating entity are included in this disclosure

as Smart is a wholly owned entity of NZX. Please refer to section 4 of this Report for information about the NZX Group's

greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions.

1. GOVERNANCE 

NZX’s Board of Directors (Board) is the governance body responsible for oversight of NZX’s climate-related strategy, risks,

opportunities and performance. The NZX Audit and Risk Committee (ARC) supports the Board by providing governance

oversight for the monitoring of climate-related risks and related reporting, considering relevant Environmental, Social and

Governance (

ESG) matters (including climate-related risks and opportunities) as a standing agenda annually, and providing

oversight of the scenario analysis process by reviewing and providing feedback on the scenarios and associated risks (with

ultimate Board approval). ARC provides reports to the Board on the progress of relevant ESG matters as appropriate.

The NZX Chief Executive (NZX CEO) has overall responsibility for NZX's management of climate-related risks and

opportunities and is supported by the General Manager Corporate Affairs & Sustainability and the Chief Risk Officer. The

Chief Risk Officer is responsible for overall risk assessment and management, including the incorporation of risks into NZX’s

risk register. In addition, the Chief Financial & Corporate Officer and the NZX finance team work closely with the General

Manager Corporate Affairs & Sustainability to provide financial analysis in this area.

The General Manager of Corporate Affairs & Sustainability, leads the NZX Sustainability function and is responsible for

day-to-day management of:

•NZX’s climate-related disclosures;

•ESG strategy development;

•ESG data and analysis;

•Sustainability initiatives;

•ESG reporting; and

•NZX's Toitū Envirocare "net carbonzero" certification programme.

In addition, the Risk Management Committee (which includes the Chief Risk Officer and General Manager Corporate

Affairs & Sustainability) supports the NZX CEO in providing oversight of NZX’s approach to climate-related risk matters

(alongside broader ESG matters). In particular, the Risk Management Committee reviews the risk database monthly and

climate-related matters (i.e. materiality assessment and related risks and opportunities) are reviewed as part of this process

when the Chief Risk Officer considers them to be relevant for the Risk Management Committee. The findings and reports of

the Risk Management Committee are reported to the ARC through the Chief Risk Officer’s reporting.

The Sustainability function, in conjunction with key internal stakeholders engages with business units across the NZX

Group to identify, assess and manage climate risks and opportunities as they arise, including those identified via scenario

analysis. Where identified, climate-related risks and opportunities may be escalated to the appropriate management

committee. For example, these risks may be escalated to the Risk Management Committee, and in turn to the Audit and

Risk Committee and/or the Board. In FY24, NZX integrated climate-related opportunities into our Operating Responsibly

framework, which is described further in the strategy section, and work is ongoing to formalise our approach to the

management of climate-related opportunities.


2. STRATEGY

2.1. Current impacts

Based on the risk identification and assessment processes within the NZX Group Risk Management Framework (RMF), NZX

did not experience any material climate-related physical impacts in FY25.

In relation to transition impacts, the NZX Group offers a range of climate-related products and services, with a view to

supporting New Zealand's climate transition and providing the NZX Group with more diversified streams of revenue.


Green bonds

As well as capital raising to strengthen balance sheets, funds are raised via NZX-operated markets to provide for a range

of wellbeing initiatives, including environmental and climate-focused projects. The establishment of Green and Sustainability

bond segments in the NZDX Debt Market has enabled NZX to diversify the types of issuances in our markets.


Ethical and principle-based funds

Smart offers a range of investment options through its Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs) and SuperLife funds that

include socially responsible investment (SRI) exclusions, systematic ESG screening, and/or proxy voting policies relating

to sustainability. Some of these exclusions, screens and policies relate to the climate, although they also cover a wider range

of factors.


139

10. Appendices

NZX Annual Report 2025
Carbon and energy markets

Together with the European Energy Exchange (EEX), NZX manages auctions of New Zealand Units under the New

Zealand Emissions Trading Scheme, which are scheduled quarterly.

2.2. Scenario analysis

The NZX Group engages in a process of scenario analysis to assist in identifying and monitoring its climate-related risks and

develop a better understanding of the resilience of the NZX Group's business model and strategy.

NZX considers the scenario analysis process it undertook in 2023 remains appropriate given the long-term nature of

the scenarios used. The scenario analysis process involved adapting the climate-related scenario narratives for the financial

services sector in New Zealand developed by the Financial Services Council (FSC)

1

.

NZX evaluates climate-related risks under three scenarios: Orderly (global average temperature increase is limited to

1.5°C by 2100), Too Little Too Late (global average temperature increases by more than 2°C by 2100), and Hot House (global

average temperature increases by more than 3°C by 2100). We select these three scenarios as we deem them particularly

relevant to the New Zealand context and the financial sector in which we operate, as well as to explore the possible risks we

could be exposed to under ambitious transition scenarios that achieve global net-zero. These scenarios are well grounded in

science and enable us to align us with the FSC’s scenarios, facilitating within-sector comparability.

We align the time horizons through which we undertake the scenario analysis to the NZX Group’s operational and

strategic planning horizons, whereby operational decision-making is aligned with short- and medium-term horizons and

strategic planning is aligned with a long-term horizon. These are also consistent with the timelines of our emissions reduction

targets. The end-point of our scenario analysis is 2050.

Time horizons:

- Short-term (2025 – 2026)

- Medium-term (2026 – 2030)

- Long-term (2030 – 2050)

For a full description of scenario assumptions, please refer to the FSC’s report.

2.3. Overview of risks and opportunities

During FY25, NZX undertook a review of the climate-related risks and opportunities it disclosed in its climate statements for

the financial year ending 31 December 2024 to improve the clarity and relevance of our reporting. This process involved

assessing the risk rating of each item against the NZX risk assessment matrix to determine materiality to the business. As

a result, only risks and opportunities assessed as having a “moderate”, “significant” or “severe” risk rating in NZX's risk

assessment matrix are presented in this year’s disclosure. This approach to materiality contrasts with last year’s disclosures,

whereby all identified risks and opportunities were deemed material in accordance with the definition of materiality in the

ANZ Climate Standards, irrespective of the risk assessment under NZX’s RMF. The full inventory of risks and opportunities

identified in prior years continues to be monitored through our ongoing internal risk management processes, even where

not disclosed individually. In addition, the anticipated impacts disclosed are the impacts that the NZX Group reasonably

expects if the risks were to eventuate.

Consistent with the scenario analysis, we aligned the time horizons through which we evaluate climate-related risks and

opportunities to the NZX Group’s operational and strategic planning horizons.

Transition risks are those related to the transition to a low-emissions, climate-resilient global and domestic economy, such

as policy, legal, technology, market and reputation changes associated with the mitigation and adaptation requirements

relating to climate change. Physical risks are those relating to the physical impacts of climate change, including via

temperature, rainfall, storms, extreme weather events, and sea-level rise.

1

Financial Services Council (2023) Climate scenario narratives for the financial services sector. Retrieved August 2023, from www.fsc.org.nz/report/climate-scenario-

narratives-for-the-financial-services-sector sector.

140

NZX Annual Report 2025
Climate-related risks

2

The below table provides an overview of identified risks material to the NZX Group, anticipated impacts, and measures of

risk mitigation adopted to address those risks. Materiality was determined using the RMF criteria. The table also shows the

likelihood of climate-related risks materialising in the three scenarios.

Not likely to be presentLikely to be presentVery likely to be present

Risk SubtypeRisk Description

Anticipated

Business

Impacts

Anticipated

Financial

Impacts

Time

HorizonRisk Mitigation

Orderly

(1.50°C)

Too

Little

Too

Late

(>2°C)

Hot

House

(>3°C)

Transition Risks

Risk Type: Policy & Legal

Misalignment

of regulations

Risk that in the global

transition to lower

emissions economies,

action or inaction by

competitor markets

(e.g. competitors act

faster to set up new

markets; or relative

regulatory costs in

different countries)

leads to higher

compliance costs in

NZ. During the

transition to a lower

emission global

economy, there is a

risk that NZX’s market

policy becomes

inappropriate

because it is either

too onerous or out of

step with global

practice, including as

a result of broader

New Zealand

legislative settings.

Loss of

customers

(i.e. data)

Loss of

trading and

listing activity

(including

delistings)

Competitive

disadvantage

for NZX

Regulatory

arbitrage

Negative

reputational

impact

Reduced

revenue

Short-

and

medium-

term

NZX utilises the World

Federation of

Exchanges (WFE) and

the Sustainable Stock

Exchanges Initiative

(SSEI), international

forums for cooperation

between exchanges, to

monitor global trends.

NZX also continuously

monitors regulatory

changes and

proactively engages

with the Government,

MBIE, External

Reporting Board, and

the FMA with a view to

reducing regulatory

disincentive for entities

to become listed.

Increased

cost of

compliance

Risk that the rapidly

changing regulatory

obligations for NZX

(as a listed issuer)

leads to NZX not

meeting its

obligations.

Increased

expenses

related to

monitoring

and

responding

to regulatory

change.

Negative

regulatory or

reputational

impact.

Increased

costs

Short-

and

medium-

term

NZX adopts a

proactive approach

toward regulatory

compliance and

manages its exposure

to regulatory risk by

practicing strong

corporate governance,

as well as developing

and adhering to

internal policies and

procedures.

2

The traffic light system used to assess the likelihood of risks to be present under each scenario was adapted from FSC’s Climate scenario narratives for the financial services

sector report.

141

10. Appendices

NZX Annual Report 2025
Risk SubtypeRisk Description

Anticipated

Business

Impacts

Anticipated

Financial

Impacts

Time

HorizonRisk Mitigation

Orderly

(1.50°C)

Too

Little

Too

Late

(>2°C)

Hot

House

(>3°C)

Physical Risks

Risk Type: Chronic

Sea level rise

Risk that climate

related change in

weather patterns

leads to increased

operating costs.

Damage to

infrastructure, e.g.

office damages due

to water levels rise in

Wellington.

Risk that the potential

pathways of global

and local climate

transition lead to

impacts on the

strategic growth or

performance of one

or more of NZX-listed

issuers.

Increased

operating

costs

(financing/

insurance)

Loss of listing

activity

Disruption to

operations

and supply

chain

Stranded

assets

Reduced

revenue

Increased

costs

Stranded

assets

Medium-

and

long-

term

The NZX Group

monitors the possible

impacts on each NZX

facility with reference

to the latest hazard

maps, weather data,

and other information.

In addition, NZX has

remote working

procedures and

business continuity

plans that are tested at

regular interval. NZX

notes these steps will

not mitigate the risks to

NZX listed companies

associated with

climate, many of which

are outside of NZX’s

control.

Increase in

mean

temperature

Water stress

& drought

Climate-related opportunities

The below table provides an overview of the NZX Group’s climate-related opportunities, material to our business, and

their anticipated impacts. Materiality was determined using the RMF criteria that were applied to climate-related risks. All

identified climate-related opportunities are transitional.

Opportunity

Type

Opportunity

SubtypeDescription

Anticipated

Business Impact

Anticipated

Financial

Impact

Time

Horizon

Markets

Carbon

Markets

NZX made a successful entry into the compliance carbon

market with the launch of the emission unit (NZU) auction

service for the New Zealand Government’s Emissions

Trading Scheme in 2021. NZX’s operation of the NZU

auctions positions us well to further assist with secondary

market liquidity development. NZX is actively involved

in public consultations relating to further improving the

market infrastructure in New Zealand’s secondary markets

for carbon.

Increased carbon

market activity

Increased

revenue

Short-

and

medium-

term

142

NZX Annual Report 2025
2.4. Strategic positioning

In relation to transition planning, the NZX Group updated

its sustainability framework (now named ‘Operating

Responsibly’) in 2024, including the ‘Planet’ pillar, to

guide the NZX Group’s climate transition planning and

further embed climate considerations into the NZX Group’s

wider strategic decision-making. The refreshed ‘Operating

Responsibly’ framework is informed by the results of the

NZX Group’s 2023 stakeholder materiality assessment,

which identified the material topics relevant to the NZX

Group's operations. For further details, please refer to NZX’s

Strategic Priorities on page 32.

The Planet pillar of the Operating Responsibly

framework outlines five key topics related to environmental

sustainability: (1) decarbonisation, (2) disclosure and

transparency, (3) stakeholder engagement, (4) sustainability

products and services, and (5) partnership. The following

diagram depicts the key topics under the Planet pillar of the

Operating Responsibly framework.

3. RISK MANAGEMENT

NZX's processes for identifying, assessing and managing climate-related risks are integrated within the RMF via the NZX risk

hierarchy which allows for the mapping of all business unit level risks captured on the risk register (including those related

to climate) to one of the enterprise level risks categories listed on pages 76 to 80, with all those identified to date (including

those identified via scenario analysis as outlined in section 2 of this Report) mapping to one of the existing enterprise level

risk categories.

The scenario analysis exercise outlined in section 2 of this Report is the key tool NZX uses to identify climate-related risks

to our business, although risks may also be identified on an ad hoc basis as they arise. NZX's scenario analysis considers

short-, medium- and long-term time horizons. The use of time horizons alongside existing probability considerations to

assess a risk’s likelihood was implemented in 2024 to acknowledge the inherent differences between climate risks and

other operational or business risks, including that climate-related risks are not likely to occur over timeframes that fit into a

traditional risk matrix. This change has also facilitated further integration of these risks within the RMF, enabling us to better

monitor these risks alongside other business risks. The inclusion of time horizons as an additional assessment consideration

further aids consistency of assessment. To strengthen oversight of climate-related risks, the RMF was updated in 2025 with

formalised climate-related risk management procedures added to its appendix.

Once climate-related risks are identified, they are included within NZX's risk assessment process, which engages

management at both a business unit and senior leadership level and considers the risks that may impact NZX while in

pursuit of strategic objectives. As part of this assessment process, risks are captured in the NZX Group risk register and

managed by appropriate business functions including defined ownership with oversight and monitoring at a NZX Group

level as outlined in the Governance section of this Report.

Risk assessments are refreshed quarterly with regular risk reporting provided by the Chief Risk Officer to the Board and

the ARC. No significant parts of the value chain have been excluded from the analysis. However, when considering our

supply chain, many suppliers are early in their maturity journey. As a result, NZX’s understanding of climate-related risks

across the whole value chain, particularly the supply chain, is limited by availability and quality of data and information at

this stage.

All of NZX’s risks, including climate-related risks, are managed in line with NZX’s risk appetite. Risks that are deemed to be

severe or high are prioritised for action and regularly reported on internally as part of wider risk reporting.

143

10. Appendices

NZX Annual Report 2025
4. METRICS & TARGETS

4.1. GHG Inventory and emissions reduction progress

2025 represents the fifth consecutive year of the NZX Group’s net carbonzero certification with Toitū Envirocare, applied

across our Scope 1, Scope 2, and certain Scope 3 emissions.

To attain the certification, the NZX Group's operational greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions are evaluated annually and

measured in accordance with international standards for carbon footprints. The NZX Group classifies its inventory categories

to fit within the GHG Protocol requirements.

In addition to measuring our carbon footprint, the NZX Group is required as part of its net carbonzero certification to

formulate plans aimed at actively managing and reducing emissions on a six-year cycle. Remaining emissions are annually

offset through the purchase of certified carbon credits. In FY25 the NZX Group purchased Gold Standard Certified carbon

credits through Toitū Envirocare.

In 2025, our total market-based GHG emissions were 641 tCO

2

e – 6.7% higher than 2024 figures. Applying the baseline

inventory from 2019, which excludes employee commuting, working from home and data centre emissions, the NZX Group’s

total market-based GHG emissions for 2025 are 391.7 tCO

2

e – 22% lower than the baseline year emissions from 2019. The

NZX Group has achieved its 2025 emissions reduction target (described further at section 4.3 below), which only relates to

the scopes of emissions that were included in the baseline inventory.

While our top emission source in 2025 remains air travel, it decreased by 8.3% compared to 2024, driven by a reduction

in long-haul international flight activity. Emissions related to employee commuting, another significant emission source,

increased in 2025.  This was predominantly due to growth in employee count, contributing to a year-on-year increase in

emissions.  NZX also saw an increase in electricity-related emissions, primarily due to the occupation of additional space in

our Auckland CBD office. Market-based electricity data was also affected by the changes to the residual supply factor.

As part of our net carbonzero certification process, our entire GHG inventory has been verified by Toitū Envirocare in

accordance with ISO 14064-1:2018 to a ‘reasonable’ level of assurance. It should be noted, however, that this verification

process is not equivalent to a mandatory assurance engagement required for climate statements under the FMCA and NZ

SAE 1: Assurance Engagements over Greenhouse Gas Emissions Disclosures, including because this Report does not include

all GHG emissions disclosures mandated by the ANZ Climate Standards.

Both location- and market-based emissions were reported where applicable.

The table below summarises GHG emissions data for the NZX Group for the reporting period, as compared to the

previous two years and our baseline data from 2019.

ScopeScope 3 CategoryEmissions sources CO2-e

2019

Tonnes

2023

Tonnes

2024

Tonnes

2025

Tonnes

%

difference

YoY

Scope 1

Direct Emissions (diesel)1.92.60.00.0-

Scope 2

(location-

based)

Electricity (office space + ticker)48.126.536.852.141.6

Electricity (data centre)N/AN/A17.723.231.1

Scope 2

(market-

based)

Electricity (office space + ticker)48.126.531.445.745.5

Electricity (data centre)N/AN/A17.925.844.1

Scope 3

1

3. Fuel- and energy-

related activities (not

included in scope 1

and scope 2)

Transmission & Distribution losses

for purchased electricity

4.33.12.24.081.8

Transmission & Distribution

losses for purchased electricity

(data centre)

N/AN/A1.31.838.5

5. Waste generated

in operations

Office Waste2.328.45.04.6-8.0

Recycling1.80.10.10.1

-6. Business travelAir Travel

•Domestic

•Short haul international

•Long haul international

212.1

33.6

174.9

94.5

25.3

142.0

96.5

37.9

186.6

100.5

34.1

159.8

4.1

-10.0

-14.4

Accommodation8.012.214.313.6-4.9

Fuel Emissions (rental and

other cars)

10.68.64.33.9-9.3

7. Employee

commuting

Employee Commuting

N/A173.8173.8208.820.1

144

NZX Annual Report 2025
ScopeScope 3 CategoryEmissions sources CO2-e

2019

Tonnes

2023

Tonnes

2024

Tonnes

2025

Tonnes

%

difference

YoY

Working From HomeN/A8.89.012.842.2

9. Transportation

and distribution of

sold products

Freight

4.222.320.825.623.1

Total (2019 inventory – location-based)501.9365.5404.4398.1-1.6

Total (2019 inventory – market-based)501.9365.5399.0391.7-1.8

Total (location-based)501.9548.2606.2644.76.4

Total (market-based)501.9548.2601.0641.06.7

1Categories 4, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 were not included, as they are not applicable to NZX Group’s business operations.

N/A – Data was not measured in that year

In measuring GHG emissions, we employ an operational control consolidation approach. The emissions of the NZX

Group including all wholly owned subsidiaries are included. Emissions from GlobalDairyTrade Holdings Limited, in which

NZX holds a one-third share with Fonterra and EEX, are excluded from this consolidation. This is because NZX does not

have operational control over that entity, and NZX has also determined that the emissions from this entity are immaterial.

In addition, four non-operating entities: NZX Holding No. 4 Limited, New Zealand Exchange Limited, Smart Investment

Management Limited, and Smart Limited, are not included in the disclosure. As these entities are non-operating, their

omission does not alter the reported inventory or progress towards targets. We do not specifically exclude any GHG

emissions sources that we have identified within our inventory.

The GHG emissions sources included in our inventory were identified using the methodology outlined in the GHG

Protocol and the Technical Requirements of the Toitū Programme. Where available, the emissions data were collected from

sources with a Toitū Carbon Compatible Certification, where the collected emissions data is independently validated by

Toitū and is suitable for use in ISO 14064-1:2018 and GHG Protocol compliant inventories. For example, air travel and

accommodation emissions were provided by Orbit (NZX’s third party travel agency), which has a Toitū Carbon Compatible

Certification. The rest of the emissions inventory was quantified based on the following calculation approach: ‘Emissions =

activity data x emissions factor’. This calculation methodology is in accordance with the GHG Protocol, utilising emissions

factors and Global Warming Potentials (GWPs) sourced from Ministry for the Environment (MfE), Auckland Council, Exiobase,

the New Zealand Energy Certificate System, and IPCC publications (with the IPCC fifth assessment report preferred).

For instance, employee commuting emissions were estimated based on a group-wide survey results, latest MfE carbon

emission factors, and the number of full-time equivalent (FTE) employees. Overall, there is low uncertainty in regard to the

quantification of GHG emissions and the effect of data extrapolation on the total GHG emissions is immaterial. The table

below summaries the data sources and methods used to calculate GHG emissions.

ScopeScope 3 categoriesEmissions sources CO2-eData sourcesMethods

Scope 1

Direct Emissions

(diesel)

Fuel purchasesCalculation based on fuel purchases and

dollar spend based emissions factors.

Scope 2

(location-

and market-

based)

Electricity (office space

+ ticker)

Electricity usageCalculation based on electricity usage

data and emissions factors. Due to invoice

timing, some emissions for December

2025 were extrapolated based on data

from the previous 11 months.

Electricity (data centre)Electricity usageCalculation based on electricity usage

data and emissions factors.

Scope 3

3. Fuel- and energy-

related activities (not

included in scope 1

and scope 2)

Transmission &

Distribution losses for

purchased electricity

(office space + ticker)

Electricity usageCalculation based on electricity usage

data and emissions factors. Due to invoice

timing, some emissions for December

2025 were extrapolated based on data

from the previous 11 months.

Transmission &

Distribution losses for

purchased electricity

(data centre)

Electricity usageCalculation based on electricity usage

data and emissions factors.

145

10. Appendices

NZX Annual Report 2025
ScopeScope 3 categoriesEmissions sources CO2-eData sourcesMethods

5. Waste generated

in operations

Office WasteWaste

management

reports

Calculation is based on waste weight and

emissions factor. Waste data for Auckland

CBD and Albany offices is extrapolated

from Wellington data based on FTE.

RecyclingWaste

management

reports

Calculation is based on waste weight and

emissions factor. Waste data for Auckland

CBD and Albany offices is extrapolated

from Wellington data based on FTE.

6. Business travelAir TravelEmissions data

provided by

Orbit

AccommodationEmissions data

provided by

Orbit

7. Employee

commuting

Employee CommutingSurvey-based

emissions data

Emissions data for the year is

extrapolated based on group-wide survey

results, latest MfE carbon emission

factors, and FTE figures.

Working From HomeSurvey-based

emissions data

Emissions data for the year is

extrapolated based on group-wide survey

results, latest MfE carbon emission

factors, and FTE figures.

Fuel Emissions (rental

and other cars)

Mileage, taxi,

and rental car

transactions

Calculation based on mileage, taxi,

and rental car transactions and

emissions factors.

9. Transportation

and distribution of

sold products

FreightFreight

transactions

Calculation based on freight transactions

and emissions factor.

4.2. Other metrics

The table below shows the NZX Group’s emissions and energy intensity per FTE and per million dollars of revenue (NZ$).

Our absolute energy consumption increased by 47% between 2024 and 2025, while the energy intensity per million dollars

of revenue has increased by 50% over the same period. The energy intensity per employee remained stable over the past

year. Our air travel emissions intensity per employee decreased by 11% in 2025 compared to 2024.

Metric2019202320242025% difference YoY

Number of full-time employees

226.0341.2338.0356.35.4

Million dollars of revenue (NZ$)

69.6108.4120.1

1

129.07.4

Absolute energy consumption (including

diesel purchases, purchased electricity,

and transmission and distribution

losses) (tCO2-e)

54.332.252.877.647.0

Energy intensity per employee

(tCO2-e / FTE)

0.20.10.20.20.0

Energy intensity per million dollars of

revenue (tCO2-e / revenue)

0.80.30.40.650.0

GHG emissions intensity per employee

2

(tCO2-e / FTE)

2.21.61.81.80.0

GHG emissions intensity per million

dollars of revenue

2

(tCO2-e / revenue)

7.24.95.05.02.0

Total Scope 1 and Scope 2 GHG

emissions intensity per million dollars of

revenue (tCO2-e / revenue)

0.70.30.40.650.0

146

NZX Annual Report 2025
Metric2019202320242025% difference YoY

Scope 3 air travel emissions intensity per

employee (tCO2-e / FTE)

1.90.80.90.8-11.1

1Restated. Refer to the Financial Statements Note 8.

2Includes all Scope 1, 2, and 3 emissions included in the GHG emissions disclosures above.

NZX’s CEO has a KPI that relates to ESG targets, which while not relating to a specific amount of remuneration does

form part of the NZX CEO’s annual review process. This ESG target is cascaded down to the NZX CEO’s direct reports and

considered as part of the annual performance review process (namely through KPI setting and half and full year reviews). This

is unchanged from FY24.

4.3. Climate-related targets

With market-based 2025 GHG emissions being 22% below 2019 levels (excluding employee commuting, WFH, and data

centre emissions, which were added to the inventory subsequently), the NZX Group has achieved its 2025 emissions

reduction target. The NZX Group targeted a 21% reduction in certain absolute Scope 1, 2, and 3 emissions from the 2019

baseline, applying an absolute contraction approach to sources included in our 2019 inventory. This emissions reduction

target did not rely on offsets.

Building on this progress, in 2025 the NZX Group engaged in a target-setting process, involving an external expert and

a workshop with the NZX Group senior leadership team to gather feedback. The recommended 2023 target and 2025

ambition were then submitted to the Management Risk Management Committee and the Board for approval.

Based on this process, the NZX Group set a new medium-term target of achieving 100% reduction in absolute market-

based Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions by 2030 using a new 2024 base year. Progress toward the 2030 target is expected to

be driven by a combination of operational efficiency improvements and the use of renewable energy certificates. This target

is designed to align with a pathway that limits global warming to 1.5° C above pre-industrial levels. As with the 2025 target,

this target is informed by Science Based Targets initiative (SBTi) guidance, although it has not been approved or certified by

the SBTi and does not rely on carbon offsets. However, NZX continues to purchase carbon credit offsets corresponding to its

remaining emissions, with Gold Standard Certified carbon credits purchased through Toitū Envirocare in 2025.

In addition, the NZX Group has an ambition to achieve ~90% absolute reduction in Scope 3 emissions compared to

the baseline year. However, we note that the achievement of the 2050 ambition is dependent on several external enablers,

including but not limited to:

•Government policy and regulatory settings;

•Technological advancement and availability of low-emissions alternatives, particularly sustainable aviation fuel; and

•Commercial maturity of permanent carbon removals.

We will continue to review and update our targets and ambitions over time as external factors evolve. Interim targets,

transition plans, and capital allocation decisions will be refined to reflect any external developments.

147

10. Appendices

To the intended users
Organisation subject to audit:

Toitū Carbon Programme:

Audit Criteria:

Responsible Party: NZX Limited

Intended users:

Registered address:

Level 2, NZX Centre, 11 Cable Street, Wellington, 6011, New Zealand

Inventory period:

1/01/2025 - 31/12/2025

Inventory report:

Responsible Party's Responsibilities

Verifiers' Responsibilities

NZX Management and Board, Toitū carbonzero programme auditors, regulators, institutional

investors and rating agencies, current and potential employees, and the general public.

INDEPENDENT AUDIT OPINION

Toitū Climate Impact Programme certification

NZX Limited

Toitū Net Carbon Zero organisation certification

ISO 14064-1:2018

ISO 14064-3:2019

Toitū Programme Technical Requirements 3.1

Technical Requirements – Audit V3

Certification Mark Guide

IMR_2025_NZX Limited_Net CZ_Org.pdf

We have reviewed the greenhouse gas emissions inventory report (“the inventory report”) for the above named Responsible

Party for the stated inventory period.

TheManagementof the ResponsiblePartyis responsible for the preparation of theGHG statementin accordancewith ISO

14064-1:2018and therequirementsof the statedToitūcarbonprogramme.Thisresponsibilityincludes the design,

implementationandmaintenanceof internal controls relevanttothe preparation ofaGHG statementthatis freefrom material

misstatement.

Our responsibility as verifiers is to express a verification opinion to the agreed level of assurance on the GHG statement,

based on the evidence we have obtained and in accordance with the audit criteria. We conducted our verification

engagement as agreed in the audit letter, which define the scope, objectives, criteria and level of assurance of the

verification.

The International Standard ISO 14064-3:2019 requires that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform the

verification to obtain the agreed level of assurance that the GHG emissions, removals and storage in the GHG statement are

free from material misstatement.

Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit carried out in accordance with the

ISO 14064-3:2019 Standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. The procedures performed on a

limited level of assurance vary in nature and timing from, and are less in extent compared to reasonable assurance, which is

a high level of assurance. Misstatements are differences or omissions of amounts or disclosures, and can arise from fraud or

error. Misstatements are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to

influence the decisions of readers, taken on the basis of the information we audited.

GHG quantification is subject to inherent uncertainty because of incomplete scientific knowledge used to determine

emissions factors and the values needed to combine emissions of different gases.

Audit Opinion v3.0

©Enviro-Mark Solutions Limited 2021

Page 1

NZX Annual Report 2025

148

Basis of verification opinion
Verification

Verification strategy

Basis for modified verification opinion

Verification level of assurance

ISO CATEGORY

LOCATION BASED tCO

2

e

MARKET BASED tCO

2

eL

EVEL OF ASSURANCE

Category 1 0.000.00Reasonable

Category 2 75.2971.57Reasonable

Category 3 (mandatory)323.76323.76Reasonable

Category 3 (additional)235.22235.22Reasonable

Category 4 (mandatory)10.4510.45Reasonable

Category 4 (additional)0.000.00Reasonable

TOTAL NET EMISSIONS

644.72641.00

Our responsibility is to express an assurance opinion on the GHG statement based on the evidence we have obtained. We

conducted our assurance engagement as agreed in the Contract which defines the scope, objectives, criteria and level of

assurance of the verification.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

We have undertaken a verification engagement relating to the Greenhouse Gas Emissions Inventory Report (the ‘Inventory

Report’)/Emissions Inventory and Management Report of the organisation listed at the top of this statement and described in

the emissions inventory report for the period stated above.

The Inventory Report provides information about the greenhouse gas emissions of the organisation for the defined

measurement period and is based on historical information. This information is stated in accordance with the requirements of

International Standard ISO 14064-1 Greenhouse gases – Part 1: Specification with guidance at the organisation level for

quantification and reporting of greenhouse gas emissions and removals (‘ISO 14064-1:2018’) and the requirements of the

stated Enviro-Mark Solutions Limited (trading as Toitū Envirocare) programme.

Our verification strategy used a combined data and controls testi

ng approach. Evidence-gathering procedures included but

were not limited to:


activities to inspect the completeness of the inventory;

—interviews of site personnel to confirm operational behaviour and standard operating procedures;

—reviewing emission factors for accuracy and appropriateness;

—sampling of electricity records to confirm accuracy of source data into calculations;

—reconciliation of air travel emissions with supplier report;

—detailed retracing of employee commuting calculations;

—recalculation of emissions;

—sense checked and retraced of remaining emission sources.

The data examined during the verification were historical in nature.

The following qualifications have been raised in relation to the verification opinion:

The opinion is unmodified.

Audit Opinion v3.0

©Enviro-Mark Solutions Limited 2021

Page 2

NZX Annual Report 2025

149

10. Appendices

Responsible party's greenhouse gas assertion (certification claim)
Verification conclusion

Additional information relevent to the intended users

Other information

VERIFIED BYAUTHORISED BY

Name:Emelene RemorozaBilly Ziemann

Position: Verifier, Toitū EnvirocareCertifier, Toitū Envirocare

Signature:

Date verification audit: 20 January 2026

Date opinion expressed: 27 January 20264 February 2026

Without qualifying our opinion expressed above, we wish to draw the attention of the intended users to the following :

NZX Limited's inventory report has been independently verified as meeting the intended uses stated in the report. The report

meets the requirements of ISO 14064-1:2018 and Toitū Programme Certification. The assurance standard used was ISO

14064-3:2019. The inventory was not prepared with the stated intention of full compliance with the New Zealand Climate

Standards (NZCS) issued by the External Reporting Board, and the assurance process was not designed to assess

compliance with NZCS.

The responsible party is responsible for the provision of Other Information to meet Climate Impact Programme requirements.

The Other Information may include emissions management and reduction plan and purchase of carbon credits, but does not

include the information we verified, and our auditor’s opinion thereon.

Our opinion on the information we verified does not cover the Other Information and we do not express any form of audit

opinion or assurance conclusion thereon. Our responsibility is to read and review the Other Information and consider it in

terms of the programme requirements. In doing so, we consider whether the Other Information is materially inconsistent with

the information we verified or our knowledge obtained during the verification.

We have obtained all the information and explanations we have required. In our opinion, the emissions, removals and

storage defined in the inventory report, in all material respects:

• comply with ISO 14064-1:2018 and the requirements of the stated Toitū Climate Impact Programme; and

• provide a true and fair view of the emissions inventory of the Responsible Party for the stated inventory period.

Toitūnetcarbonzeroorganisationcertified:NZXLimited.ToitūnetcarbonzerocertifiedmeansmeasuringemissionstoISO

14064-1:2018andToitū requirements;managingandreducingagainstToitū requirements;andcompensatingremaining

emissions following Toitū requirements and covering a minimum of the total Toitū boundary.

Audit Opinion v3.0

©Enviro-Mark Solutions Limited 2021

Page 3

NZX Annual Report 2025

150

NZX Annual Report 2025
Appendix 2

OUR SUSTAINABILITY IMPACT – GRI CONTENT INDEX

NZX is committed to comprehensive sustainability reporting. NZX has reported the information cited in this Global Reporting

Initiative (GRI) content index for the period 1 January 2025 – 31 December 2025 based on the GRI Standards.

General disclosures

2-1-a

Name of organisationNZX Limited

2-1-b

Nature of ownership and

legal form

Notes to the Group Financial Statements. See pages 88 to 122

2-1-c

Location of headquartersNZX Limited, Level 2 / NZX Centre, 11 Cable Street, Wellington. See page 155

2-1-d

Location of operationsNew Zealand

2-2

Entities included in the

organization’s sustainability

reporting

Who we are. See page 8

2-3-a

Reporting period and

frequency

1 January 2025 – 31 December 2025

Reporting frequency: Annual

2-3-b

Reporting period for financial

reporting

1 January 2025 – 31 December 2025

2-3-c

Publication date25 February 2026

2-3-d

Contact pointinfo@nzx.com

2-4

Restatement of informationThere has been no restatement of information from previous reporting periods.

2-5

External assuranceThe entire reported inventory (Scope 1, 2, and 3 emissions) has been verified

by Toitū Envirocare to a ‘reasonable’ level of assurance in accordance with

ISO 14064-1:2018.

Independent Auditor’s Report for external assurance of sustainability reporting.

See page 148

2-6

Activities, value chain and

other business relationships

Our vendors include contractors for office space, utilities, telecommunications,

cybersecurity and data centre facilities providers in New Zealand and other

countries to deliver a range of exchange-related services.

Business operations during the year. See page 10.

Who we are. See page 8

2-7

EmployeesWho we are. See page 8

Operating Responsibly: Our People. See page 42

2-9

Governance structure and

composition

Corporate Governance. A full list of Board Committees and membership is

published on page 58. The composition of the NZX Board is disclosed, including

average tenure and diversity characteristics.

2-13

Delegation of responsibility

for managing impacts

General Manager Corporate Affairs & Sustainability, who reports to the Chief

Financial & Corporate Officer

2-22

Statement on sustainable

development strategy

Operating Responsibly, page 38 and Climate Report, page 138.

2-23

Policy commitmentsHow we deliver value. See page 30.

Operating Responsibly. See page 38

2-28

Membership of associationsDiversity Works NZ, Business NZ, Business NZ Energy Council, Australasian

Investor Relations Association, Futures Industry Association, Institute of IT

Professionals, NZ Institute of Economic Research Inc, FinTech NZ, The Hugo

Group Inc, The New Zealand Initiative, Financial Services Council. Global

affiliations include: ASX – Sydney, HKEX – Hong Kong, LSE – London, NASDAQ

– New York, SGX – Singapore, TMX – Toronto, SPSE – Suva, SSE – Shanghai

2-29

Approach to stakeholder

engagement

Operating Responsibly. See page 38.

NZX engages with various stakeholder groups in the capital markets eco-system,

151

10. Appendices

NZX Annual Report 2025
General disclosures

including those entities regulated by NZ RegCo. NZX continues to embed

industry engagement practices including through the Technology Working

Group, the Securities Industries Association (which represents NZX Participants)

and the NZX Corporate Governance Institute. NZX also works closely with other

regulatory and government agencies that set policy that affects NZX’s markets,

including FMA, MBIE and XRB and engages with market peers through WFE and

the SSE Initiative.

2-30

Collective bargaining

agreements

None of NZX’s employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement.

3-1

Process to determine

material topics

NZX determines material topics through an ESG materiality assessment, which

includes the identification of key stakeholders and engagement with them to

determine how they are affected by the company’s decisions and actions –

supporting reporting on the key topics and concerns raised, and how NZX

prioritises and responds to those matters.

3-2

List of material topicsAnnual Report 2023. See page 44.

205-1

Operations assessed for risks

related to corruption

Risk management. See page 73

205-2

Communication and training

about anti-corruption policies

and procedures

NZX has a Conflict Management Policy that applies to all employees and

directors. Any person subject to the policy is required to complete annual training

to a satisfactory standard. 100% had completed training at the reporting date.

NZ RegCo employees and directors must complete separate training relevant

to their conflicts management obligations. 100% had completed training at

publication date.

At publication date 100% of governance body members and 100% of NZX

employees have received training on the organisation’s anti-corruption policies

and procedures. Annual refresher training is required.

205-3

Confirmed incidents of

corruption and actions taken

In the 12-month period to 31 December 2025, there were no confirmed incidents

of corruption, including cases where employees are dismissed, business contracts

violated or terminated, or public legal cases in relation to Anti Money Laundering.

207-1

Approach to taxNote to the Group Financial Statements. See pages 88 to 122.

207-2

Tax governance control and

risk management

207-4

Country-by country reportingThe NZX Group is resident for tax purposes in New Zealand only.

152

NZX Annual Report 2025
PEOPLE – social disclosures

202-1

Wage levelOperating Responsibly: Our People. See page 42.

NZX has adopted a commitment to the Living Wage and as at 31 December 2025

100% of NZX permanent and fixed term employees are paid at or above the 2025

Living Wage.

408,

409

Risk for incidents of child,

forced or compulsory labour

NZX people policies, processes and guidelines are aligned with the International

Labour standards set by the International Labour Organisation (ILO). In addition,

all our people policies, processes and guidelines are compliant with NZ

employment law and human rights protections. No risks identified for the year

ending 2025 nor any incidents reported by staff.

401-1

New employee hires and

employee turnover

For the year ending 31 December 2025, 34% of new hires were female, 62% male,

and 4% preferred not to disclose their gender. In the same year, 48% staff exits

were female, 52% male.

403-2

Health and safetyOperating Responsibly: Our People. See page 42.

Total Recordable Incident Rate (TRIR) per 200,000 hours worked in 2025 is

2.30 (as at 31 December 2025) for total workforce. The Absentee Rate (AR) for

total workforce for 2025 year as at 31 December 2025 is 1.86%. NZX provides

short-term counselling services to permanent employees via an Employee

Assistance Program (EAP) as well as a generous Sick Leave policy.

404-1,

404-3

Training providedOperating Responsibly: Our People. See page 42.

For the NZX Group, the average training and development expenditure per

employee for the 20254 year is $947.61 931.49.

During 2025, 100% of permanent employees had performance goals and

outcome conversations.

405-1

Diversity and inclusionWho we are. See page 9 for diversity by FTE, and page 44 for diversity

by headcount.

405-2

Pay equalityNZX measures pay gap based on disclosed gender, and does not at this point

measure or monitor pay equality by ethnicity. The overall gender pay gap

as at 31 December 2025 was 13.6%, measured on average base salaries, an

improvement from 16.6% in 2024.

PLANET – environmental disclosures

302-1

Energy consumption within

the organisation

The NZX Group has a commercial arrangement with Toitū Envirocare

to provide carbon management tools, guidance, and certification. 2025

marks a fifth consecutive year of NZX meeting the Toitū net carbonzero

programme requirements to be a certified net carbonzero organisation. Energy

consumption, scope 1-3 emissions, intensity metrics and reduction of GHG

emissions are reported in our Climate Report. See page 138

302-3

Energy intensity

305-1

Direct (Scope 1) GHG

emissions

305-2

Energy indirect (Scope 2)

GHG emissions

305-3

Other indirect (Scope 3) GHG

emissions

305-4

GHG emissions intensity

305-5

Reduction of GHG emissions

Nature

loss

Land use and ecological

sensitivity

Not material for the NZX Group. The NZX Group does not own, lease, manage

in, or adjacent to, protected areas or areas of high biodiversity value outside

protected areas.

Freshwater

availability

Water consumption and

withdrawal in water-stressed

areas

Not material for the NZX Group.

Solid

waste

Impact of solid waste

disposal

The NZX Group recognises that society and environmental impacts of solid

wastes streams, and the company measures emissions from waste to landfill

within its Toitū net carbonzero certification. Emissions from waste to landfill

totalled 4.6 tCO2e in 2025.

Single-use plasticsThe NZX Group recognises that the consumption and disposal of single-use

plastics is an issue of high public concern, and the company will be assessing

our corporate supply chain within efforts to measure and manage a wider

range of scope 3 emissions.

153

10. Appendices

NZX Annual Report 2025
PROSPERITY – economic disclosures

203-1

Infrastructure investments

and services supported

Operating Responsibly. See page 38.

NZX, in partnership with EEX, developed and, from 2021, manages the

New Zealand Emissions Trading Scheme Auctions for New Zealand Units under

contract with the Ministry for the Environment.

Economic contributionOperating Responsibly. See page 38.

Absolute number and rate of

employment

Operating Responsibly. See page 38.

Financial investment

contribution

Operating Responsibly. See page 38.

Total tax paidNotes to the Group Financial Statements. See pages 88 to 122.

154

NZX Annual Report 2025
Corporate Directory

Board of Directors

John McMahon (Chair)

Dame Paula Rebstock

Lindsay Wright

Frank Aldridge

Elaine Campbell

Peter Jessup

Rachel Walsh


Chief Executive Officer

Mark Peterson

Chief Corporate and

Financial Officer

Graham Law

General Counsel and

Company Secretary

Sara Wheeler

Registered Office

NZX Limited

Level 2, NZX Centre

11 Cable Street

PO Box 2959

Wellington

+64 4 472 7599

info@nzx.com

nzx.com

Auditors

PwC

Level 4, PwC Centre

10 Waterloo Quay

Wellington

+64 4 462 7000

Share Register

A division of MUFG Pension and

Market Services

Level 30, PwC Tower

15 Customs Street West

Auckland 1010

PO Box 91976, Auckland 1142

Investor enquiries: +64 9 375 5998

Website: 

nz.investorcentre.mpms.mufg.com/

Email:

enquiries.nz@cm.mpms.mufg.com

155

10. Appendices

---

Results announcement
26 February 2026





Results for announcement to the market

Name of issuer NZX Limited

Reporting Period 12 months to 31 December 2025

Previous Reporting Period 12 months to 31 December 2024

Currency NZD

Amount (000s) Percentage change

Revenue from continuing

operations

$128,948 7.3%

Total Revenue $128,948 7.3%

Net profit/(loss) from

continuing operations

$21,475 (14.2%)

Total net profit/(loss) $21,475 (14.2%)

Interim/Final Dividend

Amount per Quoted Equity

Security

$0.03300000

Imputed amount per Quoted

Equity Security

$0.01283333

Record Date 19 March 2026

Dividend Payment Date 2 April 2026

Current period Prior comparable period

Net tangible assets per

Quoted Equity Security

($0.0823) ($0.1023)

A brief explanation of any of

the figures above necessary

to enable the figures to be

understood

For commentary on the results please refer to the news release,

Annual Report and investor presentation attached.

Authority for this announcement

Name of person


authorised

to make this announcement

Graham Law

Contact person for this

announcement

Graham Law

Contact phone number +64 29 494 2223

Contact email address graham.law@nzx.com

Date of release through MAP


26 February 2026


Audited financial statements accompany this announcement.

Comparables have been restated for an accounting adjustment. Refer to Note 8 and Note 14.2 in the Financial Statements.

---

Distribution Notice






Section 1: Issuer information

Name of issuer NZX Limited

Financial product name/description Ordinary shares

NZX ticker code NZX

ISIN (If unknown, check on NZX

website)

NZNZXE0001S7

Type of distribution

(Please mark with an X in the

relevant box/es)

Full Year X Quarterly

Half Year Special

DRP applies

Record date Close of trading on: 19/03/2026

Ex-Date (one business day before the

Record Date)

18/03/2026

Payment date 02/04/2026

Total monies associated with the

distribution

1


$10,841,670 (based on number of shares on issue at the

date of this form)

Source of distribution (for example,

retained earnings)

Equity (being Retained Earnings and Share Capital)

Currency NZD

Section 2: Distribution amounts per financial product

Gross distribution

2

$0.04583333

Gross taxable amount

3

$0.04583333

Total cash distribution

4

$0.03300000

Excluded amount (applicable to listed

PIEs)

-

Supplementary distribution amount $0.00582353

Section 3: Imputation credits and Resident Withholding Tax

5


Is the distribution imputed Fully imputed

If fully or partially imputed, please

state imputation rate as % applied

6


28%

Imputation tax credits per financial

product

$0.01283333


1

Continuous issuers should indicate that this is based on the number of units on issue at the date of the form

2

“Gross distribution” is the total cash distribution plus the amount of imputation credits, per financial product, before the deduction of

Resident Withholding Tax (RWT).

3

“Gross taxable amount” is the gross distribution minus any excluded income.

4

“Total cash distribution” is the cash distribution excluding imputation credits, per financial product, before the deduction of RWT.

This should include any excluded amounts, where applicable to listed PIEs.

5

The imputation credits plus the RWT amount is 33% of the gross taxable amount for the purposes of this form. If the distribution is

fully imputed the imputation credits will be 28% of the gross taxable amount with remaining 5% being RWT. This does not constitute

advice as to whether or not RWT needs to be withheld.

6

Calculated as (imputation credits/gross taxable amount) x 100. Fully imputed dividends will be 28% as a % rate applied.

Resident Withholding Tax per
financial product

$0.00229167

Section 4: Distribution re-investment plan (if applicable)

DRP % discount (if any)


Start date and end date for

determining market price for DRP

Close of trading on:


Close of trading on:


Date strike price to be announced (if

not available at this time)


Specify source of financial products to

be issued under DRP programme

(new issue or to be bought on market)


DRP strike price per financial product


Last date to submit a participation

notice for this distribution in

accordance with DRP participation

terms


Section 5: Authority for this announcement

Name of person


authorised to make

this announcement

NZX Chief Financial & Corporate Officer Graham Law

Contact person for this

announcement

NZX Chief Financial & Corporate Officer Graham Law

Contact phone number 04 498 2271

Contact email address

graham.law@nzx.com

Date of release through MAP


26/02/2026

---

1
26 February 2026

NZX FULL YEAR 2025 RESULTS

INVESTOR PRESENTATION

2
Contents

Important notice

This investor presentation should be read in conjunction with NZX's other periodic and continuous

disclosure announcements, and the financial statements in the 2025 Annual Report, which provides

additional information on many areas covered in this presentation. These are available at nzx.com.

This presentation contains certain 'forward-looking statements' such as indications of, and guidance or

outlook on, future earnings and financial position and performance. This includes statements regarding

NZX's current assumptions, which are subject to market outcomes, particularly with respect to market

capitalisation, total capital listed and raised, secondary market value and derivatives volumes traded,

funds under management and administration growth, integration / restructuring costs and technology

costs.

Additionally they assume no material adverse macro-economic and/or market condition impacts on our

assumed market outcomes, significant one-off expenses, major accounting adjustments, other

unforeseeable circumstances, or future acquisitions or divestments.

Forward-looking statements are not guarantees or predictions of future performance and involve known

and unknown risks and uncertainties and other factors, many of which are beyond the control of NZX, and

may involve significant elements of subjective judgement and assumptions as to future events which may

or may not be correct. There can be no assurance that actual outcomes will not materially differ from

these forward-looking statements.

A number of important factors could cause actual results or performance to differ materially from the

forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements are based on information available to NZX

as at the date of this presentation.

Except as required by law or regulation (including the Listing Rules), NZX undertakes no obligation to

provide any additional or updated information whether as a result of new information, future events or

results or otherwise.

Page 2

Executive Summary Page 3


Business Unit Highlights Page 8

Financial Performance Page 14

Financial Position & Cash Flows Page 20

Final Dividends & 2026 Earnings Guidance Page 25

Appendix Page 27

1.Segmental Analysis and non-operating expenses

2.People

3.NZX Group Structure

4.Operating Revenue Definitions

5.Historical Information

NZX Full Year 2025 Results

3
Executive Summary

Mark Peterson

Chief Executive Officer

4
FY25 Results – Financial Highlights

NZX has produced a strong operating financial result despite another volatile year for the local market.

Demonstrating our triple strength as a market operator, funds manager and fund administration platform provider

NZX Full Year 2025 Results

Notes:

1Data is for the year ended 31 December 2025. Percentage changes represent the movement for the year 2024 to 2025.

2Operating earnings (EBITDA) are before net finance expense, income tax, depreciation, amortisation, loss on disposal of assets, gain on lease modification, change in fair value of contingent consideration, impairment loss on goodwill and share of profit of associate. Operating earnings is

not a defined performance measure in NZ IFRS. The Group's definition of operating earnings may not be comparable with similarly titled performance measures and disclosures by other entities. Refer to financial statements note 2 for a reconciliation of EBITDA to NZ IFRS profit for the

year.

3Accounting adjustments in 2024 related to the write-back of earn out provisions on the acquisition of QuayStreet, offset by a partial write down in the value of the energy contracts with the Electricity Authority.

42024 restated for a change in accounting policy (refer to the Financial Statements Note 8). Initial and subsequent listing fees are now recognised evenly over five and three years respectively. Previously initial and subsequent listing fees were recognised when the listing or subsequent

capital raising event had taken place

Operating Earnings

2


excluding integration & restructure costs

$53.5 million

11.6% increase

Operating Margin

excluding integration & restructure costs

41.5%

4.0% increase

Net Profit After Tax

(NPAT)

$21.5 million

14.2% decrease

NPAT excluding accounting adjustments

3

$21.5 million (20.2% increase)

Final Dividend

(fully imputed)

3.3 cps

Total FY25 dividends 6.3 cps

Operating Earnings

2


including integration & restructure costs

$51.7 million

11.0% increase

Free Cash Flows


$26.5 million

25.0% increase

Earnings Per Share

(EPS)

6.5 cps

15.6% decrease

EPS excluding accounting adjustments

3

6.5 cps (18.2% increase)

Total Shareholder Return

for 2025

12.7%

5
NZX Full Year 2025 Results

FY25 Results – 2025 strategic delivery achievements


NZX continues to deliver to our growth strategy, with growth in most of the key revenue driving metrics

2025 Targets2025 Actual5 Yr Progress

Markets

• Capital listed and raised$16.0 billion$14.4 billion

(plus $7.1 billion FCG

transfer to Main Board)

$17.0bn average p.a.

(excluding FCG)

• Total value traded / cleared$41.5 billion$41.2 billion$41.3bn average p.a.

•Dairy derivatives lots traded0.78 - 0.93 million lots0.82 million lots17.7% CAGR growth

•Information Services

revenue growth (excluding

one off revenue)

Revenue growth: 2.0%7.7% growth

(excl. one off revenues)

6.0% CAGR growth

(excl. one off revenues)

Smart

• Funds under management

FUM growth:

10.8%

17.6% growth

(net cash flows +6.7%

and market return +10.9%)

19.7% CAGR growth

(excluding acquired FUM)

Wealth Technologies

• Funds under administration

Migrate new clients onto

the platform and drive

cashflow positivity

ARR: 22.2% growth

FUA: 23.1% growth

(net cash flows +14.3%

and market return +8.8%)

ARR: 25.6% CAGR growth

FUA: 22.6% CAGR growth

Notes:

1The 2025 Targets are detailed in the Investor Presentation from February 2025.

2Data is “for the year ended 31 December 2025,” or “as at 31 December 2025” (as applicable).

3Percentage changes represent the movement for the year 2024 to 2025, except Funds Under Management and Funds Under Administration which are the movement in balances as at 31 December 2024 to 31 December 2025.

Strategic Delivery

Group

•Operating margin – improvement

•NPAT (underlying) – growth

•Free cash flow – growth

Capital Markets

•Regulatory settings –significant progress

•NZX20 Futures – progressing delivery towards Q2-26 go live

•Clearing & Settlement Scale – continue to progress, market conversations

ongoing

Smart

•Rebrand – commenced with ETFs

•Maturing operations – leveraging Wealth Technologies

Wealth Technologies

•Migrations – successful and growing ARR

•Client wins – feeding future ARR and the migration pipeline

6
NZX Full Year 2025 Results

2026 strategic delivery - what success looks like


The 2026 strategic priorities and targets for the key revenue metrics drive the 2026 earnings guidance

2026 Strategic PrioritiesExternal dependencies2026 Targets

Markets

•Capital listed and raised•Drive growth as the macro-economic environment improves•Listing ecosystem is dependent on other market

participants

•No major market correction

$15.0 billion

•Total value traded / cleared•Drive greater scale in Clearing & Settlement•Participant activity levels drive value traded / cleared

•No major market correction

•Participant readiness for S&P/NZX 20 Index Futures

$43.5 billion

•Dairy derivatives lots traded•Dairy derivatives – continue to extend market distribution and

expand global access

•Participant activity levels and dairy market price

volatility drive lots traded

0.93 – 1.19 million lots

•Equity derivatives lots traded•S&P/NZX 20 Index Futures – go live with a successful launch in

Q2-26

•Dependent on the readiness of Trading Participants,

Clearing Participants, and Market Makers

•Requires support from Cornerstone Group Investors

to back the product

0.04 million lots

•Information Services revenue

growth

•Expand our Information Services product offering•Dependent on markets growth and requirements of

participants on launch of S&P/NZX 20 Index Futures

Revenue growth: 4%

(excluding one off royalty revenue)

Smart

•Funds under management

•Drive scale, efficiencies and operating leverage, including

maturing Smart operations and improving client experience

•Progress our growth initiatives across Smart ETFs, QuaySt &

KiwiSaver

•Investment market returns

•No major market correction

FUM growth: 12.5-14.0%

(including assumed long run

market return net of tax: 4.25%)

NZXWT

•Annual Recurring Revenue

•Funds under administration

•Drive scale, efficiencies and operating leverage, including

migrating the current pipeline for 2026 / 2027

•Clients’ migration ability / cadence

•Investment market returns

•No major market correction

•Market consolidation

ARR Target: $13.5 million

7
NZX’s Strategy

We operate under a strategic framework with interconnected businesses driving scale and

operating leverage for shareholders and helping New Zealand grow

•Connecting people, businesses and capital –

to assist NZ to grow and improve its

productivity

•Three connected and complementary

businesses

•Capital Markets– round out our product

offering, buildscale in clearing and

settlement and capitalise on the operating

leverage as market activity improves

•Smart – continue the organic growth, invest

in our brand, product, client experience,

client service automation and operating

platform

•NZXWT – continue to convert pipeline and

migrate new clients - capitalising on our

competitive position

•Leverage the NZXWT capabilities for Smart

•Operate a well-managed, scalable, secure

operations and technology environment

7

NZX Full Year 2025 Results

8
Business Unit Highlights

9
Capital Markets Origination – Capital Listed and Raised

Even through ongoing economic uncertainty, the market was able to support companies raising equity and debt capital.

It was a year of two halves for capital listed and raised with the H1-25 ($4.8b excluding FCG) difficult macroeconomic

environment recovering in H2-25 ($9.6b)

Future Capital Listed and Raised

The Capital Markets Origination team continues to proactively work with the broader market

ecosystem:

•Company engagement

•Eco-system engagement (banks, advisers, law firms)

•Events and sponsorships

The current key focus areas are:

•Private equity asset recycling

•Foreign listed companies with NZ interests

•Technology sector

•Resource sector

•Government asset recycling

2025 Highlights

Capital Listed / Raised (new and secondary capital raisings) $21.5 Billion +35.9%

Excluding FCG $14.4 Billion (8.8)%

New capital listed includes Fonterra Co-operative Group’s (FCG) transfer to the NZX Main Board

(Equity capital listed $7.1 billion)

Government engagement – improving settings and opportunities

NZX continues to engage with the Government to advocateforappropriateandworkablecapital

marketregulatorysettings,progressmadeduringtheyearincluded:

•prospective financial information became optional

•climate-related disclosures (CRD) reporting thresholds increased

•director liability settings adjusted in relation to CRD

NZX Full Year 2025 Results

10
Information Services 2025 Highlights

Information Services revenue (excluding audit / backdated revenue) $20.2 million +7.7%

Audit / backdated revenue (2025: $nil; 2024: $1.2m) – dependent on the timing of audit completions

Market Development

Market Data – onboarded a new real time market data vendor bringing trading opportunities to new

retail investor segment

Products – new tick data product development work completed with successful onboarding of new

customer. Progress towards modernising data delivery mechanisms

Connectivity–local connectivity upgrade to ensure more resilient services to local market

participants is near completion

Indices – S&P DJI partnership extended for 3-year period with terms that will see continued growth

Secondary Markets 2025 Highlights

Value Traded / Cleared $41.2 billion (0.9)%

Market Development

Self match Prevention – compliance control enhancements were delivered in 2025

Market Settings – delivered price tick changes as phase one of a wider set of market setting

improvements

Depository Automation – Phase two (further corporate action capacity development and

automation) requirements are under development

Market Infrastructure ongoing discussions with market about structure between NZX and NZClear

NZX Full Year 2025 Results

Value Traded / Cleared

Value traded / cleared has also been impacted by the uncertain

economic environment, with value traded /cleared reducing

during the year H1-25: $21.8 billion to H2-25: $19.4 billion

Information Services Revenue

Higher average retail terminal and licences numbers, as well as

indices revenue has driven underlying growth in Information

Services revenues, which has been offset by no audit or back

dated revenue in the current period

Note: Information Services Revenue graph excludes Audit and Backdated Licenses / Indices revenue

11
Dairy Derivatives, GlobalDairyTrade, S&P/NZX20 Index Futures

Dairy Derivativescontinues to see growth from the Singapore Exchange strategic partnership and isattracting interest from

financial traders. GlobalDairyTrade has started realising the benefits of the platform insourcing strategic initiative.

S&P/NZX 20 Index Futures go live expected in Q2-26

NZX Full Year 2025 Results

Dairy Derivatives

Dairy Derivatives Lots traded 816k +22.2%

Total lot volume as a % of the NZ physical market 35.5% (2024: 28.2%)

Singapore Exchange (SGX) strategic partnership continues to extend market distribution and access:

•A new Market Maker and multiple Liquidity Providers activated in 2025

•Traded lots record month – December 2025: 104k lots

•Open interest record –September 2025: 208k lots, indicating continued future growth

•More advanced structures are being seen – three large structured options trades during 2025

GlobalDairyTrade Holdings Limited (GDT)

GDT’s volume (MT) and underlying profitability remains comparable to previous periods, with

seasonality of volumes heavily favouring H2 over H1

Strategic initiatives :

•Auction platform upgrade –successfully completed. As previously highlighted, the upgrade OPEX

impacted GDT’s profitability in H1-25. The operational benefit of the upgrade is now realisable

from H2-25, with some continuing support to ensure platform stability; and

•European and US sales presences are in place and are expected to mature over the coming years

S&P/NZX 20 Index Futures

S&P/NZX20 Index Futures – work is progressing well on the relaunch:

•Internal readiness and participant testing (to ensure all parties are operationally ready)

•The go live date is expected to be in Q2-26

A liquid equity derivatives market will help drive growth in the broader capital markets through

additional cash market trading, post trade activity, more Participants,and data revenues.

12
Smart – Funds Under Management (FUM)

Smart continues to drive growth and the future KiwiSaver growth profile will benefit from increasing contribution rates. We

continue to mature the operational environment and plan to rebrand KiwiSaver in 2026

SuperLife KiwiSaver

NZ wealth accumulation macro drivers will continue to drive FUM growth i.e. KiwiSaver future growth

profile (increasing member numbers and increasing contribution rate)

Performance net of fees and before tax is strong compared to peers (source: Morningstar Direct)

Reflecting SuperLife KiwiSaver's structure – active asset allocation using passive funds for underlying

exposures

Funds Under Management (FUM - $’billion)20242025FUM Movement

FUM Opening at 1 January11.013.5

Cash flows0.80.9+6.7%

Market returns1.71.4+10.9%

FUM Closing at 31 December13.515.8+17.6%

2025 Highlights

FUM growth continues:

•FUM (31 December 2025) +17.6%

SuperLife KiwiSaver Scheme won then 2025 Canstar Outstanding Value KiwiSaver Provider award

QuayStreet (Smart’s active investment manager) won two awards:

•INFINZ Diversified Growth Fund Manager of the Year; and

•Morningstar®Award for Fund Manager of the Year – KiwiSaver, for the second year running

Operating Environment

•QuayStreet scheme administration in-housed to Smart from Craigs

•QuayStreet scheme registry migrated to Wealth Technologiesmulti-tenant instance allowing

access to wider distribution channels

2026 Investments

Operating Environment – increased investment (OPEX / CAPEX) to mature the Smart operations:

KiwiSaver investment will include:

•registry migration to Wealth Technologies

•client experience improved – new portal, self services, tools and KiwiSaver Mobile App

•rebranding to Smart KiwiSaver and increased marketing

Other investments include:

•Fund restructuring

•Data platforming

QuayStreet Externalisation of Investment Management Team

•QuayStreet investment management team will operate independently of Smart

•Smart will continue to be the owner of the QuayStreet Schemes

NZX Full Year 2025 Results

Refer to Appendix 1 for graphs showing i) Funder Under Management (FUM) 2015-2025, and ii) FUM movements 2019-2025

13
Wealth Technologies – Annual Recurring Revenue (ARR)

The positive outlook continues, with successful pipeline conversions and client migrations. Significant extension of services

with major client (2027 migration), plus Smart migrations – KiwiSaver (mid 2026) and other schemes (est. 2027 / 2028)

NZX Full Year 2025 Results

2026 and beyond

Large SaaS client extending services

•migration onto platform in 2027

•adding dedicated sprint team (approx. +13 FTCs)

•funded by client contributions (deferred and recognised post migration over the contract period)

•additional OPEX resources will be required post migration (estimated +5 FTEs)

Smart

•KiwiSaver – migration of registry in 2026

•other Schemes – migration of registries expected in 2027 / 2028.

•sprint team funded by Smart (deferred and recognised post migration over the contract period)

Other

•Future client pipeline strong

•One client ceasing WT services in late 2026 due to industry consolidation

Annual Recurring Revenue ($’million)YoY

ARR on FUA at 31 December 2024 / 202510.813.2+22.2%

ARR on FUA 2026 migration dates1.61.3

ARR on contract cessation in late 2026-(1.0)

ARR on FUA with migration dates TBC for 2027/20281.84.3

TOTAL ARR on full migration (est. December 2024 / 2025)14.217.8+25.5%

Funds Under Administration (FUA - $’billion)FUA Movement

FUA Opening at 1 January 2024 / 202511.5416.20

Migrations – new clients2.652.03+12.6%

Cash flows – current clients0.210.28+1.7%

Market returns1.801.43+8.8%

FUA Closing at 31 December 2024 / 202516.2019.94+23.1%

2025 Highlights

Migrations continue, increasing Wealth Technologies ARR

•ARR (31 December 2025) +22.2%

•FUA (31 December 2025) +23.1%

•Clients migrated +13

Migration pipeline and ARR growth will continue for at least 2 years:

•Large SaaS client extending services

•Smart registries – opens up the KiwiSaver market

Refer to Appendix 1 for graphs showing i) Annual Recurring Revenue (ARR) and Funder Under Administration (FUA) 2018-2025, and ii) FUA movements 2019-2025

14
Financial Performance

15
Income Statement

NZX Full Year 2025 Results

Notes:

1Operating earnings (EBITDA) is not a defined performance measure in NZ IFRS. The Group's definition of operating earnings

may not be comparable with similarly titled performance measures and disclosures by other entities. Refer to financial

statements note 2 for a reconciliation of EBITDA to NZ IFRS profit for the year.

2Finance Technology Partners (January 2025) EBITDA Margins (median) information for Regional/Country Based Exchanges is

estimated at 2025: 56%.

32024 restated – refer to the Financial Statements Note 8.

Operating Earnings

Operating earnings (ex. one-off integration and restructure costs) of $53.5 million was up 11.6%

Operating earnings by business unit – refer to Appendix 1 for detailed segmental analysis

Net Profit

Net Profit of $21.5 million was down 14.2%

Net Profit was 20.2% higher comparing 2024 net profit excluding non-cash accounting adjustments.

Operating Margin

The operating margin at 41.5%, excluding integration & restructure costs (2024: 39.9%), is lower

than our peers

2

due to the diverse nature of NZX (i.e. energy markets and non-markets businesses)

relative to peers

Change In Accounting Policy

As noted in our HY-2025 Investor Presentation, the 2024 financial information has been restated for

a change in accounting policy (refer to the Financial Statements Note 8)

Initial and subsequent listing fees are now recognised evenly over five and three years respectively.

Previously initial and subsequent listing fees were recognised when the listing or subsequent capital

raising event had taken place

The impact on the 2024 operating earnings is $(0.6)m

2025

$000

2024

3

$000

Change

Fav/(unfav)

Operating revenue

128,948

120,122

7.3%

Net personnel costs

(48,428)

(46,337)

(4.5%)

Other operating expenses

(27,061)

(25,892)

(4.5%)

Operating earnings

¹

(excl. int/restructure costs)

53,459

47,893

11.6%

Integration and restructure costs

(1,770)

(1,344)

(31.7%)

Operating earnings

¹

51,689

46,549

11.0%

Net finance expense

(3,408)

(3,545)

3.9%

Loss on disposal of assets

(168)

(5)

(3260.0%)

Gain on lease modification

151

9

1577.8%

Depreciation and amortisation expenses

(19,274)

(17,971)

(7.3%)

Impairment loss on goodwill

-



(3,700)

n/a

Share of profit of associate

323

565

(42.8%)

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

-



10,862

100.0%

Income tax expense

(7,838)

(7,731)

(1.4%)

Profit for the year

21,475

25,033

(14.2%)

Operating Margin (excl. int/restructure costs)

41.5%

39.9%

4.0%

16
Income Statement – Operating Revenue

Increased revenue driven by strong growth in both Smart and Wealth Technologies, partially offset by the Fonterra (FCG)

contract ceasing on their move to the Main Board and there being no one off Audit and back dated revenue

NZX Full Year 2025 Results

Revenue - +$8.8m / + 7.3%

Markets (-$1.7m / -2.7%)

•Secondary Markets revenue – higher levels of chargeable trading value,

dairy derivatives lots traded, and consulting and development activity

•Information Services revenue – increased license numbers, higher

indices revenue, and some price increases

•Fonterra (FCG) contract ceased on their move to the Main Board, and

the Electricity Authority 3-year extension pricing rest from mid-2024 (as

previously indicated)

•Audit and back dated revenue $nil (FY24: $1.16m)

Smart (+$7.8m / +17.8%)

•Funds Under Management (FUM) based revenue – higher average FUM

(driven by market returns and net cashflows)

Wealth Technologies (+2.6m / +26.2%)

•Administration (FUA) based fees – higher average FUA (driven by market

returns, net cash flows, and clients migrated onto the platform during

2024 and 2025

Other (+$0.1m)

•Corporate revenue relates to costs recharges to business units, which

are eliminated via the Inter-segment eliminations

17
Income Statement – Operating Expenses (excluding integration /restructure costs)

Cost increases (above inflation) arise from further investments into Smart and Wealth Technologies

NZX Full Year 2025 Results

Expenses +$3.3m / + 4.5%

Markets (+$0.5m / +2.5%)

•Personnel costs – reduced due to late 2024 restructure

•Information Technology costs – increased due to trading and clearing

systems cost inflation (NZ and Indian) and FX impacts, and connectivity

upgrades

•Other costs – includes the inter business unit charging of Phase 1

depository automation (phase 1) amortisation (eliminates on

consolidation) and increased travel costs

Smart (+$0.9m / +4.3%)

•Personnel costs – higher headcount to enhance Smart’s distribution

capabilities, improve the customer experience and support client growth,

vacancies filled in investment management teams and projects resources

•Information Technology costs – additional Bloomberg functionality

obtained and inflation / FX impacts

•Marketing costs – 2024 Smart included the main rebranding costs

Wealth Technologies (+1.1m / +21.7%)

•Personnel costs – higher average FTEs (as previously noted) to accelerate

the migration velocity. As the business grows a lower portion of gross

salaries is capitalised

•Other costs - relates to costs that increase as the business grows

Corporate Services (+$1.0m / 4.5%)

•Personnel costs – additional resources covering strategic HR and

supporting Smart and Wealth Technologies growth

•Information Technology costs – increased cyber security coverage /

tooling and support of the growth businesses

•Other costs impacted by one off non-recoverable GST savings

The Inter-segment eliminations remove the Corporate Services costs

recharged to business units

18
Income Statement – Operating Earnings Segmental Analysis

NZX Full Year 2025 Results

Notes:

1 Refer to Appendix 1 for segments definitions and detailed analysis

2 Operating earnings (EBITDA) is not a defined performance measure in NZ

IFRS. The Group's definition of operating earnings may not be comparable

with similarly titled performance measures and disclosures by other entities.

Refer to financial statements note 2 for a reconciliation of EBITDA to NZ IFRS

profit for the year.

3

2024 restated – refer to the Financial Statements Note 8.

2025

$000

Capital

Markets

Origination

Secondary

Markets

Inform ation

services

Markets

Sub-total

Funds

Managem ent

(Sm art)

Wealth

Technologies

Corporate

Services

NZX

Com m ercial

Operations

Sub-total

Regulation

(NZ RegCo)

Inter-

segm ent

elim ination

NZX Group

Total

Operating revenue

16,678

23,926

20,204

60,808

51,756

12,540

1,252

126,356

4,020

(1,428)

128,948

Operating expenses (excl. integration/restructure costs)

(21,956)

(22,446)

(6,263)

(21,727)

(72,392)

(4,275)

1,178

(75,489)

Operating earnings

2

(excl integration/restructure costs)

38,852

29,310

6,277

(20,475)

53,964

(255)

(250)

53,459

2024

$000

Capital

Markets

Origination

3

Secondary

Markets

Inform ation

services

Markets

Sub-total

Funds

Managem ent

(Sm art)

Wealth

Technologies

Corporate

Services

NZX

Com m ercial

Operations

Sub-total

Regulation

(NZ RegCo)

Inter-

segm ent

elim ination

NZX Group

Total

Operating revenue

16,571

25,996

19,912

62,479

43,926

9,936

691

117,032

3,996

(906)

120,122

Operating expenses (excl. integration/restructure costs)

(21,422)

(21,530)

(5,147)

(20,783)

(68,882)

(3,939)

592

(72,229)

Operating earnings

2

(excl integration/restructure costs)

41,057

22,396

4,789

(20,092)

48,150

57

(314)

47,893

19
Income Statement – Non Operating Expenses

Amortisation will continue to grow in line with Wealth Technologies new client migration / CAPEX profile

NZX Full Year 2025 Results

Integration and restructure costs

•Smart – final integration of QuayStreet, ongoing activities to mature the

Smart operations, and the start of customer service platform

upgrading/automation

•Capital Markets / Corporate Services teams restructured

Non-Operating Expenses

Net finance costs

•Interest income and interest expense both impacted by lower average

interest rates

Amortisation

•NZX WT – increased amortisation relating to new client migrations. Will

continue to increase with future client migrations. Note the amortisation

profile lags the CAPEX profile by a few years (‘amortisation bubble’)

Share of profit/loss of associate – Global Dairy Trade (GDT)

•Auction platform upgrade –as previously highlighted, the upgrade

(completed mid 2025) was OPEX –impacting GDT’s profitabiltiy

•Auction platform upgrade benefits now being realised and GDT has reverted

to the underlying profitability levels

Accounting Adjustments – occurred in 2024 (net $7.2m):

•Change in fair value of contingent consideration ($10.9m) relates to a

decrease in the fair value of the QuayStreet earnout provision to recognise

that the reassessment of the probability of achieving the net FUM inflow

target by November 2025 has reduced; and

•Goodwill write off ($3.7m) relates to the partial write down of the energy

contracts intangible asset to recognise the current year renewal pricing

terms, the reduced number of energy contracts during the current term, and

the expected terms of a successful retendering in 2027.

20
Financial Position and

Cash Flows

21
Balance Sheet as at 31 December 2025

Most cash balances (i.e. risk capital and regulatory working capital) are not available for general use

NZX Full Year 2025 Results

Cash and cash equivalentsIncludes:

•Clearing House risk capital ($20 million) which is not available for general use;

•Clearing House complies with Financial Market Infrastructure Act and International

Organisation of Securities Commissions’ principles requiring retention of sufficient working

capital (including cash of approximately $3.3 million); and

•Smart maintains sufficient working capital (including cash of approximately $0.1 million) to

ensure it has the ability to carry out its licensed Managed Investment Scheme Manager

market services effectively

Funds held on behalf of

third parties (assets and

liabilities) offset

•Relates to issuer bond deposits, participants’ collateral deposits and deposited funds

(including those held in the Mutualised Default Fund)

•Amounts are repayable to issuers and participants and not available for general use

Right-of-use lease assets

and lease liabilities

•Relates to leased premises and IT equipment

Other non-current assets•Consists of property, plant & equipment, intangible assets and goodwill

Investment in Associate•Investment in GlobalDairyTrade Limited (GDT)

Other current liabilities •Includes income in advance largely related to annual listing (billed on 30 June each year),

initial and subsequent listing fees and data subscriptions, employee benefits payable, tax

payables and

•The earnout on the acquisition of QuayStreet was paid in January 2025

Interest bearing liabilitiesRelate to:

•Subordinated notes ($39.2 million net of capitalised borrowing costs) – interest rate 6.8%

until the next election date (20 June 2028); and

•Term loan and working capital facility ($22.5 million) – funding the QuayStreet acquisition

Other non-current

liabilities

Includes deferred tax liabilities (including QuayStreet acquisition related), and income in

advance related to initial and subsequent listing fees.

1

2024 restated – refer to the Financial Statements Note 8.

2025

$000

2024

1

$000

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

52,05548,825

Receivables and prepayments

20,09719,074

Funds held on behalf of third parties

24,78627,616

Total current assets

96,93895,515

Non-current assets

Right-of-use lease assets

15,31115,661

Other non-current assets

146,432152,915

Investment in associate

18,70818,343

Total non-current assets

180,451186,919

Current liabilities

Trade payables

9,0129,152

Other current liabilities

27,52031,191

Lease liabilities

1,4031,243

Interest bearing liabilities

7,500-

Funds held on behalf of third parties

24,78627,616

Total current liabilities

70,22169,202

Non-current liabilities

Interest bearing liabilities

54,14561,443

Lease liabilities

18,11118,508

Other non-current liabilities

12,72713,596

Total non-current liabilities

84,98393,547

Net assets/equity

122,185119,685

22
CAPEX (1/2)

CAPEX Trading, Clearing and Energy systems software are on up to date and fully supported versions

PP&E and other software have returned to normal life cycle recurring levels

NZX Full Year 2025 Results

Trading, Clearing and Energy Systems

•Trading, clearing and energy systems CAPEX driven by specific system life cycles which historically have resulted in large multi-year

projects. In recent years we have maintained these systems on up-to-date and fully supported software versions, with incremental

product enhancements.

2025 CAPEX system enhancements relate to the S&P / NZX20 Index Futures and automation of the depository systems

Our Markets system roadmap is currently being reviewed with vendors to understand the vendors system life cycles. We expect a

hardware lifecycle upgrade to occur in 2027, and the roadmap review may result in a plan for a further trading system upgrade in

2027/2028.

PP&E and Other Software

•PP&E CAPEX relates to the normal life cycle replacements for IT equipment (i.e. laptops, mobile devices) and software to maintain

performance and reliability for the business

In 2021 and 2022 CAPEX relate to the NZX Capital Markets’ Centre in Auckland and the replacement of the Auckland ticker, and in 2024

CAPEX relates to the refit of the Wellington office to allow retrenchment to one floor.

As Wealth Technologies expands some additional space is required otherwise no major PP&E projects are expected in the near term

•Other software CAPEX relates mainly to technology upgrades (i.e. the continuing re-platforming of NZX.com) and the commencement of

firewall and associated network devices lifecycle management (ensuring our cybersecurity posture)

23
CAPEX (2/2)

Wealth Technologies’ CAPEX levels are dependent on new client migration activity, which is expected to increase for the

migration of a SaaS client extending services. Smart CAPEX will increase as we implement a new Smart APP for KiwiSaver

NZX Full Year 2025 Results

Wealth Technologies

•Wealth Technologies CAPEX relates primarily to new client migration activity, with some ongoing product development. This includes

additional temporarily headcount to accelerate the migration velocity of additional FUA from a current client

Capitalisation levels will remain high whilst there is new client migration activity

We expect 2026 and 2027 CAPEX levels to be higher than the current CAPEX levels as we add a large sprint team for the migration of a

SaaS client extending services, and continue the Smart migration.

Both the SaaS client and Smart are contributing to the migration costs. The contributions are deferred until the migration is completed,

and then recognised in development revenue over the applicable contract period

Smart

•Smart CAPEX relates to system enhancements. Smart project spend is mainly OPEX and recognised as one off integration costs in the

Income Statement.

•Smart contributes to Wealth Technologies for the registry migrations being undertaken (KiwiSaver in 2026 and ETF / SMT / WPS in 2027).

These contributions are recognised in the Income Statement post completion of the applicable migration. The contribution eliminates

on consolidation and is not included in the Smart CAPEX chart

The 2021 to 2023 CAPEX related to integrating two acquisitions

We expect 2026 CAPEX levels to be higher as we design and implement a new Smart App initially for Smart KiwiSaver

24
Cash Flows

As previously indicated, increased cash flows from operating activities and lower levels of CAPEX have driven a 25.0%

increase in free cash flows

NZX Full Year 2025 Results

Free Cash Flows +$5.3m / 25.0%

Operating activities cashflow represents net profit after tax less non-cash items (e.g. depreciation

and amortisation, share of profit/loss of associate, share based payments, and change in fair value of

contingent consideration)

Operating activities cashflows increase 10.0% reflecting the improved operating earnings partially

offset by adverse working capital movements (e.g. higher accrued income and lower payables at year

end)

Payments for PPE & other intangible assets mainly relate to Wealth Technologies’ software

development (refer previous slides)

Other financing activities relate to payments of lease liabilities

Other Cash Flows

Payments for acquisitions – relates to the final earn out payment for the acquisition of

QuayStreet

Dividend payments – FY24 dividends are net of participation in the dividend reinvestment plan

2025

$000

2024

$000

Operating activities39,49235,887+10.0%

Payments for PPE & intangible assets (Investing activity)(11,638)(13,423)+13.3%

Other financing activities (financing activity)(1,382)(1,293)(6.9)%

Free cash flow26,47221,171+25.0%

Payments for acquisitions (investing activity)(3,201)-N/A

Dividends paid (financing activity)(20,041)(17,016)(17.8)%

Net change in cash and cash equivalents3,2304,155(22.3)%

25
Final Dividend and

2026 Earnings Guidance

26
Final Dividend 2026 Earnings Guidance


NZX Full Year 2025 Results

Final Dividend

•The Board has declared a fully imputed final dividend of 3.3 cents per share

•Dividend to be paid on 2 April 2026 to shareholders registered as at the record date of 19

March 2026

•Total dividends for the 2025 financial year are 6.3 cents per share fully imputed

•The improved dividend reflects the increased operating earnings and cash flows which are

considered sustainable (subject to future market outcomes etc as noted in the Earnings

Guidance)

Dividend Policy

•The policy is to pay between 80% to 110% of adjusted Net Profit After Tax over time, subject

to maintaining a prudent level of capital to meet regulatory requirements

•Adjustments include reversing the impact of intangible asset impairments (if any)

Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP)

•The DRP is not available for the final dividend

•All shareholders who elected to participate in the DRP will receive a cash dividend

2026 Earnings Guidance

NZX’s full year 2025 Operating Earnings (EBITDA), excluding project costs, is forecast to be in the

range of $53.0 million to $58.5 million

The guidance is subject to market outcomes, particularly with respect to market capitalisation,

total capital listed and raised, secondary market value and derivatives volumes traded, funds

under management and administration growth, integration / restructure costs and technology

costs

Additionally, this guidance assumes there are no material adverse macro-economic and/or market

condition impacts on our assumed market outcomes, and there are no significant one-off

expenses, major accounting adjustments, other unforeseeable circumstances, or future

acquisitions or divestments

The Earnings Guidance excludes the expected impact of the GDT investment as this is recognised

as “share of profit of associate” (i.e. after Operating Earnings)

The 2026 strategic priorities and targets for the key revenue metrics which drive the 2026

earnings guidance are outlined on Slide 6

Notes:

1Operating earnings (EBITDA) is not a defined performance measure in NZ IFRS. The Group's definition of operating earnings may not be comparable with similarly titled performance measures and disclosures by other entities.

Fully imputed dividends (CPS)FY 2025FY 2024

Interim dividend3.03.0

Final dividend3.33.1

Total dividends

6.36.1

27
Appendices

28
Appendix 1: Segmental Analysis

Income Statement by Business Unit

NZX Full Year 2025 Results

Notes:

1 Markets is the integrated business that supports the growth of capital markets with the revenue generating BUs being:

•Capital Markets Origination – provider of issuer services for current and prospective customers;

•Secondary Markets – provider of trading and post-trade services for securities and derivatives markets operated by NZX, as well as the

provider of a central securities depository and market operator for the Electricity Authority and the Ministry for the Environment;

•Information Services – provider of data services for the securities and derivatives markets, and analytics for the dairy sector

Additionally, the Markets business cost base includes the Policy team and IT costs specific to providing capital markets services.

2 Funds Management (Smart) – comprises the SuperLife superannuation and KiwiSaver products, QuayStreet managed funds and KiwiSaver products

and Smart Exchange Traded Funds

3 Wealth Technologies (NZX Wealth Technologies Limited) – provides a platform that enables advisers and brokers to manage client investments

4 Corporate Services provides accommodation, legal, accounting, IT, HR, communications and project management support to the other business units

and subsidiaries. Related costs are currently not recharged to the commercial business units and subsidiaries (other than NZ RegCo and specific cost for

NZCDC)

5 NZ RegCo (NZX Regulation Limited) – is the independently-governed agency which performs all of NZX’s frontline regulatory functions, this ensures

structural separation of the Group's commercial and regulatory roles.

6. Inter-segment elimination - net amount represents listing fees paid by Smart (expensed fully) to CMO (recognised in deferred income and

released over 3 or 5 years).

7 Operating earnings (EBITDA) is not a defined performance measure in NZ IFRS. The Group's definition of operating earnings may not be

comparable with similarly titled performance measures and disclosures by other entities. Refer to financial statements note 2 for a reconciliation of

EBITDA to NZ IFRS profit for the year.

8 Earnings after depreciation and amortisation are before net finance expense, income tax, loss on disposal of assets, gain on lease modification and

accounting adjustments relating to the write-back of earn out provisions on the acquisition of QuayStreet, and a partial write down in the value of

the energy contracts with the Electricity Authority.

9 2024 restated – refer to the Financial Statements Note 8

2025

$000

Capital

Markets

Origination

1

Secondary

Markets

1

Inform ation

services

1

Markets

Sub-total

Funds

Managem ent

(Sm art)

2

Wealth

Technologies

3

Corporate

Services

4

NZX

Com m ercial

Operations

Sub-total

Regulation

(NZ RegCo)

5

Inter-

segm ent

elim ination

NZX Group

Total

Operating revenue

16,678

23,926

20,204

60,808

51,756

12,540

1,252

126,356

4,020

(1,428)

128,948

Operating expenses (excl. integration/restructure costs)

(21,956)

(22,446)

(6,263)

(21,727)

(72,392)

(4,275)

1,178

(75,489)

Operating earnings

7

(excl integration/restructure costs)

38,852

29,310

6,277

(20,475)

53,964

(255)

(250)

53,459

Integration/restructure costs

-

(1,885)

-

(125)

(2,010)

-

240

(1,770)

Operating earnings

7

38,852

27,425

6,277

(20,600)

51,954

(255)

(10)

51,689

Depreciation and amortisation

(1,949)

(4,625)

(8,619)

(4,081)

(19,274)

-

-

(19,274)

Earnings after depreciation and am ortisation

8

36,903

22,800

(2,342)

(24,681)

32,680

(255)

(10)

32,415

2024

$000

Capital

Markets

Origination

1

Secondary

Markets

1

Inform ation

services

1

Markets

Sub-total

Funds

Managem ent

(Sm art)

2

Wealth

Technologies

3

Corporate

Services

4

NZX

Com m ercial

Operations

Sub-total

Regulation

(NZ RegCo)

5

Inter-

segm ent

elim ination

NZX Group

Total

Operating revenue

16,571

25,996

19,912

62,479

43,926

9,936

691

117,032

3,996

(906)

120,122

Operating expenses (excl. integration/restructure costs)

(21,422)

(21,530)

(5,147)

(20,783)

(68,882)

(3,939)

592

(72,229)

Operating earnings

7

(excl integration/restructure costs)

41,057

22,396

4,789

(20,092)

48,150

57

(314)

47,893

Integration/restructure costs

(473)

(1,068)

-

(132)

(1,673)

-

329

(1,344)

Operating earnings

7

40,584

21,328

4,789

(20,224)

46,477

57

15

46,549

Depreciation and amortisation

(2,221)

(4,715)

(6,933)

(4,102)

(17,971)

-

-

(17,971)

Earnings after depreciation and am ortisation

8

38,363

16,613

(2,144)

(24,326)

28,506

57

15

28,578

29
Appendix 1: Segment – Markets

Markets is the integrated business that supports the growth of NZ capital markets

NZX Full Year 2025 Results

Corporate Services provides accommodation, legal, finance, IT, HR, risk management, communication, policy and project management

support to Markets. The related costs are currently not recharged to Markets and consequently not included in the above segmental analysis

(other than specific cost for NZCDC).

Operating earnings (EBITDA) is not a defined performance measure in NZ IFRS. The Group's definition of operating earnings may not be

comparable with similarly titled performance measures and disclosures by other entities.

2024 restated for a change in accounting policy (refer to the Financial Statements Note 8). Initial and subsequent listing fees are now

recognised evenly over five and three years respectively. Previously initial and subsequent listing fees were recognised when the listing or

subsequent capital raising event had taken place

Markets

2025

$000

2024

$000

Change

Fav/(Adv)

Revenue

Capital Markets Origination

Annual listing fees (net)11,05811,0000.5%

Primary listing fees1,6981,6075.7%

Secondary issuance fees3,9223,964(1.1%)

Secondary Markets

Participant services revenue (net)501513(2.3%)

Securities trading revenue4,4304,2793.5%

Securities clearing revenue7,4917,584(1.2%)

Dairy derivatives revenue3,7303,25214.7%

Contractual revenue 6,4499,521(32.3%)

Consulting and development revenue1,32584756.4%

Information Services

Royalties from terminals8,9368,3726.7%

Subscriptions and licences5,9955,4679.7%

Dairy data subscriptions6346064.6%

Indices1,6801,47913.6%

Audit and back-dated revenue-1,160(100.0%)

Connectivity2,9592,8284.6%

Total operating revenue 60,80862,479(2.7%)

Markets

2025

$000

2024

$000

Change

Fav/(Adv)

Operating expenses

Gross personnel costs

11,791

12,609

6.5%

Less capitalised labour

(512)

(675)

(24.1%)

Personnel costs

11,279

11,934

5.5%

Information technology costs

7,040

6,681

(5.4%)

Professional fees

1,108

1,219

9.1%

Marketing

555

388

(43.0%)

Other expenses

2,102

1,369

(53.5%)

Capitalised overhead

(128)

(169)

(24.6%)

Total operating expenses (excl. restructure costs)

21,956

21,422

(2.5%)

Operating earnings (excl. restructure costs)

38,852

41,057

(5.4%)

Restructure costs

-



473

100.0%

Operating earnings

38,852

40,584

(4.3%)

Depreciation & amortisation

1,949

2,221

12.2%

Earnings after depreciation and amortisation

36,903

38,363

(3.8%)

Operating margin excl. restructure costs

63.9%

65.7%

(2.8%)

30
Appendix 1: Segment – Markets

Operating Revenue

NZX Full Year 2025 Results

Information Services Revenue

Royalties from terminals revenue increase relates to price increases (effective January 2025) offset by the mix of

average terminal numbers being lower for professional terminals and higher for retail terminals

Subscriptions and licenses revenue growth reflects increased (high and low value) license numbers and license

price increases (effective January 2025), and new licence product which provides historical data (i.e. one off

sales), partially offset by decreased direct data products

Dairy subscription revenue increased reflecting increased product subscriptions numbers

Indices revenue is higher reflecting continued growth in use of indices by the market and renegotiated revenue

share arrangements

Audit and back dated revenue is dependent on the timing of audit completions, there was no revenue in 2025,

where as 2024 included significant back dated indices revenue

Connectivity revenue has increased reflecting the connectivity requirements (i.e. standards of performance and

resilience) from both market participants and data vendors, with new clients being onboarded in late 2024.

Capital Markets Origination Revenue

The Annual listing fee year runs from 1 July to 30 June, with the 2025 fees based on the market capitalisation at 1) 31

May 2024 for H1-25, and 2) 31 May 2025 for H2-25. Annual listing fees are net of an internal allocation to NZ RegCo

Annual listing fees (ALF) increased slightly, driven by increased debt market ALFs being partially offset by lower

equity market ALFs

Primary listing fees and Secondary issuance fees are accounted for as deferred income and recognised over 5 and 3

years respectively – refer to the Financial Statements Note 8. The movement in the deferred income is:

Primary listing billings are lower, driven by lower levels of equity (excluding FCG) and retail debt listings

Secondary issuance billings are higher driven by higher levels of equity recapitalisations, offset by lower levels of

retail debt issuances

Secondary Markets Revenue

Participant services revenue relates to the number of market participants, which has decreased to 24 (2024: 27)

Securities trading has increased and clearing revenues decreased due to market activity levels:

•value traded / cleared being down 0.9%;

•lower levels of uncharged value traded (i.e. exceeded fee cap) at 9.2% (2024: 13.7%); and

•lower levels of depository revenue from registry transfers

Dairy derivatives revenue has been increased in line with the number of lots traded (+22.2%). FX rate movements

were favourable, offset by continued normalisation of the margin fees

Contractual revenue is in line with long term contracts to run auctions or markets for the Electricity Authority and

the Ministry for the Environment (MfE). Revenue has decreased, as expected, due to i) the Fonterra contract

ceasing on their move to the Main Board, and ii) the Electricity Authority contract 3-year extension (from 1 July

2024) being at the contractually preset lower level.

Consulting and development revenue, earned through continuing enhancements to the electricity market systems,

has been at higher levels than 2024

2025

2024

$000

$'000

Opening Deferred Income

10,155

9,521

Billings

5,234

5,912

Revenue Recognition

(5,445)

(5,278)

Closing Deferred Income

9,944

10,155

Deferred Income - Primary Lisitng & Secondary Issuance

31
Appendix 1: Segment – Markets

Operating Expenses

NZX Full Year 2025 Results

Other Expenses

Other expenses include audit fees (e.g. clearing house financial and operational audits), travel, statutory

compliance costs and non-recoverable GST costs. The increase relates to the inter business unit charging of

Phase 1 depository automation amortisation (eliminates on consolidation)

Depreciation & Amortisation

Depreciation & amortisation relates primarily to the trading, clearing and energy systems.

The energy systems become fully depreciated by mid 2024 and the upgrades to the depository systems

commenced depreciation from late 2024

Personnel Costs

Personnel costs are driven by the average number of FTEs, wage inflation and capitalisation levels:

•headcount – average FTEs is lower (FTEs Dec 2025: 80.2, Dec 2024: 79.4, with 2.9 FTE less vacancies), reflecting

the impact of late 2024 restructuring. Note – Policy team reclassified from Corporate to Markets segment

(comparatives restated)

•capitalised labour relates to S&P / NZX20 Index Futures, automation of the depository systems and re-

platforming NZX.com

Information Technology Costs

Information technology costs include:

•trading and clearing systems – licensing and hardware / software maintenance costs, which are impacted

negatively by the USD exchange rate and contractual inflation increases (including Indian inflation);

•connectivity – participants connectivity to the markets was upgraded during the year

•NZX.com related costs – including the upgraded (June 2024) infrastructure running costs;

•energy electricity market systems – hardware / software maintenance costs and data feed costs;

•energy carbon market systems – third party specialist provides ongoing support of the carbon managed auction

service;

•dairy derivatives – NZX’s share of IT costs under the SGX-NZX dairy derivatives strategic partnership; and

•information services IT – software licences costs and data feeds associated with the delivery of customer

management data platforms. As well as improved connectivity services

Professional Fees

Professional fees include:

•EEX ongoing royalty fees relating to the carbon managed auction service;

•SGX ongoing costs relating to the SGX-NZX dairy derivatives strategic partnership, impacted by FX rates; and

•annual assurance program – including Clearing House risk capital review, tax advice, energy audit obligations

under Electricity Authority contract (e.g. Energy Clearing Manager, WITS Manager, Reconciliation Manager and

security reviews)

Marketing Costs

The key marketing focuses are:

•Capital Markets Origination team marketing includes sponsorship of various industry groups to identify listing

pipeline opportunities. There has been a greater level of marketing for primary listings and secondary issuances

•Dairy Derivatives team marketing – NZX hosts a dairy industry conference in Singapore, with the conference

attendance fees / sponsorships being reflected in revenue

•SGX-NZX dairy derivatives market maker arrangements – liquidity provision schemes activated in 2025

32
Appendix 1: Segment – Smart

This business is a funds management business which comprises the SuperLife superannuation, QuayStreet Schemes, KiwiSaver products and Smart Exchange Traded Funds

NZX Full Year 2025 Results

Corporate Services provides accommodation, legal, finance, IT, HR, risk management, communication, policy and project management

support to Smart. The related costs are currently not recharged to Smart and consequently not included in the above segmental analysis.

Operating earnings (EBITDA) is not a defined performance measure in NZ IFRS. The Group's definition of operating earnings may not be

comparable with similarly titled performance measures and disclosures by other entities.

Operating Revenue

FUM-based revenue – driven by average FUM increasing (2025: $14.36b, 2024: $11.93b), which is a combination of net

positive market returns (noting the monthly profile over 2025), and positive net cashflows.

Member-based revenue has increased due to greater levels of insurance admin fees

Other revenue has decreased reflecting lower interest income and lower levels of stock lending

Operating Expenses

Personnel costs are driven by wage inflation (particularly for investment specialists), the average number of FTEs and

capitalisation levels:

•headcount – average FTEs is higher (FTEs Dec 2025: 109.3, Dec 2024: 100.0) , reflecting an enhancement of the

distribution capabilities, resources to improve the customer experience and support client growth, vacancies filled

in investment management teams and projects resources

•capitalised labour and overhead on internal systems has ceased; with the focus being on maturing Smart

operations by using external systems

Information Technology costs include software license costs for the Bloomberg front and middle office operating

system, with additional Bloomberg functionality obtained from mid 2024 and an adverse impact from the USD

exchange rate

Professional fees includes directors fees, legal fees, tax advice costs, consultancy costs, research costs and internal

audit fees. Smart’s legal costs have been higher (QS externalisation) partially offset by lower tax advice and internal

audit costs

Marketing spend relates to advertising, printing and distribution costs, and are usually timed to coincide with

marketing campaigns and new fund launches. Smart rebranding costs were incurred through 2024 and there was a

lower level of spend post ‘Liberation Day’. Marketing costs are expected to increase in 2026 when the KiwiSaver

scheme is rebranded

Other expenses include non-recoverable GST (including one off non-recoverable GST savings), external auditor fees,

travel costs, statutory and compliance costs (FMA levies increase as FUM levels increase) and operational error

compensation (which is lower than 2024 levels)

Integration and restructure costs

In the current year relate to QuayStreet integration cost release (from August 2025 over 3 years), ongoing activities to

mature the Smart operations, and the start of customer service platform upgrading/automation and KiwiSaver scheme

rebrand planning

Non-operating Expenses

Depreciation & amortisation – has decreased slightly due to i) some system enhancements becoming full amortised;

and ii) no new capitalisation on current systems due to the focus being on maturing the Smart operations

Smart

2025

$000

2024

$000

Change

Fav/(Adv)

Revenue

FUM based revenue

48,477

40,499

19.7%

Member based revenue

2,536

2,442

3.8%

Other revenue

743

985

(24.6%)

Total operating revenue

51,756

43,926

17.8%

Operating expenses

Gross personnel costs

15,677

15,098

(3.8%)

Less capitalised labour

-



(188)

(100.0%)

Personnel costs

15,677

14,910

(5.1%)

Information technology costs

2,611

2,429

(7.5%)

Professional fees

1,814

1,707

(6.3%)

Marketing

682

987

30.9%

Other expenses

1,662

1,544

(7.6%)

Capitalised overhead

-



(47)

(100.0%)

Total operating expense (excl. integration costs)

22,446

21,530

(4.3%)

Operating earnings (excl. integration costs)

29,310

22,396

30.9%

Integration costs

1,885

1,068

(76.5%)

Operating earnings

27,425

21,328

28.6%

Depreciation & amortisation expenses

4,625

4,715

1.9%

Earnings after depreciation and amortisation

22,800

16,613

37.2%

Operating margin (excl. integration costs)

56.6%

51.0%

11.1%

33
Appendix 1: Segment – Smart (formerly Smartshares)

This business is a funds management business which comprises the SuperLife superannuation, QuayStreet Schemes, KiwiSaver products and Smart Exchange Traded Funds

NZX Full Year 2025 Results

34
Appendix 1: Segment – Wealth Technologies

This business administers and manages a platform that enables advisers and brokers to manage client investments

NZX Full Year 2025 Results

Corporate Services provides legal, finance, IT, HR, risk management, communication, policy and project management support to Wealth

Technologies. The related costs are currently not recharged to Wealth Technologies and consequently not included in the above segmental

analysis.

Operating earnings (EBITDA) is not a defined performance measure in NZ IFRS. The Group's definition of operating earnings may not be

comparable with similarly titled performance measures and disclosures by other entities.

Operating Revenue

Administration (FUA based) fees – driven by average FUA increasing (2025: $17.87b, 2024: $14.14b), which is a

combination of a full year impact from the new clients FUA migrated during 2024 onto the platform, positive market

returns and positive net cash flows (including from new clients)

Additionally, the portion of operations and custody clients has increased improving the average bps

Development fees/deferred income release relates to customisation of the wealth management platform or data

migration effort specific to client requirements

Operating Expenses

Personnel costs (net of capitalisation) are driven by wage inflation, the average number of FTEs and capitalisation

levels:

•headcount is dependent at any point in time on a) the levels of platform investment (including migration activity)

required for current and future clients, and b) the operational services provided to current clients;

•average headcount (FTEs Dec 2025: 80.7, Dec 2024: 75.2) as indicated previously, includes contractors to

accelerate the migration velocity. Further resources will be added in 2026 to migrate the large SaaS client’s

extension of services; and

•capitalised labour and overhead reflects continued product development and client migration activity. As the

business grows the portion of gross salaries capitalised is expected to decrease

Information Technology cost movements relate to data hosting / data feeds costs which grow as new clients are

migrated onto the platform, partially offset by lower third-party IT service costs

Professional fees include legal fees (usually for new client contracts), taxation advice and internal control reviews (e.g.

ISAE 3402 internal controls report, AML / CFT Report)

Other expenses include office costs (e.g. electricity, rates, stationery etc.), travel, compliance costs and non

recoverable GST (which increases as the business grows)

Non-operating Expenses

Depreciation & amortisation – relate to:

•intangible assets (relating to platform development and client migration activity) are amortised over 5-years

commencing from the migration completion date (which is aligned to administration fee revenue commencing).

Intangible asset amortisation will continue to increase with the continued product development and client

migration activity levels; and

•right of use assets (i.e. mainly property leases) are depreciated over the period of the lease

Wealth technologies

2025

$000

2024

$000

Change

Fav/(Adv)

Revenue

Administration (FUA based) fees11,9269,21229.5%

Development fees / deferred income release614724(15.2%)

Total operating revenue 12,5409,93626.2%

Operating expenses

Gross personnel costs12,41511,446(8.5%)

Less capitalised labour(7,192)(6,953)3.4%

Personnel costs5,2234,493(16.2%)

Information technology costs1,1681,121(4.2%)

Professional fees272259(5.0%)

Marketing3827(40.7%)

Other expenses757624(21.3%)

Capitalised overhead(1,195)(1,377)(13.2%)

Total operating expenses (excl. restructure costs)6,2635,147(21.7%)

Operating earnings (excl. restructure costs)6,2774,78931.1%

Restructure costs- - n/a

Operating earnings 6,2774,78931.1%

Depreciation and amortisation expenses8,6196,933(24.3%)

Earnings after depreciation and amortisation(2,342)(2,144)(9.2%)

Operating margin (excl. restructure costs)50.1%48.2%3.9%

35
Appendix 1: Segment – Wealth Technologies

This business administers and manages a platform that enables advisers and brokers to manage client investments

NZX Full Year 2025 Results

External Clients20242025Incr.

Clients on the NZXWT platform at start of year2132

New clients migrated during the year1113

Clients on the NZXWT platform at year end3245+40.6%

New clients won in the year1213

Clients migrating FUA onto platform 96

36
Appendix 1: Segment – Corporate Services

This function provides accommodation, legal, finance, IT, HR, communications and project management support to the business

NZX Full Year 2025 Results

Corporate Services provides accommodation, legal, finance, IT, HR, risk management, communication, policy and project management

support to all business units and subsidiaries (including the Smart and Wealth Technologies businesses). Related costs are currently not

recharged to the commercial business units and subsidiaries, with the exception of NZ RegCo

Operating earnings (EBITDA) is not a defined performance measure in NZ IFRS. The Group's definition of operating earnings may not be

comparable with similarly titled performance measures and disclosures by other entities.

Operating Revenue

Revenue relates to costs recharged to business units (which are eliminated via the inter-segment eliminations), the

sublease of space in Auckland office, and commission fees on NZX related accredited courses

Operating Expenses

Personnel costs are driven by the average number of FTEs, wage inflation and capitalisation levels:

•Headcount (FTEs Dec 2025: 71.0, Dec 2024: 67.2) reflects lower vacancies, and additional roles (HR, finance and

PMO) to support the growth businesses

•capitalised labour and overhead reflects the project management team’s activity on NZX capitalisable projects

IT costs driven by IT inflation and increased cyber security coverage / tooling and support of the growth businesses

Professional fees include legal fees, internal audit fees, annual conflicts review, corporate governance review.

Marketing costs relate to the investor relations programme (including annual / interim reporting, investor day etc)

Other expenses include office costs (e.g. electricity, rates, stationery etc. for Wellington and the Capital Markets

Centre in Auckland, including tickers / signage), insurance premiums, directors’ fees (increased during the year),

travel, external audit costs, outsourced payroll system, corporate memberships, carbon credits, non-recoverable GST

(including one off non-recoverable GST savings) and statutory and compliance costs.

Non-operating Expenses

Depreciation & amortisation – increases relate to:

•network enhancements (completed in 2020 / 2021) become fully depreciated by late 2024; offset by

•depreciation of the refit of the Wellington office commencing from mid 2024; and

•strategic storage assets commencing amortisation in late 2024

Corporate Services

2025

$000

2024

$000

Change

Fav/(Adv)

Revenue

Other revenue

1,25269181.2%

Total operating revenue 1,25269181.2%

Operating expenses

Gross personnel costs

13,67712,678(7.9%)

Less capitalised labour

(25)(201)(87.6%)

Personnel costs

13,65212,477(9.4%)

Information technology costs

5,0894,693(8.4%)

Professional fees

935729(28.3%)

Marketing

126116(8.6%)

Other expenses

2,8733,59820.2%

Capitalised overhead

(6)(50)(88.0%)

Internal allocation to NZ RegCo

(942)(780)20.8%

Total operating expenses (excl. restructure costs)21,72720,783(4.5%)

Operating earnings (excl. restructure costs)(20,475)(20,092)(1.9%)

Restructure costs1251325.3%

Operating earnings(20,600)(20,224)(1.9%)

Depreciation & amortisation expenses4,0814,1020.5%

Earnings after depreciation and amortisation(24,681)(24,326)(1.5%)

37
Appendix 1: Segment – Regulation (NZ RegCo)

Tasked with performing all of NZX’s frontline regulatory functions, resulting in the structural separation of the Group's commercial and regulatory roles

NZX Full Year 2025 Results

Operating earnings (EBITDA) is not a defined performance measure in NZ IFRS. The Group's definition of operating earnings may not be

comparable with similarly titled performance measures and disclosures by other entities.

Regulation (NZ RegCo)

Regulation is structurally separate, in accordance with global best practice, from NZX's commercial and operational

activities. Governed by a separate board with an independent Chair, the majority of directors are independent of the

NZX Group

NZ RegCo is targeted to operate on a cost-neutral basis after internal allocations. The internal allocations are set at the

commencement of the year based on the services expected to be provided by/to NZ RegCo, and are intended to

subsidise NZ RegCo to achieve a break-even operating result over the medium term

Operating Revenue

Regulatory revenue relates to:

•regulatory fees relate to Issuer Regulation, Participant Compliance, Market Conduct and Surveillance services

(based on a fee schedule); and

•revenue for costs awards recovered from enforcement matters referred to the NZ Markets Disciplinary Tribunal

Regulatory fee generating activity levels have been lower than 2024 due to the levels of market activity

Additionally, there is an internal allocation of Annual Listing Fees, Annual Participants Fees and internal fees for the

recovery of NZ RegCo staff time

Operating Expenses

Personnel costs are driven by average number of FTEs and wage inflation:

•headcount – FTEs (FTEs Dec 2025: 15.6; Dec 2024: 16.1) reflect a change in vacancy levels; and

•wage inflation – for specialist qualified personnel

Information technology costs include SMARTS surveillance software costs. Annual cost increases are incurred each

July and are impacted by the movement in the AUD exchange rate

Professional fees primarily relate to NZ RegCo independent directors' fees (which increased in July 2024) and an

independent Board performance review was undertaken in the current year

Other expenses relate to travel costs to undertake on site participant inspections

Internal costs allocations relate to Corporate Services costs i.e. accommodation, legal, finance, IT, HR, communications

and project management support

Non-operating Expenses

Depreciation & amortisation – NZ RegCo systems are fully depreciated

NZ RegCo

2025

$000

2024

$000

Change

Fav/(Adv)

Revenue

Issuer compliance service

523

556

(5.9%)

Participant compliance service

107

117

(8.5%)

Market conduct

7

10

(30.0%)

Surveillance

742

738

0.5%

Listing fees & participants Fee allocation

2,641

2,575

2.6%

Total operating revenue

4,020

3,996

0.6%

Operating expenses

Gross personnel costs

2,601

2,528

(2.9%)

Less capitalised labour

(4)

(5)

(20.0%)

Personnel costs

2,597

2,523

(2.9%)

Information technology costs

305

289

(5.5%)

Professional fees

374

277

(35.0%)

Marketing

-



-



n/a

Other expenses

58

71

18.3%

Capitalised overhead

(1)

(1)

0.0%

Internal costs allocation to NZ RegCo

942

780

(20.8%)

Total operating expenses (excl. restructure costs)

4,275

3,939

(8.5%)

Operating earnings (excl. restructure costs)

(255)

57

(552.1%)

Restructure cost

-



-



n/a

Operating earnings

(255)

57

(552.1%)

38
Appendix 1: Non-Operating Expenses

Non-Operating Expenses

NZX Full Year 2025 Results

Integration & restructure costs

Integration and restructure costs relate to:

•Smart:

•integration of QuayStreet Asset Management; and

•activities to mature the Smart

•Capital Markets / Corporate Services teams restructured

Non-Operating Expenses

Net finance costs include:

•Interest income on cash balances and risk / regulatory capital – negatively impacted by lower average

interest rates

•Interest expenses relate to the subordinated notes (interest rate fixed at 6.8% until the next election

date on 20 June 2028) and the acquisition facility (interest rates variable – positively impacted by

lower average interest rates)

Depreciation and amortisation increased mainly due to the impact of:

•NZX WT – increased amortisation relating to new client migrations. Intangible asset amortisation will

continue to increase with the continued product development and client migration activity levels.

Specifically, the amortisation profile lags the CAPEX profile by a few years (‘amortisation bubble’)

•Markets – amortisation commenced on the completion of the depository automation (phase 1)

Non-Operating Expenses (continued)

Share of profit/loss of associate relates to our investment in GlobalDairyTrade (GDT).

GDT’s growth initiatives are progressing:

•Auction platform upgrade –as previously highlighted, the upgrade (OPEX) to the auction

platform was completed mid 2025 and impacted GDT’s profitability in the current period; and

•European and US sales presences are in place and are expected to mature over the coming years

GDT’s underlying profitability remains comparable to previous periods. With the Auction Platform

upgrade completed, GDT has reverted to historic levels (noting the seasonality of GDT’s revenue)

Accounting Adjustments (2024 net $7.2m):

•Change in fair value of contingent consideration ($10.9m) related to a decrease in the fair value

of the QuayStreet earnout provision to recognise that the reassessment of the probability of

achieving the net FUM inflow target by November 2025 had reduced; and

•Goodwill write off ($2.7m) related to the partial write down of the energy contracts intangible

asset to recognise the current year renewal pricing terms, the reduced number of energy

contracts during the current term, and the expected terms of a successful retendering in 2027.

Effective tax rate is lower than statutory rate (28%) due to:

•non-taxable items (particularly for the accounting adjustments); partially offset by

•differences in valuation method (accounting v taxation)

39
Appendix 2: People

NZX has strong employee engagement and a positive culture.

Culture and Engagement

•NZX uses the Gallup survey to measure employee engagement

bi-annually. Employee engagement remained high, with our

most recent score in October placing us above 70% of

organisations globally in Gallup’s database.

•Overall voluntary turnover for FY25 was 12.4% - broadly aligned

with the EY financial services benchmark (12%) and below our

FY25 target of 16%.

•NZX supports flexible working options for our staff, with the

majority of our people coming into the office either on a regular

or full-time basis.

Workforce Diversity

•NZX has a balanced spread of tenure, with 34% of employees

having 0 - 2 years service, 37% with 2 - 5 years, and 29% with

more than five years – providing fresh thinking as well as long-

term continuity and organisational knowledge.

•Age distribution also remains well-diversified - with strong

representation across all age groups, and no single cohort

dominating the workforce composition.

•The majority of employees work full time, with women

representing 39% of full-time roles and maintaining strong

participation across employment types.

Gender Pay Gap (GPG) and Gender Representation

•NZX’s remuneration approach remains focused on paying people

fairly and competitively to attract, retain and reward the talent

required to deliver strategic and shareholder outcomes.

•Overall gender representation aligns with NZX’s 40:40:20 gender

balance goal, with 43% of employees identifying as women.

•At the end of FY25, NZX’s overall organisational GPG was 13.6%

(reduced from 16.6% at the end of FY24), with a 11.1% gap when

excluding the CEO and NZ RegCo (down from 13.8% in FY24).

•The key driver of NZX’s GPG is from the Management level

(18.0%), which is also the level with the lowest female

representation, and will be a focus for FY26.

NZX Full Year 2025 Results

https://www.women.govt.nz/gender-pay-gaps/new-zealands-gender-pay-gap/industry/financial-and-insurance-

services

GPG is calculated as [(average male base salary – average female base salary) ÷ average base male salary)].

54%

64%

60%

57%

57%

5.6%

18.0%

1.0%

11.1%

13.6%

46%

36%

40%

43%

43%

NZX Overall (All Employees)

NZX excl. CEO & NZ RegCo

Extended SLT excl. NZX CEO

Management

Workforce

% Male GPG % Female

3.97

3.98

4.08

4.09

4.15

4.26

4.28

4.11

4.09

4.16

4.25

4.27

4.3

4.22

4.36

4.37

4.36

Sep-17Apr-18Oct-18May-19Oct-19May-20Nov-20Apr-21Oct-21May 22Oct 22May 23Oct 23May 24Oct 24May 25Oct 25

Overall Engagement at NZX from 2017 to 2025

All Employees:includes all permanent and fixed-term employees.

NZX excluding CEO & NZRegCo: same as ‘all employees’ but excludes the Group CEO and NZRegCo.

Executive: includes the extended Senior Leadership Team who lead and set strategic direction for the organisation,

driving overall business performance and long-term growth

Management: people who oversee teams and operations, ensuring goals are met and business objectives are

achieved efficiently.

Workforce: professionals who are individual contributors with specialised skills and knowledge, and support level

workers who assist with day-to-day operations to keep the business running smoothly

40
NZX Full Year 2025 Results

Appendix 3: NZX Group overview

A diverse and connected capital markets focused business

NZX Group

Corporate, Legal, Technology

Capital Markets


Cash (Shares), Derivatives, Energy,

Environmental

Information

Services

Market data,

Indices,

Connectivity

Smart

(Funds

Management)

A leading investment fund

manager in New Zealand

Secondary markets

NZX Wealth

Technologies

A market leading, tailored

custodial investment

management platform

Capital Markets

Origination

Existing and new

issuance

Markets

Development

Market

Participants

Market

Operations

Policy

Clearing House &

Operations

Strategic Delivery

Derivatives

(including dairy

with SGX),

Electricity and

Carbon Markets

NZ RegCo

(Issuer Regulation,

Participant Compliance,

Surveillance and Market

Conduct)

An independently

governed agency which

performs all frontline

regulatory functions in

support of NZX’s

statutory obligations as a

licensed market operator

41
Appendix 4: Operating Revenue Definitions

NZX Full Year 2025 Results

Capital Markets Origination

Annual listing fees paid by NZX’s equity, fund and debt issuers is

driven by the number of listed issuers, and equity, debt and fund

market capitalisations as at 31 May each year.

Primary listing fees are paid by all issuers at the time of

listing. The primary driver of this revenue is the number of

new listings and the value of capital listed. Fees are

recognised to revenue over a 5 year period.

Secondary issuance fees are paid by existing issuers when a

company raises additional capital through placements, rights

issues, the exercise of options, dividend reinvestment plans, or

subsequent debt issues. The primary driver for this revenue is

the number of secondary issuances and the value of secondary

capital raised. Fees are recognised to revenue over a 3 year

period.

Information Services

Royalties from terminals revenue relate to the provision of

markets data for display on terminals (retail and professional).

Subscription and licences revenue relate to the provision of

markets data to market participants and stakeholders.

Dairy data subscriptions revenue relate to the sale of dairy

data and analytical products.

Indices revenue relates to the revenue generated on index

licensing in partnership with S&P.

Connectivity revenue relates to the provision of connectivity

and access to the NZX operated markets for market

participants and data vendors, which is recognised over the

period the service is provided.

Secondary Markets

Participant services revenue is charged to market participants

(broking, clearing and advisory firms) that are accredited for NZX’s

equity, debt and derivatives market.

Securities trading revenue comes from the execution of trades on

the equity and debt markets operated by NZX. Trading fees are a

variable fee based on the value of the trade.

Securities clearing revenue relates to clearing and settlement

activities, and related depository services undertaken by

NZX’s subsidiary New Zealand Clearing and Depository

Corporation Limited. The largest component is clearing fees,

which are based on the value of settled transactions.

Dairy derivatives revenue relates to trading, clearing and

settlement and margin fees for trading SGX-NZX dairy futures and

options. Fees are largely charged in USD (reflecting the global

nature of the market) per lot traded.

Contractual revenue arises from the operation of:

•New Zealand’s electricity market, under long term contract

from the Electricity Authority; and

•New Zealand’s Emissions Trading Scheme managed auction

services, under a long term contract from the Ministry for the

Environment.

Consulting and Development revenue arises on a time and

materials basis for the electricity market and for the

implementation of New Zealand’s Emissions Trading Scheme

managed auction services.

FundsManagement (Smart)

Funds Under Management based revenue relates to variable Funds

Under Management (FUM) fees, which are now received net of

fund expenses for all funds. Fund expenses include a combination of

fixed costs (principally outsourced fund accounting and

administration costs, registry fees and audit fees), and variable costs

proportionate to FUM (principally custodian fees, trustee fees,

index fees, settlement costs and third party manager fees).

Member based revenue includes fixed membership

administration fees and other member services.

Wealth Technologies (NZXWT)

Administration (funds under administration based) fees relates

to administration fees for the wealth management platforms and

are proportionate to Funds Under Administration (FUA).

Development fees/deferred income release relates to

customisation of the wealth management platform or data

migration effort specific to client requirements.

Regulation (NZ RegCo)

Issuer Regulation services revenue arises from time spent by NZ

RegCo reviewing listing and secondary capital raising documents,

requests for listing rule waivers and rulings, and other activity

subject to per hour recoveries.

Participant Compliance services revenue arises fromtime spent by

NZ RegCo reviewingparticipant applications and oversight activity

subject to direct recoveries.

Market Conduct revenue arises from cost awards for enforcement

matters referred to the NZ Markets Disciplinary Tribunal.

Surveillance revenue arises frommarket surveillance activities that

are recoverable from market participants.

42
Appendix 5: Historical Information

NZX Full Year 2025 Results

Financial Information2018

1

Restated

201920202021202220232024

3

Restated

2025

Operating Earnings

(ex. acquisition, integration and restructuring costs)

$28.6m$31.4m$34.4m$35.8m$36.6m$40.1m$47.9m$53.5m

Net Profit After Tax$13.7m$14.6m$17.6m$15.0m$14.2m$13.6m$25.0m$21.5m

Earnings per Share5.1 cps5.3 cps6.3 cps5.4 cps4.6 cps4.2 cps7.7 cps6.5 cps

Dividend per Share7.6 cps

2

6.1 cps6.1 cps6.1 cps6.1 cps6.1 cps6.1 cps6.3 cps

Net Cash Flow$5.0m$2.4m$5.0m$(3.7)m$(8.5)m$4.1m$4.2m$3.2m

Notes:

12018 financial results restated for the adoption of NZIFRS 16 and excludes discontinued activities

22018 dividend includes a special dividend of 1.5 cps (from the proceeds of disposals)

32024 financial results restated for a change in accounting policy for initial and subsequent listing recognition

Key Metrics20182019202020212022202320242025

Capital listed and raised$9.5b$18.7b$17.6b$19.8b$20.9b$14.2b$15.8b$14.4b

(plus $7.1b FCG)

Total value traded / cleared$38.2b$37.8b$53.7b$52.4b$37.4b$33.8b$41.5b$41.2b

Dairy derivative lots346k359k361k306k428k579k667k815k

Information Services revenue

(ex audit and back dated revenue)

$13.9m$13.8m$15.1m$16.2m$17.9m$18.8m$18.8m$20.2m

Funds Under Management$2.9b$4.0b$5.1b$6.5b$8.3b$11.0b$13.5b$15.8b

Funds Under Administration$2.0b$2.3b$7.2b$11.0b$10.0b$11.5b$16.2b$19.9b

43
Contact

MarkPeterson

Chief Executive Officer

mark.peterson@nzx.com

+64 21 390636

Graham Law

Chief Financial Officer

graham.law@nzx.com

+64 29 494 2223

NZX Full Year 2025 Results

44
Thank you

---

26 February 2026


NZX delivers strong result in mixed year for local market



Normalised operating earnings

1

of $53.5 million (excluding integration and restructure costs), up

11.6% year on year


Net profit after tax (NPAT) of $21.5 million, up 20.2% on a like-for-like basis

2



Final dividend of 3.3 cents per share, fully imputed. FY2025 dividends total 6.3 cents per share, fully

imputed


Smart – finished 2025 with $15.8 billion in funds under management – up 17.6% from 2024


NZX Wealth Technologies – finished 2025 with funds under administration of $19.9 billion – up 23.1%

from 2024. It onboarded 13 clients onto its platform bringing the total number of clients to 45.


FY2026 operating earnings guidance range is $53 million to $58.5 million


NZX today announced normalised Group operating earnings (EBITDA) of $53.5 million (excluding

integration and restructure costs) for the financial year ended 31 December 2025 – up 11.6%. Including

integration and restructure costs, reported Group operating earnings (EBITDA) for the same period were

$51.7 million – up 11%.


“NZX has produced a strong operating financial result despite a mixed year for the local market,” NZX

Board Chair John McMahon says.


“A strong first quarter in 2025 was offset by a weaker second quarter due to increased market uncertainty

and economic volatility caused by mounting geopolitical and trade tensions. This created market

uncertainty and affected asset prices.


“The second half of the year saw New Zealand short-term interest rates continue to fall, a drop in

international trade concerns, and a boost in market activity. The level of new issuance, alongside three

companies listing in the last quarter of the year, demonstrated the value of being NZX-listed in a capital

constrained environment. More companies are showing strong interest in coming to market and this

bodes well for 2026.


“At the same time, our funds manager Smart and our funds administration platform provider NZX Wealth

Technologies continue to go from strength to strength and are key components of the Group’s growth

strategy. Overall NZX has positive exposure to long-term structural growth tail winds from equity markets,


1

Operating earnings (EBITDA) is before net finance expense, income tax, depreciation, amortisation, loss on

disposal of assets, gain on lease modification, impairment loss on goodwill, change in fair value of contingent

consideration and share of profit of associate. Operating earnings is not a defined performance measure in NZ IFRS.

The Group's definition of operating earnings may not be comparable with similarly titled performance measures and

disclosures by other entities.

2

"Like-for-like" net profit after tax excludes the 2024 accounting adjustments to the fair value of the QuayStreet

earnout provision, offset by a partial write down in the value of the energy contracts with the Electricity Authority. The

2024 financial information has also been restated for a change in accounting policy (refer to Financial Statements

Note 8 in NZX’s 2025 Annual Report). "Like-for-like" net profit after tax for 2024 was $17.9 million, with 2025 NPAT

up 20.2% year-on-year.



increases in the use of exchange-traded funds (ETFs), significant future growth in KiwiSaver fund

contributions, and a substantial future client pipeline in funds administration.


“This is a pleasing result demonstrating NZX’s strength as an exchange, funds manager and funds

technology platform helping companies, investors and the New Zealand economy get ahead.”


At a Group level, growth was reflected by operating revenue increasing 7.3% to $129.0 million. This was

driven by strong growth in Smart and NZX Wealth Technologies. It was partially offset by the impacts of

the Fonterra contract ceasing on its move to the Main Board, and no one-off audit and back-dated

revenue.


Operating expenses, excluding integration and restructure costs, were up 4.5% to $75.5 million. This was

driven by an inflation and exchange rate lift in IT costs and further investment into Smart and NZX Wealth

Technologies to accommodate business growth and capability.


NZX produced a net profit after tax (NPAT) of $21.5 million. This was up from $17.9 million in 2024, or

20.2% on like-for-like basis.


Earnings per share increased from 5.5 to 6.5 cents per share on a like-for-like basis in line with the strong

uplift in normalised NPAT. This demonstrates the benefits of operating leverage across the business.

Free cash flow also strengthened over the year, reflecting the earnings growth and normalised capex

levels. This improvement enhances NZX’s capacity to continue investing in strategic initiatives while

sustaining a reliable dividend profile for shareholders.


NZX Chief Executive Mark Peterson says alongside the Company delivering to its growth strategy, it has

been focused on streamlining government regulatory settings to reduce compliance and cost for

companies and stimulating market activity.


“This year we achieved significant success with the Government for changes we have been advocating

for, “ Mr Peterson says.


“On 12 June prospective financial information (PFI) for initial public offers in disclosure documents was

made optional and in October the Government announced it would make changes to climate-related

disclosures for NZX-listed companies.


“These adjustments are practical and sensible, and were strongly welcomed by the New Zealand issuers

and companies looking to list.”


The NZX/S&P 50 index (gross) produced a return of 3.3% for 2025. Capital listed and raised totalled

$21.5 billion – up 35.9% on 2024. This was primarily driven by listing activity in equities and retail debt. It

also includes the move of Fonterra from its own private market to the NZX main board. Total value traded

finished the year totalling $41.2 billion.


Mr Peterson says even through the challenging economic environment, the market was able to support

companies raising equity and debt capital. This highlights the value of being NZX-listed in a capital

constrained environment.



Large capital raises and placements included Contact Energy equity capital raise ($1.5 billion), Ryman

Healthcare placement and accelerated non-renounceable entitlement offer ($1 billion), and ASB Group

debt listing ($1.2 billion).

Other NZX Group highlights for 2025 include:


▪ Dairy market derivatives partnership with Singapore Exchange (SGX Group) – saw continued

volume growth for lots traded, increasing 22.2% to 815,494. In December we achieved a record

for the number of lots traded (103,903) in a month


▪ NZX Dark – our anonymous mid-point trading venue completed its first full calendar year after

launching in June 2024. Highlights from 2025 included $1.7 billion of value traded delivering $4.6

million of price improvement back to the market, mid-point execution occurring in 126 distinct

securities, and 6.63% of on-market value was traded, well above our two-year target of 4%.


▪ Smart finished 2025 with $15.8 billion in funds under management – up 17.6% from 2024


▪ NZXWT onboarded 13 clients onto its platform bringing the total number of clients to 45. In

December NZXWT announced it would be extending the services it provides to Craigs

Investment Partners to include their custody and private wealth business. At the end of 2025,

NZXWT reached funds under administration of $19.9 billion – up 23.1% from 2024.


In market development, work is progressing well on the launch of the S&P/NZX20 Index Futures in H1

2026.

“New Zealand has not had an active equity futures product since the New Zealand Futures and Options

Exchange was sold to the Sydney Futures Exchange in 1991,” Mr Peterson says.


“It has been a significant product gap in the New Zealand market. In 2025 NZX accomplished key

milestones in relation to the launch of the S&P/NZX 20 Index Futures Contract. This included the

completion of testing of the connectivity of our systems with 12 participants who will trade the product. We

have the backing of global banks who will provide risk capital for market making. A liquid equity

derivatives market will help drive growth in the broader capital markets through additional cash market

trading, participation and data revenues.”


Mr Peterson says 2025 was the fourth year in a row where NZX maintained 100% uptime for its critical

applications with no market outages to the operating platform. This was a credit to the operational

management of the technology team. It also highlights the increased resilience, capability, and capacity of

NZX’s systems.


Likewise the performance of NZX in meeting its market operator obligations, including its technology and

relationships with the market, continued to be positively noted by the Financial Market Authority in its

latest annual review of NZX published in June 2025.


“Our results continue to demonstrate that NZX is a resilient and growing financial markets infrastructure

and services business that is creating further value to our shareholders,” Mr Peterson says.

Mr McMahon noted that Mr Peterson is set to depart NZX at the end of April 2026, following the annual

general meeting. He thanked him for his nearly 10 years as chief executive.



“Mark has been an exceptional leader of NZX and will leave a strong legacy. He has built strong

relationships in New Zealand and internationally, in particular the business partnerships we have with the

Singapore Stock Exchange and the European Energy Exchange, and scaling up Smart and NZX Wealth

Technologies, ” Mr McMahon says.

The NZX Board is conducting a search for a new chief executive. It is undertaking a deliberate and

thorough appointment process.

The NZX Board has declared a fully imputed final dividend of 3.3 cents per share (2024: 3.1 cents) to be

paid on 2 April 2026 to shareholders registered as at the record date of 19 March 2026. Total dividends

for the 2025 Financial Year are 6.3 cents per share fully imputed (2024: 6.1 cents).


NZX is forecasting full year 2026 operating earnings (excluding project costs) to be in the range of $53.0

million to $58.5 million. The guidance is subject to the usual market risks and outcomes.


ENDS


For further information, please contact:


Media and Investors – Simon Beattie – 021 702 694


About NZX


For 160 years we have been committed to connecting people, businesses and capital. Our vision is to be

a trusted New Zealand business delivering sustainable wealth, value and opportunities for all.

NZX operates New Zealand's equity, debt, funds, derivatives and energy markets. To support the growth

of our markets, we provide trading, clearing, settlement, depository and data services for our customers.

We also own Smart, New Zealand's only issuer of listed Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs), KiwiSaver

provider SuperLife, and funds manager QuayStreet Asset Management. NZX Wealth Technologies is a

100%-owned subsidiary delivering rich online platform functionality to enable New Zealand investment

advisors and providers to efficiently manage, trade and administer their client's assets. Learn more about

us at: www.nzx.com

---

NZX Limited – Full Year 2025 Results and Annual Report
26 February 2026

Dear Shareholder,

On behalf of the NZX Board, I am pleased to share with you our 2025 Annual Report and Financial

Results, which were released today and are available to read online [here].


NZX today announced normalised Group operating earnings (EBITDA)

1

of $53.5 million (excluding

integration and restructure costs) for the financial year ended 31 December 2025 – up 11.6%. Including

integration and restructure costs, reported Group operating earnings (EBITDA) for the same period were

$51.7 million – up 11%.


NZX produced a net profit after tax (NPAT)

2

of $21.5 million. This was up from $17.9 million in 2024, or

20.2% on like-for-like basis.


Earnings per share increased from 5.5 to 6.5 cents per share on a like-for-like basis in line with the strong

uplift in normalised NPAT. This demonstrates the benefits of operating leverage across the business.

Free cash flow also strengthened over the year, reflecting the earnings growth and normalised capex

levels. This improvement enhances NZX’s capacity to continue investing in strategic initiatives while

providing an increase in the dividend for shareholders.


The NZX Board has declared an increased fully imputed final dividend of 3.3 cents per share (2024: 3.1

cents) to be paid on 2 April 2026 to shareholders registered as at the record date of 19 March 2026. Total

dividends for the 2025 Financial Year are 6.3 cents per share fully imputed (2024: 6.1 cents).


NZX has produced a strong financial result despite a mixed year for the local market. A strong first

quarter in 2025 was offset by a weaker second quarter due to increased market uncertainty and

economic volatility caused by mounting geopolitical and trade tensions. This created market uncertainty

and affected asset prices.



1

Operating earnings (EBITDA) is before net finance expense, income tax, depreciation, amortisation, loss on

disposal of assets, gain on lease modification, impairment loss on goodwill, change in fair value of contingent

consideration and share of profit of associate. Operating earnings is not a defined performance measure in NZ IFRS.

The Group's definition of operating earnings may not be comparable with similarly titled performance measures and

disclosures by other entities.

2

"Like-for-like" net profit after tax excludes the 2024 accounting adjustments to the fair value of the QuayStreet

earnout provision, offset by a partial write down in the value of the energy contracts with the Electricity Authority. The

2024 financial information has also been restated for a change in accounting policy (refer to Financial Statements

Note 8 in NZX’s 2025 Annual Report). "Like-for-like" net profit after tax for 2024 was $17.9 million, with 2025 NPAT

up 20.2% year-on-year.


The second half of the year saw New Zealand short-term interest rates continue to fall, a drop in

international trade concerns, and a boost in market activity. The level of new issuance, alongside three

companies listing in the last quarter of the year, demonstrated the value of being NZX-listed in a capital

constrained environment. More companies are showing strong interest in coming to market and this

bodes well for 2026.


At the same time, our funds manager Smart and our funds administration platform provider NZX Wealth

Technologies continue to go from strength to strength and are key components of the Group’s growth

strategy. Overall NZX has positive exposure to long-term structural growth tail winds from equity markets,

increases in the use of exchange-traded funds (ETFs), significant future growth in KiwiSaver fund

contributions, and a substantial future client pipeline in funds administration.


This is a pleasing result demonstrating NZX’s strength as an exchange, funds manager and funds

technology platform helping companies, investors and the New Zealand economy get ahead.


At a Group level, growth was reflected by operating revenue increasing 7.3% to $129.0 million. This was

driven by strong growth in Smart and NZX Wealth Technologies. It was partially offset by the impacts of

the Fonterra contract ceasing on its move to the Main Board, and no one-off audit and back-dated

revenue.


Operating expenses, excluding integration and restructure costs, were up 4.5% to $75.5 million. This was

driven by an inflation and exchange rate lift in IT costs and further investment into Smart and NZX Wealth

Technologies to accommodate business growth and capability.


Alongside the Company delivering to its growth strategy, it has been focused on streamlining government

regulatory settings to reduce compliance and cost for companies and stimulating market activity. This

year we achieved significant success with the Government for changes we have been advocating for.


On 12 June, prospective financial information (PFI) for initial public offers in disclosure documents was

made optional and in October the Government announced it would make changes to climate-related

disclosures for NZX-listed companies. These adjustments are practical and sensible, and were strongly

welcomed by the New Zealand issuers and companies looking to list.


The NZX/S&P 50 index (gross) produced a return of 3.3% for 2025. Capital listed and raised totalled

$21.5 billion – up 35.9% on 2024. This was primarily driven by listing activity in equities and retail debt. It

also includes the move of Fonterra from its own private market to the NZX main board. Total value traded

finished the year totalling $41.2 billion.


Even through the challenging economic environment, the market was able to support companies raising

equity and debt capital. This highlights the value of being NZX-listed in a capital constrained environment.


Large capital raises and placements included Contact Energy equity capital raise ($1.5 billion), Ryman

Healthcare placement and accelerated non-renounceable entitlement offer ($1 billion), and ASB Group

debt listing ($1.2 billion).

Other NZX Group highlights for 2025 include:


▪ Dairy market derivatives partnership with Singapore Exchange (SGX Group) – saw continued

volume growth for lots traded, increasing 22.2% to 815,494. In December we achieved a record

for the number of lots traded (103,903) in a month


▪ NZX Dark – our anonymous mid-point trading venue completed its first full calendar year after

launching in June 2024. Highlights from 2025 included $1.7 billion of value traded delivering $4.6

million of price improvement back to the market, mid-point execution occurring in 126 distinct

securities, and 6.63% of on-market value was traded, well above our two-year target of 4%.


▪ Smart finished 2025 with $15.8 billion in funds under management – up 17.6% from 2024


▪ NZXWT onboarded 13 clients onto its platform bringing the total number of clients to 45. In

December NZXWT announced it would be extending the services it provides to Craigs

Investment Partners to include their custody and private wealth business. At the end of 2025,

NZXWT reached funds under administration of $19.9 billion – up 23.1% from 2024.


In market development, work is progressing well on the launch of the S&P/NZX20 Index Futures in H1

2026.

New Zealand has not had an active equity futures product since the New Zealand Futures and Options

Exchange was sold to the Sydney Futures Exchange in 1991.


Derivatives has been a significant product gap in the New Zealand market. In 2025 NZX accomplished

key milestones in relation to the upcoming launch of the S&P/NZX 20 Index Futures Contract. This

included the completion of testing of the connectivity of our systems with 12 participants who will trade the

product. We have the backing of global banks who will provide risk capital for market making. A liquid

equity derivatives market will help drive growth in the broader capital markets through additional cash

market trading, participation and data revenues.


2025 was the fourth year in a row where NZX maintained 100% uptime for its critical applications with no

market outages to the operating platform. This was a credit to the operational management of the

technology team. It also highlights the increased resilience, capability, and capacity of NZX’s systems.


Likewise the performance of NZX in meeting its market operator obligations, including its technology and

relationships with the market, continued to be positively noted by the Financial Market Authority in its

latest annual review of NZX published in June 2025.


Our results continue to demonstrate that NZX is a resilient and growing financial markets infrastructure

and services business that is creating further value to our shareholders.

Mark Peterson is set to depart NZX at the end of April 2026, following the annual general meeting. We

thank him for his nearly 10 years as Chief Executive.

Mark has been an exceptional leader of NZX and will leave a strong legacy. He has built strong

relationships in New Zealand and internationally, in particular the business partnerships we have with the

Singapore Stock Exchange and the European Energy Exchange, and scaling up Smart and NZX Wealth

Technologies.

The NZX Board is conducting a search for a new chief executive. It is undertaking a deliberate and

thorough appointment process.


NZX is forecasting full year 2026 operating earnings (excluding project costs) to be in the range of $53.0

million to $58.5 million. The guidance is subject to the usual market risks and outcomes.


John McMahon


NZX Chair

Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.